10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

Commission File Number 1-6003

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	36-1063330
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1415 West 22nd Street,	60523
Oak Brook, Illinois	(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

(630) 954-2000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨        Accelerated filer  þ                 Non-accelerated filer  ¨                    Smaller  reporting company  ¨

                             (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨        No  þ

As of June 29, 2012, the aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates was $351,678,008.

As of February 28, 2013, the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock was 62,398,530.

Documents Incorporated By Reference

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III.

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

Index to Form 10-K

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business		1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		6
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		12
Item 2.	Properties		12
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		12
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		12
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		12
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		15
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		16
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		31
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		33
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		71
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		71
Item 9B.	Other Information		71
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		72
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		72
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		73
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		73
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		73
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		73
Signatures			74
Exhibit Index			76

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) and other reports filed by Federal Signal Corporation and its subsidiaries (referred to collectively as “the Company” or “Company” herein, unless the context otherwise indicates) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and comments made by management may contain words such as “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “estimate” and “objective” or the negative thereof or similar terminology concerning the Company’s future financial performance, business strategy, plans, goals and objectives. These expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include information concerning the Company’s possible or assumed future performance or results of operations and are not guarantees. While these statements are based on assumptions and judgments that management has made in light of industry experience as well as perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors believed to be appropriate under the circumstances, they are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different.

These risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, include the cyclical nature of the Company’s industrial, municipal, governmental and commercial markets; domestic and foreign governmental policy changes; restrictive debt covenants; availability of credit and third-party financing for customers; our ability to anticipate and meet customer demands for new products and product enhancements and the resulting new and enhanced products generating sufficient revenues to justify research and development expenses; our incurrence of restructuring and impairment charges as we continue to evaluate opportunities to restructure our business; highly competitive markets; increased product liability, warranty, recall claims, client service interruptions and other lawsuits and claims; technological advances by competitors; disruptions in the supply of parts and components from suppliers and subcontractors; attraction and retention of key employees; disruptions within our dealer network; work stoppages and other labor relations matters; increased pension funding requirements and expenses beyond our control; costs of compliance with environmental and safety regulations; our ability to use net operating loss (“NOL”) carryovers to reduce future tax payments; charges related to goodwill and other long-lived intangible assets; our ability to expand our business through successful future acquisitions; and unknown or unexpected contingencies in our existing business or in businesses acquired by us. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risk factors described under Item 1A, Risk Factors, in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other filings with the SEC. These factors may not constitute all factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in any forward-looking statement. The Company operates in a continually changing business environment and new factors emerge from time to time. The Company cannot predict such factors, nor can it assess the impact, if any, of such factors on its financial position or results of operations. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a predictor of actual results. The Company disclaims any responsibility to update any forward-looking statement provided in this Form 10-K.

PART I

Item 1.    Business.

Federal Signal Corporation, founded in 1901, was reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in 1969. The Company designs and manufactures a suite of products and integrated solutions for municipal, governmental, industrial and commercial customers. The Company’s portfolio of products includes safety and security systems, vacuum loader vehicles, street sweepers, truck mounted aerial platforms, waterblasters, and technology-based products and solutions for the public safety market. Federal Signal Corporation and its subsidiaries operate 11 manufacturing facilities in six countries around the world serving customers in approximately 100 countries in all regions of the world.

Narrative Description of Business

Products manufactured and services rendered by the Company are divided into three major operating segments: Safety and Security Systems, Fire Rescue and Environmental Solutions. The individual operating businesses are organized as such because they share certain characteristics, including technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies.

1

Financial information (net sales, operating income, depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures and identifiable assets) concerning the Company’s three operating segments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, is included in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the Company’s discontinued operations is included in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Safety and Security Systems Group

Our Safety and Security Systems Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of comprehensive systems and products that law enforcement, fire rescue, emergency medical services, campuses, military facilities and industrial sites use to protect people and property. Offerings include systems for campus and community alerting, emergency vehicles, first responder interoperable communications, industrial communications, and command and municipal networked security. Specific products include vehicle lightbars and sirens, public warning sirens and public safety software. Products are sold under the Federal Signal^™, Federal Signal VAMA^™, Target Tech^® and Victor^™ brand names. The Group operates manufacturing facilities in North America, Europe and South Africa.

Fire Rescue Group

Our Fire Rescue Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of sophisticated, vehicle-mounted, aerial platforms for fire fighting, rescue, electric utility and industrial uses. End customers include fire departments, industrial fire services, electric utilities and maintenance rental companies for applications such as fire fighting and rescue, transmission line maintenance, and installation and maintenance of wind turbines. The Group’s telescopic/articulated aerial platforms are designed in accordance with various regulatory codes and standards, such as European Norms (“EN”), National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) and American National Standards Institute (“ANSI”). In addition to equipment sales, the Group sells parts, service and training as part of a complete offering to its customer base. The Group manufactures in Finland and sells globally under the Bronto Skylift^® brand name.

Environmental Solutions Group

Our Environmental Solutions Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of a full range of street sweeper and vacuum trucks and high-performance waterblasting equipment for municipal and industrial customers. We also manufacture products for the newer markets of hydro-excavation, glycol recovery and surface cleaning for utility and industrial customers. Products are sold under the Elgin^®, Vactor^®, Guzzler^® and Jetstream^™ brand names. The Group primarily manufactures its vehicles and equipment in the United States.

Under the Elgin brand name, the Company sells a leading U.S. brand of street sweepers primarily designed for large-scale cleaning of curbed streets, parking lots and other paved surfaces utilizing mechanical sweeping, vacuum, and recirculating air technology. Vactor is a leading manufacturer of municipal combination catch basin/sewer cleaning vacuum trucks. Guzzler is a leader in industrial vacuum loaders used to manage industrial waste or recover and recycle valuable raw materials. Jetstream manufactures high pressure waterblast equipment and accessories for commercial and industrial cleaning and maintenance operations. In addition to equipment sales, the Group is increasingly engaged in the sale of parts and tooling, service and repair, equipment rentals and training as part of a complete offering to its customer base.

Discontinued Federal Signal Technologies Group

As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K, on September 4, 2012, the Company completed the disposition of the assets of its Federal Signal Technologies (“FSTech”) Group. The consolidated financial statements for all periods presented have been recast to present the operating results of previously divested or exited businesses as discontinued operations, including the FSTech Group.

2

Marketing and Distribution

The Safety and Security Systems Group sells to industrial customers through approximately 2,000 wholesalers/distributors who are supported by Company sales personnel and/or independent manufacturers’ representatives. Products are also sold to municipal and governmental customers through more than 1,900 active independent distributors as well as through original equipment manufacturers and direct sales. International sales are made through the Group’s independent foreign distributors or on a direct basis. The Company also sells comprehensive integrated warning and interoperable communications through a combination of a direct sales force and distributors.

The Fire Rescue and Environmental Solutions Groups use dealer networks and direct sales to service customers generally depending on the type and location of the customer. The Environmental Solutions Group’s direct sales channel concentrates on the industrial, utility and construction market segments, while the dealer networks focus primarily on the municipal markets. The Company believes its national and global dealer networks for vehicles distinguish it from its competitors. Dealer representatives demonstrate the vehicles’ functionalities and capabilities to customers and service the vehicles on a timely basis.

Customers and Backlog

Approximately 36%, 26% and 38% of the Company’s total 2012 orders were to U.S. municipal and governmental customers, U.S. commercial and industrial customers, and non-U.S. customers, respectively. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s business.

During 2012, the Company’s U.S. municipal and governmental orders increased 8% from 2011, compared to a 22% increase in these orders in 2011 as compared to 2010, as the U.S. and global markets continued their recovery from the economic recession. The U.S. commercial and industrial orders in 2012 decreased 7% from 2011, compared to an increase of 36% in these orders in 2011 compared to 2010.

Approximately 60% of orders to non-U.S. customers flow to municipalities and governments, while approximately 40% flow to industrial and commercial customers. The non-U.S. municipal and governmental market segment is essentially similar to the U.S. municipal and governmental market segment in that it is largely dependent on tax revenues to support spending. Of the non-U.S. orders, the Company typically sells approximately 30% of its products in Europe, 19% in Canada, 12% in the Middle East and Africa, 16% in China, 6% in Australia and less than 10% in any other particular region.

The Company’s backlog totaled $318.4 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $295.2 million at December 31, 2011. Backlogs vary by Group due to the nature of the Company’s products and buying patterns of its customers. Safety and Security Systems typically maintains an average backlog of two months of shipments, Environmental Solutions maintains an average backlog of three to four months of shipments, and Fire Rescue normally maintains an average backlog of five months of shipments, excluding service and maintenance contracts that generally cover a period of more than one year. Production of the Company’s December 31, 2012 backlog is expected to be substantially completed during 2013.

Suppliers

The Company purchases a wide variety of raw materials from around the world for use in the manufacture of its products, although the majority of current purchases are from North American sources. To minimize the risks of availability, price and quality, the Company is party to numerous strategic supplier arrangements. Although certain materials are obtained from either a single-source supplier or a limited number of suppliers, the Company has identified alternative sources to minimize the interruption of its business in the event of supply problems.

3

Components critical to the production of the Company’s vehicles, such as engines and hydraulic systems, are purchased from a select number of suppliers. The Company also purchases raw and fabricated steel as well as commercial chassis with certain specifications from multiple sources.

The Company believes it has adequate supplies or sources of availability of the raw materials and components necessary to meet its needs. However, there are risks and uncertainties with respect to the supply of certain of these raw materials that could impact their price, quality and availability in sufficient quantities.

Competition

Within specific product categories and domestic markets, the Safety and Security Systems Group companies are among the leaders with three to four strong competitors and several additional ancillary market participants. The Group’s international market position varies from leader to ancillary participant depending on the geographic region and product line. Generally, competition is intense within all of the Group’s product lines, and purchase decisions are made based on competitive bidding, price, reputation, performance and servicing.

Within the Fire Rescue Group, Bronto Skylift is established as a global leader for aerial platforms used in fire fighting, rescue and industrial markets. Competitor offerings can include trailer mounted articulated aerials and traditional fire trucks with ladders. Bronto competes on product performance, where it holds technological advantages in its designs, materials and production processes.

Within the Environmental Solutions Group, Elgin is recognized as a market leader among several domestic sweeper competitors and differentiates itself primarily on product performance. Vactor and Guzzler both maintain a leading domestic position in their respective marketplaces by enhancing product performance with leading technology and application flexibility. Jetstream is a market leader in the in-plant cleaning segment of the U.S. waterblast industry, competing on product performance and rapid delivery.

Research and Development

The Company invests in research to support development of new products and the enhancement of existing products and services. The Company believes this investment is important to maintain and/or enhance its leadership position in key markets. Expenditures for research and development by the Company were $10.0 million in 2012, $12.1 million in 2011 and $10.4 million in 2010, and were reported within selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.

Patents and Trademarks

The Company owns a number of patents and possesses rights under others to which it attaches importance, but does not believe that its business as a whole is materially dependent upon any such patents or rights. The Company also owns a number of trademarks that it believes are important in connection with the identification of its products and associated goodwill with customers, but no material part of the Company’s business is dependent on such trademarks.

Employees

The Company employed 2,558 people in its businesses at the close of 2012. At December 31, 2012, the Company’s U.S. hourly workers accounted for approximately 41% of its total workforce. Approximately 28% of the Company’s U.S. hourly workers were represented by unions at December 31, 2012. We believe that our labor relations with our employees are good.

4

Governmental Regulation of the Environment

The Company believes it substantially complies with federal, state and local provisions that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Capital expenditures in 2012 attributable to compliance with such laws were not material. The Company believes that the overall impact of compliance with environmental regulations will not have a material adverse effect on its future operations.

The Company retained an environmental consultant to conduct an environmental risk assessment at the Pearland, Texas facility. The facility, which was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, manufactured marine, offshore and industrial lighting products. The Company sold the facility in May 2012. While the Company has not finalized its plans, it is probable that the site will require remediation. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of reserves related to the environmental remediation of the Pearland facility are included in liabilities of discontinued operations on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s estimate may change in the near term as more information becomes available; however, the costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Seasonality

Certain of the Company businesses are susceptible to the influences of seasonal buying or delivery patterns. The Company tends to have lower sales in the first calendar quarter compared to other quarters as a result of these influences.

Additional Information

The Company makes its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, other reports and information filed with the SEC and amendments to those reports available, free of charge, through its Internet Website (www.federalsignal.com) as soon as reasonably practical after it electronically files or furnishes such materials to the SEC. All of the Company’s filings may be read or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following is a list of the Company’s executive officers, their ages, business experience and positions and offices as of February 1, 2013:

Dennis J. Martin, age 62, was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2010 and was appointed to the Board of Directors in March 2008. Mr. Martin had been an independent business consultant from 2005 to October 2010 and was the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of General Binding Corporation from 2001 to 2005.

Charles F. Avery, Jr., age 48, was appointed Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Information Officer in May 2011. Mr. Avery was Vice President, Information Technology and Controller from March 2010 to May 2011 and was Vice President Finance for the Environmental Solutions Group from March 2005 to March 2010.

Bryan L. Boettger, age 60, was appointed President of Public Safety Systems in May 2011. Mr. Boettger was Vice President of Operations for the Safety and Security Systems Group from 2010 to 2011 and Interim Vice President/General Manager Public Safety Systems and President of Emergency Products Division from 2006 to 2009.

5

Julie A. Cook, age 51, was appointed Vice President, Human Resources in September 2012. Ms. Cook served as Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Director of Human Resources, Building Efficiency Programs and then Vice President of Human Resources, Global Manufacturing, Supply Chain and Communications, during 2010 through 2012. Ms. Cook previously served as the Company’s Environmental Solutions Group Vice President of Human Resources with responsibility for Corporate Human Resources from 2008 through 2010. Ms Cook was Group Vice President of Human Resources for the Environmental Solutions Group from 2001 to 2007.

Esa Peltola, age 61, was appointed President of Bronto Skylift Oy Ab in July 2007. Mr. Peltola was Managing Director of Bronto Skylift from 1998 to 2007.

Jennifer L. Sherman, age 48, was appointed Chief Administrative Officer, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in October 2010. Ms. Sherman was Senior Vice President, Human Resources, General Counsel and Secretary from April 2008 to July 2010. Ms. Sherman was Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from 2004 to March 2008 and was Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary from 1998 to 2004.

Braden N. Waverley, age 46, was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer in October 2012. Prior to joining the Company in a consulting capacity managing the FSTech Group sale process, Mr. Waverley served as Executive Chairman of CombineNet, Inc. from 2005 to 2010, and was an investor and advisor to multiple, early stage companies.

Mark D. Weber, age 55, was appointed President of the Environmental Solutions Group in April 2003. Mr. Weber was Vice President Sweeper Products for the Environmental Solutions Group from 2002 to 2003 and General Manager of Elgin Sweeper Company from 2001 to 2002.

Joseph W. Wilson, age 55, was appointed President of Industrial Systems Division in May 2011. Mr. Wilson was Vice President/General Manager of the Industrial Systems Division from 2010 to 2011, in 2007 was Vice President/General Manager Industrial & Commercial System Division, and in 2006 was Vice President/General Manager Public Safety & Transportation System Division.

These officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors following their election and until their successors have been elected and qualified.

There are no family relationships among any of the foregoing executive officers.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

We may occasionally make forward-looking statements and estimates such as forecasts and projections of our future performance or statements of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements may be contained in, among other things, filings with the SEC, including this Form 10-K, press releases made by us and in oral statements made by our officers. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those contained in such forward-looking statements include, among other things, the risks described below.

Our financial results are subject to U.S. economic uncertainty.

In 2012, we generated approximately 61% of our sales in the U.S. Our ability to be profitable depends heavily on varying conditions in the U.S. governmental and municipal markets and the overall U.S. economy. The industrial markets in which we compete are subject to considerable cyclicality, and move in response to cycles in the overall business environment. Many of our customers are municipal government agencies, and as a result, we are dependent on municipal government spending. Spending by our municipal customers can be

6

affected by local political circumstances, budgetary constraints and other factors. The U.S. government and municipalities depend heavily on tax revenues as a source of their spending and accordingly, there is a historical correlation of a one or two year lag between the overall strength of the U.S. economy and our sales to the U.S. government and municipalities. Therefore, downturns in the U.S. economy are likely to result in decreases in demand for our products. During previous economic downturns, we experienced decreases in sales and profitability, and we expect our business to remain subject to similar economic fluctuations in the future.

We have international operations that are subject to foreign economic and political uncertainties and foreign currency rate fluctuations.

Our business is subject to fluctuations in demand and changing international economic and political conditions that are beyond our control. In 2012, 39% of our sales were generated outside the U.S. and we expect a significant portion of our revenues to come from international sales for the foreseeable future. Operating in the international marketplace exposes us to a number of risks, including abrupt changes in foreign government policies and regulations, restrictive domestic and international trade regulations, U.S. laws applicable to foreign operations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and the UK Bribery Act, political and economic instability, local labor market conditions, the imposition of foreign tariffs and other trade barriers and, in some cases, international hostilities. To the extent that our international operations are affected by unexpected and adverse foreign economic and political conditions, we may experience project disruptions and losses which could significantly reduce our revenues and profits. In addition, penalties for non-compliance with laws applicable to international business and trade, such as the FCPA, could negatively impact our business.

Some of our contracts are denominated in foreign currencies, which results in additional risk of fluctuating currency values and exchange rates, hard currency shortages and controls on currency exchange. Changes in the value of foreign currencies over the longer term could increase our U.S. dollar costs for, or reduce our U.S. dollar revenues from, our foreign operations. Any increased costs or reduced revenues as a result of foreign currency fluctuations could adversely affect our profits.

We are subject to a number of restrictive debt covenants.

We recently entered into a credit facility in March 2013 for a period of five years ending March 2018. The proceeds from this credit facility were used to refinance the majority of the Company’s existing indebtedness, including the Company’s secured credit facility and term loan. The new credit facility contains certain restrictive debt covenants and other customary events of default. Our ability to comply with these restrictive covenants may be affected by the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and other factors outside of our control. Failure to comply with one or more of these restrictive covenants may result in an event of default. Upon an event of default, if not waived by our lenders, our lenders may declare all amounts outstanding as due and payable. If our current lenders accelerate the maturity of our indebtedness, we may not have sufficient capital available at that time to pay the amounts due to our lenders on a timely basis. In addition, these restrictive covenants may prevent us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions and taking advantage of attractive business opportunities.

The execution of our growth strategy is dependent upon the continued availability of credit and third-party financing arrangements for our customers.

Economic downturns result in tighter credit markets, which could adversely affect our customers’ ability to secure financing or to secure financing at favorable terms or interest rates necessary to proceed or continue with purchases of our products and services. Our customers’ or potential customers’ inability to secure financing for projects could result in the delay, cancellation or downsizing of new purchases or the suspension of purchases already under contract, which could cause a decline in the demand for our products and services and negatively impact our revenues and earnings.

7

Our efforts to develop new products and services or enhance existing products and services involve substantial research, development and marketing expenses, and the resulting new or enhanced products or services may not generate sufficient revenues to justify the expense.

We place a high priority on developing new products and services, as well as enhancing our existing products and services. As a result of these efforts, we may be required to expend substantial research, development and marketing resources, and the time and expense required to develop a new product or service or enhance an existing product or service are difficult to predict. We may not succeed in developing, introducing or marketing new products or services or product or service enhancements. In addition, we cannot be certain that any new or enhanced product or service will generate sufficient revenue to justify the expense and resources devoted to this product diversification effort.

We could incur restructuring and impairment charges as we continue to evaluate opportunities to restructure our business and rationalize our manufacturing operations in an effort to optimize our cost structure.

We continue to evaluate opportunities to restructure our business and rationalize our manufacturing operations in an effort to optimize our cost structure. These actions could result in significant charges which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future actions could result in restructuring and related charges, including but not limited to impairments, employee termination costs and charges for pension and other postretirement contractual benefits and pension curtailments that could be significant. We have substantial amounts of long-lived assets, including goodwill, which are subject to periodic impairment analysis and review. Identifying and assessing whether impairment indicators exist, or if events or changes in circumstances have occurred, including market conditions, operating results, competition and general economic conditions, requires significant judgment. Any of the above future actions could result in charges that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in highly competitive markets.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do. The intensity of this competition, which is expected to continue, can result in price discounting and margin pressures throughout the industry and may adversely affect our ability to increase or maintain prices for our products. In addition, certain of our competitors may have lower overall labor or material costs. In addition, our contracts with municipal and other governmental customers are in some cases awarded and renewed through competitive bidding. We may not be successful in obtaining or renewing these contracts, which could be harmful to our business and financial performance.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability, warranty, recall claims, client service interruption or other lawsuits or claims that may be brought against us.

We are exposed to product liability and warranty claims in the normal course of business in the event that our products actually or allegedly fail to perform as expected, or the use of our products results or is alleged to result in bodily injury and/or property damage. For example, we have been sued by firefighters seeking damages claiming that exposure to our sirens has impaired their hearing and that the sirens are, therefore, defective. In addition, we are subject to other claims and litigation from time to time as further described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We could experience material warranty or product liability costs in the future and incur significant costs to defend against these claims. We carry insurance and maintain reserves for product liability claims. However, we cannot assure that our insurance coverage will be adequate if such claims do arise, and any defense costs and liability not covered by insurance could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations. A future claim could involve the imposition of punitive damages, the award of which, pursuant to state laws, may not be covered by insurance. In addition, warranty or other claims are not typically covered by insurance. Any product liability or warranty issues may adversely impact our reputation as a manufacturer of high quality, safe products and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

8

Failure to keep pace with technological developments may adversely affect our operations.

We are engaged in an industry which will be affected by future technological developments. The introduction of products or processes utilizing new technologies could render our existing products or processes obsolete or unmarketable. Our success will depend upon our ability to develop and introduce on a timely and cost-effective basis new products, applications and processes that keep pace with technological developments and address increasingly sophisticated customer requirements. We may not be successful in identifying, developing and marketing new products, applications and processes and product or process enhancements. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of product or process enhancements or new products, applications or processes. Our products, applications or processes may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if we were to incur delays in developing new products, applications or processes or product or process enhancements, or if our products do not gain market acceptance.

The inability to obtain raw materials, component parts, and/or finished goods in a timely and cost-effective manner from suppliers would adversely affect our ability to manufacture and market our products.

We purchase from suppliers raw materials and component parts to be used in the manufacturing of our products. In addition, we purchase certain finished goods from suppliers. Changes in our relationships with suppliers, shortages, production delays, regulatory restrictions or work stoppages by the employees of such suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our ability to timely manufacture and market products. In addition, increases in the costs of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or our inability to market products. In addition, our profit margins would decrease if prices of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods increase and we are unable to pass on those increases to our customers.

Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain key personnel.

Our ability to operate our businesses and implement our strategies depends in part on the efforts of our executive officers and other key employees. In addition, our future success will depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including finance personnel, research professionals, technical sales professionals and engineers. The loss of the services of any key employee or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or business prospects.

Disruptions within our dealer network could adversely affect our business.

We rely on a national and global dealer network to market certain of our products and services. A disruption in our dealer network within a specific local market could temporarily have an adverse impact on our business within the affected market. In addition, the loss or termination of a significant number of dealers could cause difficulties in marketing and distributing our products and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor relations matters.

We are subject to risk of work stoppages and other labor relations matters because a portion of our workforce is unionized. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 28% of our U.S. hourly workers are represented by labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Many of these agreements include provisions that limit our ability to realize cost savings. Any strikes, threats of strikes, or other resistance in connection with the negotiation of new labor agreements or otherwise could materially adversely affect our business as well as impair our ability to implement further measures to reduce structural costs and improve production efficiencies. We believe that our labor relations with our employees are good.

9

Our pension funding requirements and expenses are affected by certain factors outside of our control, including the performance of plan assets, the discount rate used to value liabilities, actuarial assumptions and experience and legal and regulatory changes.

Our funding obligations and pension expense for our defined benefit pension plans are driven by the performance of assets set aside in trusts for these plans, the discount rate used to value the plans’ liabilities, actuarial assumptions and experience and legal and regulatory funding requirements. Changes in these factors could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, liquidity or shareholders’ equity. In addition, a portion of our pension plan assets are invested in equity securities, which can experience significant declines if financial markets weaken. The level of the funding of our defined benefit pension plan liabilities was approximately 69% as of December 31, 2012. Our future pension expenses and funding requirements could increase significantly due to the effect of adverse changes in the discount rate and asset levels along with a decline in the estimated return on plan assets. In addition, the Company could be legally required to make increased contributions to the pension plans, and these contributions could be material and negatively affect our cash flow.

The costs associated with complying with environmental and safety regulations could lower our margins.

We, like other manufacturers, continue to face heavy governmental regulation of our products, especially in the areas of the environment and employee health and safety. Complying with environmental and safety requirements has added and will continue to add to the cost of our products, and could increase the capital required to support our business. While we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with these laws and regulations, we may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities or claims with respect to our operations under existing laws or those that may be adopted. These requirements are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Therefore, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions as a result of violation of, or liabilities under, environmental laws and safety regulations.

Our ability to use NOL carryovers to reduce future tax payments could be negatively impacted if there is a change in our ownership or a failure to generate sufficient taxable income.

Presently, there is no annual limitation on our ability to use U.S. federal NOLs to reduce future income taxes. However, if an ownership change as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, occurs with respect to our capital stock, our ability to use NOLs would be limited to specific annual amounts. Generally, an ownership change occurs if certain persons or groups increase their aggregate ownership by more than 50% of our total capital stock in a three-year period. If an ownership change occurs, our ability to use domestic NOLs to reduce taxable income is generally limited to an annual amount based on the fair market value of our stock immediately prior to the ownership change multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt interest rate. NOLs that exceed the Section 382 limitation in any year continue to be allowed as carryforwards for the remainder of the 20-year carryforward period and can be used to offset taxable income for years within the carryover period subject to the limitation in each year. Our use of new NOLs arising after the date of an ownership change would not be affected. If more than a 50% ownership change were to occur, use of our NOLs to reduce payments of federal taxable income may be deferred to later years within the 20-year carryover period; however, if the carryover period for any loss year expires, the use of the remaining NOLs for the loss year will be prohibited. If we should fail to generate a sufficient level of taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforward periods, then we will lose the ability to apply the NOLs as offsets to future taxable income.

An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill, trade names and other long-lived assets could negatively affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as trade names, are recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition and are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill and trade names, we make

10

assumptions regarding future operating performance, business trends and market and economic conditions. Such analyses further require us to make certain assumptions about our sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and in applying these factors to the assessment of goodwill and trade name recoverability. Goodwill reviews are prepared using estimates of the fair value of reporting units based on the estimated present value of future discounted cash flows. We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill or trade names prior to the annual assessment if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, a divestiture of a significant component of our business or market capitalization declines.

We also continually evaluate whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful lives of our definite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets may warrant revision or whether the remaining balance of such assets may not be recoverable. We use an estimate of the related undiscounted cash flow over the remaining life of the asset in measuring whether the asset is recoverable.

If the future operating performance of our reporting units is not consistent with our assumptions, we could be required to record non-cash impairment charges. Impairment charges could substantially affect our reported earnings in the periods such charges are recorded. As of December 31, 2012, total consolidated goodwill was approximately 44% of total consolidated assets.

We may be unsuccessful in our future acquisitions, if any, which may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our long-term strategy includes expanding into adjacent markets through selective acquisitions of companies, complementary products and services, as well as organic growth in order to enhance our global market position and broaden our product offerings. This strategy may involve the acquisition of companies that, among other things, enable us to build on our existing strength in a market or that give us access to proprietary products and services that are strategically valuable or allow us to leverage our distribution channels. In connection with this strategy, we could face certain risks and uncertainties in addition to those we face in the day-to-day operations of our business. We also may be unable to identify suitable targets for acquisition or make acquisitions at favorable prices. If we identify a suitable acquisition candidate, our ability to successfully implement the acquisition would depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. In addition, our acquisition activities could be disrupted by overtures from competitors for the targeted companies, governmental regulation and rapid developments in our industry that decrease the value of a target’s products or services.

Acquisitions involve risks, including those associated with the following:

• integrating the operations, financial reporting, disparate systems and processes and personnel of acquired companies;

• managing geographically dispersed operations;

• diverting management’s attention from other business concerns;

• entering markets or lines of business in which we have either limited or no direct experience; and

• potentially losing key employees, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies.

We also may not achieve anticipated revenue and cost benefits. Acquisitions may not be accretive to our earnings and may negatively impact our results of operations as a result of, among other things, the incurrence of debt, write-offs of goodwill and amortization expenses of other intangible assets. In addition, future acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities.

11

Businesses acquired by us may have liabilities which are not known to us.

We may assume liabilities in connection with the acquisition of businesses. There may be liabilities that we fail or are unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on the acquired businesses. In these circumstances, we cannot assure that our rights to indemnification from sellers of the acquired businesses to us will be sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the businesses or property acquired. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.    Properties.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company utilized five principal manufacturing plants located throughout North America, as well as five in Europe, and one in South Africa. In total, the Company devoted approximately 0.9 million square feet to manufacturing and 0.5 million square feet to service, warehousing and office space as of December 31, 2012. Of the total square footage, approximately 46% is devoted to the Safety and Security Systems Group, 12% to the Fire Rescue Group, and 42% to the Environmental Solutions Group. Approximately 23% of the total square footage is owned by the Company with the remaining 77% being leased.

All of the Company’s properties, as well as the related machinery and equipment, are considered to be well-maintained, suitable and adequate for their intended purposes. In the aggregate, these facilities are of sufficient capacity for the Company’s current business needs.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

The information concerning the Company’s legal proceedings included in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

(a) Market Information

The Company’s common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol FSS. The following table presents a summary of the high and low market price per share of our common stock for each quarter of 2012 and 2011:

Year Ended December 31, 2012	High		Low		Year Ended December 31,2011	High		Low
1st Qtr	$	5.94	$	3.73	1st Qtr	$	7.79	$	5.06
2nd Qtr		6.00		4.47	2nd Qtr		6.96		5.74
3rd Qtr		6.69		4.85	3rd Qtr		6.79		4.26
4th Qtr		7.63		5.08	4th Qtr		5.21		3.50

(b) Holders

As of February 28, 2013, there were 2,123 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

12

(c) Dividends

The Company did not declare any dividends during 2012 or 2011, and accordingly, no dividends were paid in 2012. The payment of future dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, upon future earnings and cash flows, capital requirements, the Company’s general financial condition, general business conditions and other factors.

Effective March 13, 2013, under the Company’s new $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”), dividends shall be permitted only if the following conditions are met:

• No default or event of default shall exist or shall result from such dividend payment;

• The leverage ratio (Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, as defined therein) of the Company and its subsidiaries shall be, for the trailing 12 month period ending on the date of distribution, less than 3.25; and

• The Company is in compliance with the quarterly Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

A complete list of terms and conditions can be found in the $225.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility, which has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation

Information concerning the Company’s equity compensation plans is included under Item 12 of Part III of this Form 10-K.

13

(e) Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative five-year total return to shareholders on Federal Signal Corporation’s common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the Russell 2000 index, the S&P Midcap 400 index, and the S&P Industrials index. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Company’s common stock, and in each index (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on December 31, 2007 and tracks it through December 31, 2012.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Federal Signal Corporation, the Russell 2000 Index,

the S&P Midcap 400 Index, and the S&P Industrials Index

*$100 invested on December 31, 2007 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ending December 31.

Copyright^© 2013 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

Copyright^© 2013 Russell Investment Group. All rights reserved.

	12/07		12/08		12/09		12/10		12/11		12/12
Federal Signal Corporation	$	100.00	$	74.74	$	57.10	$	67.40	$	40.78	$	74.77
Russell 2000		100.00		66.21		84.20		106.82		102.36		119.09
S&P Midcap 400		100.00		63.77		87.61		110.94		109.02		128.51
S&P Industrials		100.00		60.08		72.65		92.07		91.53		105.58

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. Notwithstanding anything set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which might be incorporated into future filings in whole or part, including this Form 10-K, the preceding performance graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any such findings.

14

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents the selected financial information of the Company as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31:

	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Results of Operations ($ in millions):
Net sales	$	803.2		$	688.7		$	633.1		$	685.4		$	809.8
Operating income		51.5			33.2			12.4			29.9			54.8
Income (loss) from continuing operations		22.0			13.1			(74.1	)		16.2			29.7
Income (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax		(49.5	)		(27.3	)		(101.6	)		6.9			(124.8	)
Net income (loss)		(27.5	)		(14.2	)		(175.7	)		23.1			(95.1	)
Financial Position ($ in millions):
Capital expenditures	$	13.0		$	13.5		$	11.3		$	14.6		$	27.7
Depreciation and amortization		13.2			13.0			11.4			11.1			10.4
Total assets		613.2			706.7			764.5			744.5			839.0
Total debt (a)		157.8			222.2			262.0			201.7			278.9
Common Stock Data (per share):
Income (loss) from continuing operations — diluted	$	0.35		$	0.21		$	(1.29	)	$	0.33		$	0.62
Cash dividends per share		0.00			0.00			0.24			0.24			0.24
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (in millions)		62.7			62.2			57.6			48.6			47.7
Performance Measures
Operating margin		6.4	%		4.8	%		2.0	%		4.4	%		6.8	%
Debt to EBITDA ratio (b)		2.4			4.8			11.0			4.9			4.3
Other Data ($ in millions):
Orders	$	826.3		$	831.4		$	645.1		$	578.0		$	795.9
Backlog		318.4			295.2			158.1			155.6			267.1

(a) Includes short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations of $5.0 million, $9.1 million, $77.7 million, $41.9 million and $37.7 million, respectively.

(b) The ratio of debt to EBITDA represents total debt divided by income from continuing operations before interest expense, debt settlement charges, other expense, income tax provision, and depreciation and amortization expense, as well as a loss on investment in 2008, on a trailing twelve month basis. The Company uses the ratio of total debt to EBITDA to measure its ability to repay its outstanding debt obligations. The Company believes that total debt to EBITDA is a meaningful metric to investors in evaluating the Company’s long term financial performance and may be different than the method used by other companies to calculate total debt to EBITDA.

	2012		2011		2010			2009			2008
Total debt	$	157.8	$	222.2	$	262.0		$	201.7		$	278.9
Income from continuing operations	$	22.0	$	13.1	$	(74.1	)	$	16.2		$	29.7
Add:
Interest expense		21.4		16.4		10.2			11.5			15.4
Debt settlement charges		3.5		-		-			-			-
Other expense		0.7		0.2		1.2			(1.2	)		1.5
Income tax provision (benefit)		3.9		3.5		75.1			3.4			(4.8	)
Depreciation and amortization		13.2		13.0		11.4			11.1			10.4
Loss on investment in joint venture		-		-		-			-			13.0
EBITDA	$	64.7	$	46.2	$	23.8		$	41.0		$	65.2
Total debt to EBITDA ratio		2.4		4.8		11.0			4.9			4.3

15

Items included in the selected financial data table above that had a significant impact on the Company’s results are summarized as follows: 2012 income before income taxes includes debt settlement charges of $3.5 million and restructuring costs of $1.4 million. 2010 income before income taxes includes $3.9 million in acquisition and integration related costs associated with the FSTech Group, which was subsequently discontinued in 2012, $10.0 million of net costs associated with the firefighter hearing loss litigation and $4.4 million of restructuring costs. In addition, the Company recorded a $76.0 million valuation allowance to reflect the amount of domestic deferred tax assets that may not be realized. 2009 income before income taxes includes $4.7 million of net costs associated with the firefighter hearing loss litigation. 2008 income before income taxes includes a $13.0 million loss associated with the Company’s decision to terminate funding of a joint venture in China, $10.5 million of net costs associated with the firefighter hearing loss litigation and restructuring costs of $2.7 million. In addition, the 2008 income tax benefit includes $8.2 million for the utilization of capital loss carryforwards resulting from a sale-leaseback transaction for two U.S. based manufacturing facilities and a benefit of $3.1 million for losses in the China joint venture not previously recognized.

The selected financial data set forth above should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K and Item 7 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide information that is supplemental to, and shall be read together with, the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes contained in this Form 10-K. Information in MD&A is intended to assist the reader in obtaining an understanding of the consolidated financial statements, information about the Company’s business segments and how the results of those segments impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition as a whole, and how certain accounting principles affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Executive Summary

The Company is a leading global manufacturer and supplier of (i) safety, security and communication equipment, (ii) street sweepers and other environmental vehicles and equipment, and (iii) vehicle-mounted, aerial platforms for fire fighting, rescue, electric utility and industrial uses. We also are a designer and supplier of technology-based products and services for the public safety market. In addition, we sell parts and tooling and provide service, repair, equipment rentals and training as part of a comprehensive offering to our customer base. We operate 11 manufacturing facilities in six countries around the world and provide our products and integrated solutions to municipal, governmental, industrial and commercial customers in approximately 100 countries in all regions of the world.

The Company’s business units are organized and managed in three operating segments as follows:

Safety and Security Systems Group

Our Safety and Security Systems Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of comprehensive systems and products that law enforcement, fire rescue, emergency medical services, campuses, military facilities and industrial sites use to protect people and property. Offerings include systems for campus and community alerting, emergency vehicles, public safety interoperable communications, industrial communications and command and municipal networked security. Specific products include vehicle lightbars and sirens, public warning sirens and public safety software. Products are sold primarily under the Federal Signal^™, Federal Signal VAMA^™ , Target Tech^® and Victor^™ brand names. The Group operates manufacturing facilities in North America, Europe, and South Africa.

16

Fire Rescue Group

Our Fire Rescue Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of sophisticated, vehicle-mounted, aerial platforms for fire fighting, rescue, electric utility and industrial uses. End customers include fire departments, industrial fire services, electric utilities and maintenance rental companies for applications such as fire fighting and rescue, transmission line maintenance, and installation and maintenance of wind turbines. The Group’s telescopic/articulated aerial platforms are designed in accordance with various regulatory codes and standards, such as EN, NFPA and ANSI. In addition to equipment sales, the Group sells parts, service and training as part of a complete offering to its customer base. The Group manufactures in Finland and sells globally under the Bronto Skylift^® brand name.

Environmental Solutions Group

Our Environmental Solutions Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of a full range of street sweeper and vacuum trucks and high-performance waterblasting equipment for municipal and industrial customers. We also manufacture products for the newer markets of hydro-excavation, glycol recovery and surface cleaning for utility and industrial customers. Products are sold under the Elgin^®, Vactor^®, Guzzler^® and Jetstream^™ brand names. The Group primarily manufactures its vehicles and equipment in the United States.

Under the Elgin brand name, the Company sells the leading U.S. brand of street sweepers primarily designed for large-scale cleaning of curbed streets, parking lots and other paved surfaces utilizing mechanical sweeping, vacuum, and recirculating air technology. Vactor is a leading manufacturer of municipal combination catch basin/sewer cleaning vacuum trucks. Guzzler is a leader in industrial vacuum loaders used to manage industrial waste or recover and recycle valuable raw materials. Jetstream manufactures high pressure waterblast equipment and accessories for commercial and industrial cleaning and maintenance operations. In addition to equipment sales, the Group is increasingly engaged in the sale of parts and tooling, service and repair, equipment rentals and training as part of a complete offering to its customer base.

Results of Operations

Orders

	2012			2011			2010
Analysis of orders:
Total orders ($ in millions):	$	826.3		$	831.4		$	645.1
Change in orders year over year		(0.6	)%		28.9	%		11.6	%
Change in U.S. municipal and government orders year over year		7.7	%		22.0	%		1.3	%
Change in U.S. industrial and commercial orders year over year		(7.2	)%		36.5	%		51.7	%
Change in non-U.S. orders year over year		(3.0	)%		30.0	%		2.7	%

Orders of $826.3 million in 2012 decreased 1% compared to 2011 as slower demand for industrial vacuum trucks more than offset strong municipal demand for sewer cleaners and market share gains in police and fire markets. U.S. municipal and government orders increased 8% in 2012 driven by a $14.4 million increase in orders for sewer cleaners and a $10.4 million increase in police and fire markets and outdoor warning systems. U.S. industrial and commercial orders decreased 7% primarily due to decreases in industrial vacuum truck orders of $35.1 million, partially offset by increased industrial safety and security product orders of $5.4 million due to higher market demand and increased waterblaster orders of $8.6 million. Non-U.S. orders decreased 3% compared to 2011 with decreases across most segments, partially offset by a $2.6 million increase in U.S. export orders to Canada and Asia.

Orders of $831.4 million in 2011 increased 29% compared to 2010 with increases across all segments, primarily fueled by strong demand for industrial vacuum trucks and sewer cleaners and improved demand for fire-lift products in Asia and Australia. U.S. municipal and government orders increased 22% in 2011 driven by a $28.3 million increase in orders for sewer cleaners, $12.2 million increase in sweepers and a $9.1 million

17

increase in outdoor warning systems, partly offset by soft demand for police products. U.S. industrial and commercial orders increased 36% due to strong order intake of industrial vacuum trucks and industrial safety and security products. Non-U.S. orders increased 30% compared to 2010 with increases across all segments, primarily led by a $35.4 million increase in orders for Bronto units and a $29.5 million increase in sweeper orders.

Consolidated results of operations

The following table summarizes the Company’s results of operations and selected operating metrics for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share amounts):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	803.2		$	688.7		$	633.1
Cost of sales		613.4			533.3			482.2
Gross profit		189.8			155.4			150.9
Selling, engineering, general and administrative		136.9			122.2			130.2
Acquisition and integration related costs		-			-			3.9
Restructuring charges		1.4			-			4.4
Operating income		51.5			33.2			12.4
Interest expense		21.4			16.4			10.2
Debt settlement charges		3.5			-			-
Other expense		0.7			0.2			1.2
Income tax provision		(3.9	)		(3.5	)		(75.1	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations		22.0			13.1			(74.1	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax		(49.5	)		(27.3	)		(101.6	)
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Other data:
Operating margin		6.4	%		4.8	%		2.0	%
Diluted earnings (loss) per share — continuing operations	$	0.35		$	0.21		$	(1.29	)
Total orders		826.3			831.4			645.1
Depreciation and amortization		13.2			13.0			11.4

Year Ended December 31, 2012 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2011

Net sales increased $114.5 million or 17% compared to 2011 with increases across all segments.

Cost of sales increased $80.1 million or 15% compared to 2011, primarily as a result of increased sales volume, offset by favorable product mix and currency impacts.

Gross profit margin was 23.6% in 2012 compared to 22.6% in 2011, primarily as a result of increased sales volume and an overall favorable change in product mix.

Operating income increased $18.3 million or 55% compared to 2011, primarily due to higher sales volume and favorable product mix, partially offset by restructuring charges of $1.4 million that were recorded in 2012.

Interest expense increased $5.0 million compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in interest rates on the Company’s debt financing agreements entered into in February 2012. For further discussion of the debt agreements, see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

In the first quarter of 2012, the Company recorded $1.6 million of charges related to the termination of its prior debt agreements. On September 4, 2012, the Company expensed $1.9 million of deferred debt issuance costs related to the $75.0 million prepayment of the outstanding principal for the Company’s $215 million term

18

loan and $100 million secured credit facility. The debt settlement charges for 2012 totaled $3.5 million and included $1.0 million of make-whole interest payments and a write-off of deferred financing costs of $2.5 million.

Other expense totaled $0.7 million in 2012 and $0.2 million in 2011 and primarily includes realized losses from foreign currency transactions and on derivative contracts.

The 2012 effective tax rate on income from continuing operations decreased to 15.1% from 21.1% in the prior year. The Company’s 2012 and 2011 effective tax rates reflect no recorded tax benefits for domestic operating losses or domestic loss carryforwards. However, an income tax provision is recorded for foreign operations and other jurisdictions that are not in a cumulative loss position.

Income from continuing operations was $22.0 million in 2012 compared to $13.1 million in 2011. The increase of $8.9 million was primarily due to improved operating income as described above, partially offset by increased interest expense and debt settlement charges recorded in 2012.

Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax, was $49.5 million in 2012, primarily from the sale of the FSTech Group, and $27.3 million in 2011, primarily from the operations of the FSTech Group, including goodwill and intangibles impairment charges. For further discussion of the loss from discontinued operations and disposals, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

Net loss was $27.5 million in 2012 and $14.2 million in 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net sales increased $55.6 million or 9% compared to 2010, primarily as a result of an increase in industrial vacuum and sewer cleaner truck shipments.

Cost of sales increased $51.1 million or 11% compared to 2010, primarily as a result of an increase in industrial vacuum and sewer cleaner truck shipments and the change in product mix, primarily for sweepers, between international and domestic regions.

Gross profit margin was 22.6% in 2011 compared to 23.8% in 2010, primarily as a result of an overall unfavorable change in product mix which was partially offset by increased sales volume impacts.

Operating income increased $20.8 million or 168% compared to 2010, primarily due to higher sales volume in 2011 and the absence of restructuring charges of $4.4 million and acquisition and integration related costs of $3.9 million associated with the discontinued FSTech Group that were recorded in 2010.

Interest expense increased $6.2 million compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in interest rates on the amended debt agreements that were replaced by new financing agreements as of February 2012. For further discussion of the debt agreements, refer to Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

Other expense totaled $0.2 million in 2011 and $1.2 million in 2010 and primarily includes realized losses from foreign currency transactions and on derivative contracts.

The 2011 effective tax rate on income from continuing operations decreased primarily due to aggregate tax expense of $76.0 million relating to a domestic valuation allowance recorded in 2010. The Company’s 2011 effective tax rate of 21.1% reflects no recorded tax benefits for domestic operating losses or domestic loss carryforwards. However, an income tax provision is recorded for foreign operations and other jurisdictions that are not in a cumulative loss position.

19

Income from continuing operations was $13.1 million in 2011 compared to a loss of $74.1 million in 2010. The increase of $87.2 million was primarily due to the absence of the $76.0 million tax expense related to establishing the domestic valuation allowance in 2010 and from other changes in operating income as described above.

Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax, was $27.3 million in 2011 and $101.6 million in 2010. For 2011, $20.6 million was related to goodwill and intangibles impairment charges for the discontinued FSTech Group and $6.7 million was related to the loss from operations of the discontinued FSTech Group. For 2010, $78.9 million was related to goodwill and intangibles impairment charges for the discontinued FSTech Group, $12.2 million was related to the Company’s discontinued E-ONE, Riverchase and China Wholly-Owned Foreign Enterprise (“China WOFE”) businesses, $2.2 million was related to the environmental remediation liability at the Company’s Pearland, Texas site and $0.6 million was related to restructuring charges for the discontinued FSTech Group. The remaining $7.7 million was primarily related to the loss from operations of the discontinued FSTech Group.

Safety and Security Systems

The following table presents the Safety and Security Systems Group’s results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	240.3		$	221.4		$	214.5
Operating income		27.9			21.5			23.7
Other data:
Operating margin		11.6	%		9.7	%		11.0	%
Total orders	$	241.9		$	235.3		$	215.6
Backlog		31.2			31.7			18.2
Depreciation and amortization		4.3			4.4			3.7

Orders in 2012 increased $6.6 million or 3% compared to the prior year, due to market share gains and modest market growth in most segments. U.S. orders increased $15.7 million or 13%, including increases of $5.7 million in outdoor warning systems due to improved municipal spending, $5.5 million in public safety markets, and $4.5 million in industrial markets. Non-U.S. orders decreased $9.1 million or 8%, primarily due to decreases in non-U.S. public safety orders of $16.5 million, partially offset by increases in industrial product exports of $5.5 million.

Net sales in 2012 increased $18.9 million or 9% compared to the prior year. Excluding foreign currency effects, sales increased by $22.5 million and were offset by $3.6 million or 2% of unfavorable exchange rates. U.S. sales grew by $23.4 million or 20% compared to 2011, including $14.4 million in outdoor warning systems, $4.3 million in public safety markets due to market share gains, $2.1 million in industrial products, and price increases of approximately 1% of sales. Non-U.S. sales decreased $4.5 million from the prior year, primarily due to decreases of $11.8 million in the European and export markets for public safety products, partially offset by higher industrial product export sales of $8.0 million, primarily in the oil and gas markets, as well as some higher sales of mining products in international markets.

Cost of sales in 2012 increased $8.4 million or 6% compared to the prior year. The increase in cost of sales was at a lower rate than the increase in sales due to higher absorption of fixed overhead costs, higher growth rates in higher margin industrial divisions and product lines, and material cost reductions on certain electrical components, as well as a 2% favorable exchange rate impact. In addition, cost of sales was unfavorably impacted by $2.2 million higher charges for inventory write downs.

Operating income in 2012 increased $6.4 million or 30% compared to the prior year primarily due to higher sales and gross margins. These increases were offset by increased selling costs of $2.6 million, higher variable

20

sales commissions of $0.9 million, and higher incentive compensation expenses of $1.2 million, which were offset by a $0.6 million decrease in legal expenses. The Safety and Security Systems Group incurred restructuring costs of $0.9 million in 2012, while there were no restructuring costs recorded in 2011.

Orders in 2011 increased $19.7 million or 9% compared to 2010. U.S. orders increased $8.7 million or 7%, as improved municipal demand for outdoor warning systems and higher demand in industrial markets were offset by continued weakness in the police market. Non-U.S. orders increased $11.0 million or 11%, driven by strong demand for U.S. exports in public safety markets primarily driven by customers in Asia as well as strength in international mining markets, which were partially offset by significant declines in European public safety markets.

Net sales in 2011 increased $6.9 million or 3% compared to 2010. The increase in sales was partially driven by volume increases of $2.8 million, including volume-related increases in U.S. industrial products, mining products and significantly higher volumes of U.S. export products to Asia and Latin America, partially offset by lower volumes in the U.S. police market, lower international outdoor warning system sales, and significant volume decreases in European public safety markets due to lower governmental spending in the European market. The increase in sales was also driven by favorable currency impacts of $2.3 million, and price improvements of $1.8 million.

Cost of sales in 2011 increased $5.5 million or 4% compared to 2010. This increase was at a slightly higher rate than the increase in net sales, primarily due to price compression in the public safety markets of both the United States and Europe, volume growth with an unfavorable impact on cost of sales of $2.5 million primarily for U.S. export products to Asia and Latin America at lower margins, and unfavorable currency impacts of $1.8 million. An increase in sales commissions and other costs of $1.2 million also contributed to the increase in cost of sales.

Operating income in 2011 decreased $2.2 million or 9% compared to 2010, despite higher sales volumes, due to additional spending on marketing and product development of $1.5 million, $1.5 million in higher legal expenses, and increases in sales commissions of $1.0 million related to higher sales volumes. There were no restructuring costs recorded in 2011, while $1.7 million of restructuring charges were incurred in 2010.

Fire Rescue

The following table presents the Fire Rescue Group’s results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	135.1		$	109.5		$	108.8
Operating income		8.9			6.6			9.4
Other data:
Operating margin		6.6	%		6.0	%		8.6	%
Total orders	$	136.5		$	137.6		$	101.3
Backlog		83.6			80.1			57.3
Depreciation and amortization		2.6			2.5			2.2

Orders in 2012 decreased $1.1 million or 1% compared to the prior year.

Net sales in 2012 increased $25.6 million or 23% compared to the prior year, primarily due to increased sales volume of $28.8 million, pricing increases of $2.5 million, and favorable product mix of $4.8 million, partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts of $10.5 million.

Cost of sales in 2012 increased $20.7 million or 24% compared to the prior year due to increased sales volume impacts of $22.3 million and product mix of $6.7 million, partially offset by favorable currency impacts of $8.3 million.

21

Operating income in 2012 increased $2.3 million or 35% compared to the prior year primarily due to higher sales volumes impacts of $6.5 million, partially offset by higher selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses of $1.5 million, unfavorable product mix of $2.0 million, and unfavorable currency impacts of $0.7 million.

Orders in 2011 increased $36.3 million or 36% compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of strong demand for fire-lift products in Asia and Australia, partially offset by lower demand for industrial products in Europe.

Net sales in 2011 increased $0.7 million or 1% compared to the prior year, primarily due to favorable currency impacts of $5.3 million and favorable product mix of $1.8 million. These increases were offset by lower pricing attributable to sales commissions of $0.5 million and lower sales volume in local currency of $5.9 million. The decline in sales volume was primarily due to lower demand for fire-lift products in Europe.

Cost of sales in 2011 increased $4.9 million or 6% compared to the prior year. The increase primarily resulted from unfavorable product mix impacts of $5.0 million and unfavorable currency impacts of $4.3 million, partially offset by decreased sales volumes impacts of $4.4 million. The unfavorable product mix of $5.0 million includes higher purchase costs for chassis of $1.7 million and other product mix impacts of $3.3 million.

Operating income in 2011 decreased $2.8 million or 30% compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to unfavorable product mix impacts of $3.1 million and lower sales volumes impacts of $1.5 million, partially offset by lower SG&A expenses of $1.5 million and favorable currency impacts of $0.3 million.

Environmental Solutions

The following table presents the Environmental Solutions Group’s results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	427.8		$	357.8		$	309.8
Operating income		42.0			24.5			17.9
Other data:
Operating margin		9.8	%		6.8	%		5.8	%
Total orders	$	447.9		$	458.5		$	328.2
Backlog		203.6			183.4			82.6
Depreciation and amortization		5.4			5.2			4.7

Orders in 2012 decreased $10.6 million or 2% compared to the prior year. U.S. orders decreased $13.2 million or 4% from the prior year, primarily due to decreases in vacuum trucks of $35.1 million and sweepers of $2.7 million, partially offset by increases in sewer cleaners of $14.4 million and waterblasters of $8.6 million. Non-U.S. orders increased $2.6 million or 3% compared to the prior year, with increases in U.S. export orders to Canada and Asia.

Net sales in 2012 increased $70.0 million or 20% compared to the prior year. U.S. sales increased $56.7 million with increases in all product lines as a result of strong opening backlog and solid orders during the year. Non-U.S. sales were up $13.3 million, resulting from an increase in shipments to Canada and Asia, partially offset by declines in shipments to the Middle East.

Cost of sales in 2012 increased $51.1 million or 17% over the prior year. Increases in cost of sales were primarily associated with volume increases of $56.2 million, partially offset by favorable product mix of $5.1 million between domestic and international markets.

22

Operating income in 2012 increased $17.5 million or 71%, primarily as a result of higher gross margins of $18.9 million, partially offset by increased SG&A expenses of $1.4 million. The increase in SG&A expenses was related to additional commission expense associated with increased sales and increases in salary and benefit programs.

Orders in 2011 increased $130.3 million or 40% compared to the prior year. U.S. orders increased $100.8 million or 37% in 2011, primarily as a result of increases in orders for vacuum trucks of $51.9 million, sewer cleaners of $28.3 million, sweepers of $12.2 million, and waterblasters of $3.6 million. Non-U.S. orders increased $29.5 million or 52% from the prior year, with increases in U.S. export orders from Canada, Mexico and the Middle East. All product lines contributed to the overall increase in U.S. export orders.

Net sales in 2011 increased $48.0 million or 15% compared to the prior year. U.S. sales were up $42.4 million, primarily resulting from improvements within the industrial market, which is consistent with vacuum truck order increases. Non-U.S. sales were up $5.6 million due to improved sweeper and waterblaster sales. The increase in net sales of $48.0 million is due to volume increases of $35.0 million, price improvements of $7.1 million, and product mix impacts of $5.9 million, primarily for sweepers, between international and domestic sales.

Cost of sales in 2011 increased $41.0 million or 16% compared to the prior year. The increase in cost of sales is associated with volume increases in product sales of $29.2 million. Cost of sales increased at a slightly higher rate than net sales as a result of product mix changes of $11.8 million between international and domestic regions.

Operating income in 2011 increased $6.6 million or 37% and operating margins improved 1.1% compared to the prior year. Operating income increased primarily due to improved gross profit of $7.1 million and the absence of a restructuring charge of $0.8 million that was recorded in 2010. These increases were partially offset by increased salaries and employee benefit costs of $1.3 million.

Corporate Expense

Corporate expenses totaled $27.3 million, $19.4 million and $38.6 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 41% increase in 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to higher incentive compensation expense of $4.2 million, restructuring charges of $0.6 million recorded in 2012, and a $1.3 million reduction in an insurance reserve associated with carrier-paid claims recorded in 2011. Corporate expenses include depreciation and amortization expense of $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The 50% decrease in 2011 compared to 2010 is partly due to a $10.2 million reduction in legal expenses primarily associated with the hearing loss litigation. In addition, 2011 benefited by the absence of $1.2 million in restructuring costs, $1.0 million in expense related to the departure of the Company’s former CEO, $3.9 million in acquisition and integration related costs associated with the discontinued FSTech Group, all of which were recorded in 2010, as well as a $1.3 million reduction in insurance reserves associated with carrier paid claims which was recorded in 2011.

The hearing loss litigation has historically been managed by the Company’s legal staff resident at the corporate office and not by management at any reporting segment. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting, which provides that segment reporting should follow the management of the item and that certain expenses may be corporate expenses, these legal expenses (which are unusual and not part of the normal operating activities of any of our operating segments), are reported and managed as corporate expenses.

23

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

During each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, the Company used its cash flows from operations to pay cash dividends, if any, to shareholders, to fund growth and to make capital investments that both sustain and reduce the cost of its operations. Beyond these uses, remaining cash was used to fund acquisitions, pay down debt and make voluntary pension contributions.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $29.7 million, $9.5 million and $62.1 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, $18.7 million of cash and cash equivalents was held by foreign subsidiaries. Cash and cash equivalents held by subsidiaries outside the United States is held primarily in the currency of the country in which it is located. This cash is used to fund the operating activities of our foreign subsidiaries and for further investment in foreign operations. Generally, we consider such cash to be permanently reinvested in our foreign operations and our current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate such cash to fund U.S. operations. The Company’s ability to refinance its debt in February 2012 demonstrates that it does not need to repatriate cash from its foreign subsidiaries to fund U.S. operations. Repatriation of cash held by foreign subsidiaries may require the accrual and payment of taxes in the U.S.

The following table summarizes the Company’s cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	23.2		$	3.8		$	30.3
Purchases of properties and equipment		(13.0	)		(13.5	)		(11.3	)
Proceeds from sales of properties and equipment		1.8			1.9			1.8
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		-			-			(97.3	)
Proceeds from sale of FSTech Group		82.1			-			-
Increase in restricted cash		(1.0	)		-			-
Borrowing activity, net		(67.3	)		(40.2	)		60.5
Payments of debt financing fees		(6.9	)		(2.3	)		-
Net cash used for discontinued financing activities		(0.9	)		(0.6	)		(1.0	)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders		-			(3.7	)		(13.3	)
Proceeds from equity offering, net of fees		-			-			71.2
All other, net		2.2			2.0			0.1
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	20.2		$	(52.6	)	$	41.0

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $23.2 million, $3.8 million and $30.3 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In 2012, the increase was primarily due to higher collections on accounts receivable balances resulting from increased sales volume. The decrease in 2011 was primarily due to an increase in cash used to support net working capital. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an $76.0 million valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets as a non-cash charge to income tax expense. Recording the valuation allowance does not restrict the Company’s ability to utilize the future deductions and net operating losses associated with the deferred tax assets assuming taxable income is recognized in future periods.

The Company uses the ratio of total debt to EBITDA to measure its ability to repay its outstanding debt obligations. The Company believes that total debt to EBITDA is a meaningful metric to investors in evaluating the Company’s long term financial performance and may be different than the method used by other companies to calculate total debt to EBITDA. The ratio of total debt to EBITDA represents total debt divided by income from continuing operations before interest expense, debt settlement charges, other expense, income tax provision, and depreciation and amortization on a trailing twelve month basis.

24

Total debt to EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Total debt	$	157.8	$	222.2
Income from continuing operations	$	22.0	$	13.1
Add:
Interest expense		21.4		16.4
Debt settlement charges		3.5		-
Other expense		0.7		0.2
Income tax provision		3.9		3.5
Depreciation and amortization		13.2		13.0
EBITDA	$	64.7	$	46.2
Total debt to EBITDA ratio		2.4		4.8

The Company acquired two businesses in 2010 within the discontinued FSTech Group. VESystems, LLC was acquired for $34.8 million, of which $24.6 million was a cash payment. Sirit Inc. was acquired for CDN $77.1 million (USD $74.9 million), all of which was paid in cash. The acquisitions were funded with the Company’s existing cash balances and debt drawn against the availability of the prior revolving credit facility. In addition to the use of cash and debt, the Company issued 1.2 million shares of its common stock to fund a portion of the cost of purchasing VESystems, LLC. The issuances increased the total number of Company common stock shares outstanding.

In May 2010, the Company issued 12.1 million common shares at a price of $6.25 per share for total gross proceeds of $75.6 million. After deducting direct fees, net proceeds totaled $71.2 million. Proceeds from the equity offering were used to pay down debt.

On February 22, 2012, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, as borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a co-collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and co-collateral agent, providing the Company with a $100 million secured credit facility (the “ABL Facility”).

The ABL Facility is a five-year asset-based revolving credit facility pursuant to which up to $100 million initially will be available, with the right, subject to certain conditions, to increase the availability under the facility by up to an additional $25 million. The ABL Facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to the aggregate availability under the facility subject to meeting certain borrowing base conditions, with a sub-limit of $50 million for letters of credits. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 2.75% for base rate borrowings and 1.75% to 3.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the facility lenders equal to 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the ABL Facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.

The Company is allowed to prepay in whole or in part advances under the ABL Facility without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The ABL Facility requires that the Company, on a consolidated basis, maintain a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio, along with other customary restrictive covenants, certain of which are subject to materiality thresholds.

On February 22, 2012, the Company also entered into a Financing Agreement by and among the Company, as borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto (the “Term Lenders”)

25

and TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as administrative agent, collateral agent and sole lead arranger, pursuant to which the Term Lenders agreed to provide the Company with a $215 million term loan (the “Term Loan”).

The Term Loan is a five-year secured term loan maturing on February 22, 2017. Installment payments under the Term Loan did not commence until March 2013. The Term Loan allows for mandatory prepayments in certain specified situations. Except in these certain specified situations, the Term Loan is not repayable in the first 12 months of the term and thereafter is subject to the following prepayment premium: (i) 2.75% in months 13-24, (ii) 2.00% in months 25-36 and (iii) nothing thereafter. These provisions are subject to change upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

The Term Loan bears interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or adjusted LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 9.00% to 10.00% for base rate borrowings and 10.00% to 11.00% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company is required to pay certain customary fees in connection with the Term Loan.

On September 4, 2012, the Company prepaid $65.0 million of its outstanding principal balance of its Term Loan debt at par with no prepayment penalty and related accrued interest of $0.1 million with net proceeds from the sale of the FSTech Group. This prepayment was executed in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement. The Company also prepaid $10.0 million of debt drawn under the ABL Facility on the same date with net proceeds from the sale of the FSTech Group.

The Company was in compliance with all its debt covenants as of December 31, 2012.

On March 13, 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing lender, General Electric Capital Corporation as syndication agent, and five additional lenders. The 2013 Credit Agreement provides the Company with a new $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a five-year fully funded term loan in the amount of $75.0 million maturing March 13, 2018, and a five-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility under which borrowings may be made from time to time during the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The revolving credit facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 2.00% for base rate borrowings and 2.00% to 3.00% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the Senior Secured Credit Facility lenders ranging between 0.25% to 0.45% per annum on the unused portion of the $150.0 million revolving credit facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires equal quarterly installment payments of the $75.0 million term loan beginning on June 30, 2013 based on the following amortization schedule: 7.5% of the original amount in the first year, 10.0% of the original amount in each of the second and third years, 12.5% of the original amount in each of the fourth and fifth years, and the remaining balance on March 13, 2018, the maturity date.

The Company is allowed to prepay in whole or in part advances under the revolving credit facility and all or any part of the term loan without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with financial covenants related to the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum leverage ratio. The financial covenants are measured at each fiscal quarter-end.

Under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, restricted payments, including dividends, shall be permitted only if the pro-forma leverage ratio, after giving effect to such payment, is less than 3.25, there is pro-forma

26

compliance with all other financial covenants after giving effect to such payment, and there are no existing defaults under the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in all now or hereafter acquired domestic property and assets and the stock or other equity interests in each of the domestic subsidiaries and certain of the first-tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to certain exclusions.

The Company used the proceeds from the Senior Secured Credit Facility to (i) repay the outstanding balance of the Term Loan, (ii) repay outstanding balances under the ABL Facility, (iii) finance the ongoing general corporate needs of the Company and its subsidiaries; (iv) pay fees and expenses associated with repayment of amounts due under the Term Loan and the ABL Facility, including the payment of approximately $4.1 million in prepayment premiums under the Term Loan; and (v) pay fees and expenses associated with the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

On March 13, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap. The swap locks in the Company’s interest rate on the forecasted debt balances of the $75.0 million term loan of the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2012, the available borrowing base under the ABL Facility was $61.6 million. As of December 31, 2012, there was $6.7 million in cash drawn and $29.2 million of undrawn letters of credit under the ABL Facility, reducing net availability for borrowings to $25.7 million.

As of December 31, 2012, $0.3 million was drawn against the Company’s non-U.S. lines of credit which provide for borrowings up to $14.5 million.

Aggregate maturities of total borrowings amount to approximately $5.0 million in 2013, $7.4 million in 2014, $7.9 million in 2015, $9.3 million in 2016, and $128.2 million in 2017 and thereafter. These maturities primarily reflect the payment terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The fair values of borrowings aggregated $208.5 million and $221.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in current maturities are $0.3 million of other non-U.S. lines of credit, $4.2 million of term loan debt related to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and $0.5 million of capital lease obligations.

Upon execution of the Company’s new debt agreements in March 2013, the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Financing Agreement and the ABL Facility were written off. In the first quarter of 2013, the Company expects to record $8.7 million of charges related to the termination of its prior debt agreements. The charges include a write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.6 million and a prepayment premium of $4.1 million, which was equal to 2.75% of the outstanding balance of the Term Loan under the Financing Agreement. The $4.1 million prepayment premium was funded from the proceeds of the new lending arrangements.

The Company paid interest of $20.6 million in 2012, $16.1 million in 2011 and $9.7 million in 2010. The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings was 5.15% at December 31, 2012.

Cash dividends paid to shareholders in 2011 and 2010 were $3.7 million and $13.3 million, respectively. The Company did not declare any dividends in 2012 or 2011, and accordingly, no dividends were paid in 2012.

Total debt net of cash and cash equivalents included in continuing operations was $128.1 million representing 47% of total capitalization at December 31, 2012 versus $212.7 million or 55% at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the percentage of debt to total capitalization in 2012 was due to reductions in equity of $27.8 million and debt net of cash and cash equivalents of $44.2 million.

The Company anticipates that capital expenditures for 2013 will approximate $15 million. The Company believes that its financial resources and major sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity, will be adequate to meet its operating and capital needs in addition to its financial commitments.

27

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations and payments due by period as of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions):

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		2-3 Years		4-5 Years		More than 5 Years
Short-term obligations		$0.3		$0.3		$  -		$  -		$  -
Long-term debt*		155.8		4.2		14.5		18.4		118.7
Operating lease obligations		51.9		7.8		11.4		10.3		22.4
Capital lease obligations		1.7		0.5		0.8		0.4		-
Interest payments on long term debt		21.4		4.6		8.6		7.5		0.7
Total contractual obligations		$231.1		$17.4		$35.3		$36.6		$141.8

* Long term debt includes financial service borrowings which are reported in discontinued operations. The payments due by period reflect the payment terms outlined in the Company’s Senior Secured Credit Facility executed in March 2013, as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

The Company also enters into foreign currency forward contracts to protect against the variability in exchange rates on cash flows and intercompany transactions with its foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2012, there is less than $0.1 million of unrealized gains on the Company’s foreign exchange contracts. Volatility in the future exchange rates between the U.S. dollar, Euro and British pound will impact the final settlement of any of these contracts.

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s commercial commitments and the notional amount by expiration period as of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions):

	Notional Amount by Expiration Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		2-3 Years
Financial standby letters of credit*	$	28.5	$	28.2	$	0.3
Performance standby letters of credit		0.7		0.6		0.1
Purchase obligations**		48.0		47.3		0.7
Total commercial commitments	$	77.2	$	76.1	$	1.1

* Financial standby letters of credit largely relate to casualty insurance policies for the Company’s workers’ compensation, automobile, general liability and product liability policies. Performance standby letters of credit represent guarantees of performance by foreign subsidiaries that engage in cross-border transactions with foreign customers.

** Purchase obligations relate to commercial chassis.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a liability of approximately $4.0 million for unrecognized tax benefits (refer to Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K). Due to the uncertainties related to these tax matters, the Company cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement for this liability. We expect our unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by $1.6 million over the next 12 months due to potential expiration of the statute of limitations and settlements with tax authorities.

The Company expects to contribute up to $6.8 million to the U.S. benefit plans and up to $2.3 million to the non-U.S. benefit plan in 2013. Future contributions to the plans will be based on such factors as annual service cost as well as return on plan asset values, interest rate movements, and benefit payments.

28

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company considers the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Revenue Recognition

Net sales consist primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment, environmental vehicles, vehicle mounted aerial platforms, parts, service and maintenance contracts.

The Company recognizes revenue for products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. A product is considered delivered to the customer once it has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s product sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped; however, occasionally title passes later or earlier than shipment due to customer contracts or letter of credit terms. If at the outset of an arrangement the Company determines the arrangement fee is not, or is presumed not to be, fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized as amounts become due and payable and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

Workers’ Compensation and Product Liability Reserves

Due to the nature of the products manufactured, the Company is subject to product liability claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company is partially self-funded for workers’ compensation and product liability claims with various retention and excess coverage thresholds. After the claim is filed, an initial liability is estimated, if any is expected, to resolve the claim. This liability is periodically updated as more claim facts become known. The establishment and update of liabilities for unpaid claims, including claims incurred but not reported, is based on the assessment by the Company’s claim administrator of each claim, an independent actuarial valuation of the nature and severity of total claims and management’s estimate. The Company utilizes a third-party claims administrator to pay claims, track and evaluate actual claims experience and ensure consistency in the data used in the actuarial valuation. Management believes that the reserve established at December 31, 2012 appropriately reflects the Company’s risk exposure. The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from the firefighter hearing loss litigation (see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K). If the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it will record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, at the appropriate time.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 2012.

Goodwill is tested for impairment based on a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that

29

goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”

Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by looking at current risk-free rates of capital, current market interest rates and the evaluation of risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change or were incorrect, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.

Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, including Federal Signal, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities. For these companies, the Company calculated the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of the Company’s common stock and other guideline companies are additional key assumptions. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. If the market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.

The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches. In the 2012 evaluation, management determined that the income approach provided a more relevant measure of each reporting unit’s fair value and used it to determine reporting unit fair value. Management used the market approach to corroborate the results of the income approach. Management used the income approach to determine fair value of the reporting units because it considers anticipated future financial performance. The market approach is based upon historical and current economic conditions which might not reflect the long term prospects or opportunities for the business segment being evaluated.

The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2012, 2011 and 2010. Adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flows could cause us to record impairment charges in future periods, which could be material. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K for a summary of the Company’s goodwill and definite lived intangible assets and Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K for discussion of impairment charges recorded for the discontinued FSTech Group.

Pensions

The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Major assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in employee compensation levels. A change in any of these assumptions would have an effect on net periodic pension costs.

The following table summarizes the impact that a change in these assumptions would have on the Company’s operating income ($ in millions):

	Assumption change:
	25 Basis Point Increase		25 Basis Point Decrease
Discount rate		0.3		(0.3	)
Return on assets		0.3		(0.3	)
Employee compensation levels		-		-

30

The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities and costs is set by reference to published, high-quality bond indices. However, these indices give only an indication of the appropriate discount rate because the cash flows of the bonds comprising the indices do not precisely match the projected benefit payment stream of the plan. For this reason, we also consider the individual characteristics of the plan, such as projected cash flow patterns and payment durations, when setting the discount rate. The weighted-average discount rate used to measure U.S. pension liabilities decreased from 5.0% in 2011 to 4.2% in 2012. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K for further discussion.

An incremental component is added for the expected return from active management based on the plan’s experience and on historical information obtained from the plan’s investment consultants. These forecasted gross returns are reduced by estimated management fees and expenses, yielding a long-term rate of return of 8.1% per annum for 2012. The expected asset return assumption is based upon a long-term view; therefore, we do not expect to see frequent changes from year to year based on positive or negative actual performance in a single year.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets are also recorded with respect to net operating losses and other tax attribute carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the income of the period that includes the enactment date.

The ultimate recovery of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the amount and timing of future taxable income, and other factors such as the taxing jurisdiction in which the asset is to be recovered. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent that, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a valuation allowance of $76.0 million against our net domestic deferred tax assets based on our assessment of past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. Specifically, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, we had three years of cumulative domestic losses for continuing operations. In 2012 and 2011, we recorded additional valuation allowances of $9.4 million and $11.1 million, respectively, against our domestic deferred tax assets. We believe having three years of cumulative losses limits our ability to look to future taxable income as a source for recovering our deferred tax assets. We will continue to evaluate our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets and, as a result, we may increase or decrease our valuation allowance in future periods. Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in income taxes that could be material.

Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on de-recognition and classification, and requires companies to elect and disclose their method of reporting interest and penalties on income taxes. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

The Company is subject to market risk associated with changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. To mitigate this risk, the Company utilizes interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts. The

31

Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and is not party to leveraged derivatives contracts.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company manages its exposure to interest rate movements by targeting a proportionate relationship between fixed-rate debt to total debt generally within percentages between 40% and 60%. The Company uses funded fixed-rate borrowings as well as interest rate swap agreements to balance its overall fixed/floating interest rate mix. During the month of June 2010, floating to fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $70 million matured and that portion of the Company’s debt was left floating rate. Since the floating rate of interest the Company receives on its revolving credit facility has favorable pricing further enhanced by historically low LIBOR rates, the Company decided to maintain a percentage of floating rate debt outside of the 40% to 60% targets.

The following table presents the principal cash flows and weighted average interest rates by year of maturity for the Company’s total debt obligations held at December 31, 2012 ($ in millions):

	Expected Maturity Date																		Fair Value
	2013			2014			2015			2016			Thereafter			Total
Variable rate debt	$	5.0		$	7.4		$	7.9		$	9.3		$	128.2		$	157.8		$	208.5
Average interest rate		3.0	%		3.0	%		3.0	%		3.0	%		3.0	%		3.0	%		-

See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K for a description of these agreements. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in variable interest rates in 2012 would have increased or decreased interest expense by $0.1 million, respectively.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

Although the majority of sales, expenses and cash flows are transacted in U.S. dollars, the Company has exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, primarily the Euro and the British pound. If average annual foreign exchange rates had collectively weakened against the U.S. dollar by 10%, pre-tax earnings in 2012 would have decreased by $0.9 million from foreign currency translation.

The Company has foreign currency exposures related to buying and selling in currencies other than the local currency in which it operates. The Company utilizes foreign currency options and forward contracts to manage these risks.

Forward exchange contracts are recorded as a natural hedge when the hedged item is a recorded asset or liability that is revalued each accounting period, in accordance with ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters. For derivatives designated as natural hedges, changes in fair values are reported in the “other expense” line of the consolidated statements of operations.

32

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		34
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011		36
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		37
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		38
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		39
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		40
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		41

33

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Federal Signal Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Federal Signal Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2013

34

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Federal Signal Corporation

We have audited Federal Signal Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“the COSO criteria”). Federal Signal Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Federal Signal Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 15, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2013

35

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2012			2011
	($ in millions)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29.7		$	9.5
Restricted cash		1.0			-
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $2.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively		96.9			105.0
Inventories — Note 2		119.9			104.3
Prepaid expenses		13.8			14.6
Other current assets		5.1			5.6
Current assets of discontinued operations — Note 11		0.8			35.9
Total current assets		267.2			274.9
Properties and equipment — Note 3		59.3			60.0
Other assets:
Goodwill — Note 4		272.3			270.6
Intangible assets, net — Note 4		0.7			1.8
Deferred charges and other assets		12.5			2.0
Long-term assets of discontinued operations — Note 11		1.2			97.4
Total assets	$	613.2		$	706.7
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings — Note 5	$	0.3		$	9.0
Current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations — Note 5		4.7			0.1
Accounts payable		52.5			49.5
Customer deposits		13.1			14.4
Deferred revenue		3.1			2.9
Deferred tax liability — Note 6		10.6			2.7
Accrued liabilities:
Compensation and withholding taxes		25.8			18.7
Other		33.1			30.6
Current liabilities of discontinued operations — Note 11		6.4			24.1
Total current liabilities		149.6			152.0
Long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations — Note 5		152.8			213.1
Long-term pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities — Note 7		84.1			74.1
Deferred gain — Note 3		19.4			21.4
Deferred tax liabilities — Note 6		35.8			41.0
Other long-term liabilities		16.0			14.5
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations — Note 11		8.6			15.9
Total liabilities		466.3			532.0
Shareholders’ equity — Notes 8 and 9:
Common stock, $1 par value per share, 90.0 million shares authorized, 63.4 million and 63.1 million shares issued, respectively		63.4			63.1
Capital in excess of par value		171.1			167.7
Retained earnings		8.9			36.4
Treasury stock, 0.9 million and 0.9 million shares, respectively, at cost		(16.4	)		(16.1	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(80.1	)		(76.4	)
Total shareholders’ equity		146.9			174.7
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	613.2		$	706.7

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

36

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
	($ in millions, except per share data)
Net sales	$	803.2		$	688.7		$	633.1
Cost of sales		613.4			533.3			482.2
Gross profit		189.8			155.4			150.9
Selling, engineering, general and administrative		136.9			122.2			130.2
Acquisition and integration related costs		-			-			3.9
Restructuring charges — Note 12		1.4			-			4.4
Operating income		51.5			33.2			12.4
Interest expense		21.4			16.4			10.2
Debt settlement charges		3.5			-			-
Other expense		0.7			0.2			1.2
Income before income taxes		25.9			16.6			1.0
Income tax provision — Note 6		(3.9	)		(3.5	)		(75.1	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations		22.0			13.1			(74.1	)
Discontinued operations — Note 11
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax benefit of $3.6 million, $2.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively		(49.5	)		(27.3	)		(101.6	)
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.35		$	0.21		$	(1.29	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of taxes		(0.79	)		(0.44	)		(1.76	)
Net loss per share	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.23	)	$	(3.05	)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		62.3			62.2			57.6
Diluted		62.7			62.2			57.6

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

37

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
	($ in millions)
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment		11.1			(4.3	)		(4.5	)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax expense of $0.2, $0.1 and $0.0, respectively		0.7			(0.7	)		0.8
Change in unrecognized gains (losses) related to pension benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $0.3, $1.6 and ($0.0), respectively		(15.5	)		(29.8	)		1.4
Total other comprehensive loss		(3.7	)		(34.8	)		(2.3	)
Comprehensive loss	$	(31.2	)	$	(49.0	)	$	(178.0	)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

38

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

	Common Stock Par Value		Capital in Excess of Par Value		Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total
	($ in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	49.6	$	93.8	$	240.4		$	(15.8	)	$	(39.3	)	$	328.7
Net loss						(175.7	)								(175.7	)
Total other comprehensive loss												(2.3	)		(2.3	)
Shares issued for acquisition		1.2		9.0											10.2
Equity offering, net of fees		12.1		59.1											71.2
Cash dividends declared ($0.24 per common share)						(14.1	)								(14.1	)
Share based payments:
Non-vested stock and options				2.3											2.3
Stock awards		0.1		0.3											0.4
Common stock canceled				0.2											0.2
Balance at December 31, 2010		63.0		164.7		50.6			(15.8	)		(41.6	)		220.9
Net loss						(14.2	)								(14.2	)
Total other comprehensive loss												(34.8	)		(34.8	)
Share based payments:
Non-vested stock and options				2.0											2.0
Stock awards		0.1		0.9											1.0
Shares received in connection with vesting of awards									(0.3	)					(0.3	)
Common stock canceled				0.1											0.1
Balance at December 31, 2011		63.1		167.7		36.4			(16.1	)		(76.4	)		174.7
Net loss						(27.5	)								(27.5	)
Total other comprehensive loss												(3.7	)		(3.7	)
Share based payments:
Non-vested stock and options				3.1											3.1
Stock awards		0.3		0.3					(0.3	)					0.3
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	63.4	$	171.1	$	8.9		$	(16.4	)	$	(80.1	)	$	146.9

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

39

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
	($ in millions)
Operating activities:
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Loss on discontinued operations and disposal		49.5			27.3			101.6
Gain on joint venture		-			-			(0.1	)
Restructuring charges, net of cash payments		0.9			-			2.3
Depreciation and amortization		13.2			13.0			11.4
Debt settlement charges		2.5			-			-
Stock-based compensation expense		2.6			1.8			2.1
Pension expense, net of funding		(5.7	)		1.5			2.2
Provision for doubtful accounts		0.6			0.4			1.1
Deferred income taxes, including change in valuation allowance		(4.8	)		1.8			75.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions of companies:
Accounts receivable		8.7			(27.3	)		23.9
Inventories		(14.5	)		3.4			(4.2	)
Other current assets		0.5			(2.3	)		4.9
Accounts payable		2.6			3.7			2.0
Customer deposits		(1.5	)		4.6			(0.1	)
Accrued liabilities		16.4			(1.5	)		(4.8	)
Income taxes		8.6			2.7			(12.3	)
Other		(2.9	)		(0.8	)		(1.3	)
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities		49.2			14.1			28.7
Net cash (used for) provided by discontinued operating activities		(26.0	)		(10.3	)		1.6
Net cash provided by operating activities		23.2			3.8			30.3
Investing activities:
Purchases of properties and equipment		(13.0	)		(13.5	)		(11.3	)
Proceeds from sales of properties and equipment		1.8			1.9			1.8
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		-			-			(97.3	)
Proceeds from sale of FSTech Group		82.1			-			-
Increase in restricted cash		(1.0	)		-			-
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing investing activities		69.9			(11.6	)		(106.8	)
Net cash used for discontinued investing activities		-			-			(0.9	)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		69.9			(11.6	)		(107.7	)
Financing activities:
(Decrease) increase in revolving lines of credit		(173.3	)		(34.6	)		129.6
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings, net		(9.5	)		7.6			1.7
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings		215.0			-			-
Payments on long-term borrowings		(99.5	)		(13.2	)		(70.8	)
Payments of debt financing fees		(6.9	)		(2.3	)		-
Cash dividends paid to shareholders		-			(3.7	)		(13.3	)
Proceeds from equity offering, net of fees		-			-			71.2
Other, net		2.4			1.3			0.8
Net cash (used for) provided by continuing financing activities		(71.8	)		(44.9	)		119.2
Net cash used for discontinued financing activities		(0.9	)		(0.6	)		(1.0	)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(72.7	)		(45.5	)		118.2
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash		(0.2	)		0.7			0.2
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		20.2			(52.6	)		41.0
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		9.5			62.1			21.1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	29.7		$	9.5		$	62.1

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

40

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

($ in millions, except per share data)

NOTE 1 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation:    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Federal Signal Corporation and all of its subsidiaries (“Federal Signal” or the “Company”) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These consolidated financial statements include estimates and assumptions by management that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The operating results of businesses divested during 2012 and 2010 have been excluded since the date of sale, and have been reported as discontinued operations prior to sale (see Note 11). Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Products manufactured and services rendered by the Company are divided into three major operating segments: Safety and Security Systems, Fire Rescue and Environmental Solutions. The individual operating businesses are organized as such because they share certain characteristics, including technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies.

Non-U.S. operations:    Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, other than those whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated at current exchange rates with the related translation adjustments reported in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Statements of operations accounts are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates. The Company incurs foreign currency transaction gains/losses relating to assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency. For 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred foreign currency translation losses, included in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations, of $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The cumulative translation adjustment, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, was cumulative income of $10.8 million and a cumulative loss of $0.3 million, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments:    The Company applies the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to its non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. ASC Topic 820 established a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Cash equivalents:    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity and highly liquid nature of these instruments (Level 1 input).

Restricted cash:    Restricted cash of $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 consisted of cash deposited with various financial institutions that was pledged as collateral for the Company’s cash-collateralized letters of credit related to equipment and service performance guarantees.

Allowance for doubtful accounts:    The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses as a result of a customer’s inability to make required payments. Management evaluates the aging of the accounts receivable balances, the financial condition of its customers, historical trends and the time outstanding of specific balances to estimate the amount of accounts receivables that may not be collected in the future and records the appropriate provision.

41

Inventories:    The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Included in the cost of inventories are raw materials, direct wages and associated production costs.

Properties and equipment and related depreciation:    Properties and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from eight to 40 years for buildings and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvement. Property and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment.

Goodwill and definite lived intangible assets:    Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31.

Goodwill is tested for impairment based on a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”

Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by looking at current risk-free rates of capital, current market interest rates, and the evaluation of risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change or were incorrect, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.

Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, including Federal Signal, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities. For these companies, the Company calculated the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of Federal Signal and other guideline companies are additional key assumptions. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. If the market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.

The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches. In the current-year evaluation, management determined that the income approach provided a more relevant measure of each reporting unit’s fair value and used it to determine reporting unit fair value. Management used the market approach to corroborate the results of the income approach. Management used the

42

income approach to determine fair value of the reporting units because it considers anticipated future financial performance. The market approach is based upon historical and current economic conditions which might not reflect the long-term prospects or opportunities for the business segment being evaluated.

Definite lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment if indicators exist.

The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2012, 2011 or 2010. Adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flows could cause us to record impairment charges in future periods, which could be material. See Note 4 for a summary of the Company’s goodwill and definite lived intangible assets and Note 11 for a discussion of impairment charges recorded for the discontinued Federal Signal Technologies (“FSTech”) Group.

Pensions:    The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Major assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in employee compensation levels. A change in any of these assumptions would have an effect on net periodic pension costs.

Stock-based compensation plans:    The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, described more fully in Note 8. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Use of estimates:    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Warranty:    Sales of many of the Company’s products carry express warranties based on terms that are generally accepted in the Company’s marketplaces. The Company records provisions for estimated warranty at the time of sale based on historical experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience. Infrequently, a material warranty issue can arise which is beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. The Company records costs related to these issues as they become probable and estimable.

Product liability and workers’ compensation liability:    Due to the nature of the Company’s products, the Company is subject to claims for product liability and workers’ compensation in the normal course of business. The Company is self-funded for a portion of these claims. The Company establishes a reserve using a third-party actuary for any known outstanding matters, including a reserve for claims incurred but not yet reported.

The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from the firefighter hearing loss litigation (see Note 13). If the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it will record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, at the appropriate time.

Revenue recognition:    Net sales consist primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment, environmental vehicles, vehicle-mounted aerial platforms, parts, service, and maintenance contracts.

The Company recognizes revenue for products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. A product is considered delivered to the customer once it has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s product sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped; however, occasionally title passes later or earlier than shipment due to customer contracts or letter of credit terms. If at the outset of an arrangement the Company determines the arrangement fee is not, or is presumed not to be, fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized as amounts become due and payable and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

43

Net sales:    Net sales are net of returns and allowances. Returns and allowances are calculated and recorded as a percentage of revenue based upon historical returns. Gross sales include sales of products and billed freight related to product sales. Freight has not historically comprised a material component of gross sales.

Product shipping costs:    Product shipping costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of sales.

Research and development:    The Company invests in research to support development of new products and the enhancement of existing products and services. The Company believes this investment is important to maintain and/or enhance its leadership position in key markets. Expenditures for research and development by the Company were $10.0 million in 2012, $12.1 million in 2011 and $10.4 million in 2010, and were reported within selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.

Income taxes:    We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return for Federal Signal Corporation and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established or maintained when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Accounting standards on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes address the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

Litigation contingencies:    The Company is subject to various claims, other pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising out of the conduct of the Company’s business. The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. Professional legal fees are expensed when incurred. We accrue for contingent losses when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. In the event that estimates or assumptions of contingent losses are different from actual, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information.

44

NOTE 2 — INVENTORIES

Inventories at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Raw materials	$	56.8	$	47.1
Work in process		26.8		27.6
Finished goods		36.3		29.6
Total inventories	$	119.9	$	104.3

NOTE 3 — PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

Properties and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Land	$	0.3		$	0.3
Buildings and improvements		23.7			23.1
Machinery and equipment		148.4			138.4
Accumulated depreciation		(113.1	)		(101.8	)
Total properties and equipment	$	59.3		$	60.0

In July 2008, the Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions for its Elgin and University Park, Illinois plant locations. Net proceeds received were $35.8 million, resulting in a deferred gain of $29.0 million. The deferred gain is being amortized over the 15-year life of the respective leases. The balance was $19.4 million and $21.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under operating leases, some of which contain options to renew. Total rental expense on all operating leases was $8.9 million in 2012, $8.8 million in 2011 and $9.1 million in 2010. Sublease income and contingent rentals relating to operating leases were insignificant. At December 31, 2012, minimum future rental commitments under operating leases having non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year aggregated $51.9 million payable as follows: $7.8 million in 2013, $6.0 million in 2014, $5.4 million in 2015, $5.4 million in 2016, $4.9 million in 2017 and $22.4 million thereafter.

NOTE 4 — GOODWILL AND DEFINITE LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, by operating segment, were as follows ($ in millions):

	Environmental Solutions		Fire Rescue			Safety & Security			Total
December 31, 2010	$	120.4	$	33.9		$	118.2		$	272.5
Translation adjustments		-		(0.7	)		(1.2	)		(1.9	)
December 31, 2011		120.4		33.2			117.0			270.6
Translation adjustments		-		0.6			1.1			1.7
December 31, 2012	$	120.4	$	33.8		$	118.1		$	272.3

45

The following table provides the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for each major class of intangible assets ($ in millions):

	Weighted Average Useful Life (Years)
			December 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
			Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value		Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Developed software		5	$	6.0	$	(5.4	)	$	0.6	$	6.0	$	(4.4	)	$	1.6
Patents		10		0.6		(0.5	)		0.1		0.6		(0.4	)		0.2
Total		5.5	$	6.6	$	(5.9	)	$	0.7	$	6.6	$	(4.8	)	$	1.8

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company estimates that the aggregate amortization expenses will be $0.2 million in 2013, $0.2 million in 2014, $0.2 million in 2015, $0.1 million in 2016, and $0.0 million thereafter. Actual amounts of amortization may differ from estimated amounts due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, changes in foreign currency rates, impairment of intangible assets and other events.

The Company determined that the trade name assets associated with the FSTech Group with a carrying value of $7.9 million were impaired, and recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million in the second quarter of 2012. The Company’s calculation of fair value of trade name assets was based on an income approach using discounted cash flow projections. The trade name assets were sold to 3M Company as part of the sale of the FSTech Group.

NOTE 5 — DEBT

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Non-U.S. lines of credit	$	0.3	$	9.0
Total short-term borrowings	$	0.3	$	9.0

Long-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Revolving Credit Facility		$ -		$	180.0
ABL Facility		6.7			-
Term Loan		149.1			-
12.98% private placement note due 2012		-			27.3
Private placement note, floating rate (8.85% at December 31, 2011)		-			6.2
Capital lease obligations		1.7			0.5
		157.5			214.0
Unamortized balance of terminated fair value interest rate swaps		-			0.1
		157.5			214.1
Less current maturities, excluding financial services activities		(4.2	)		-
Less current capital lease obligations		(0.5	)		(0.1	)
Less financial services activities — borrowings (included in discontinued operations)		-			(0.9	)
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, net	$	152.8		$	213.1

46

The carrying value of short-term debt approximates fair value due to its short maturity (Level 2 input). The fair value of long-term debt is based on interest rates that we believe are currently available to us for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities (Level 2 input).

The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012				2011
	Notional Amount		Fair Value		Notional Amount		Fair Value
Short-term debt	$	0.3	$	0.3	$	9.0	$	9.0
Long-term debt (1)		157.5		208.2		214.1		212.4

(1) Long-term debt includes current portions of long-term debt and current portions of capital lease obligations of $4.7 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $0.9 million of financial service borrowings at December 31, 2011, which is included in discontinued operations.

On February 22, 2012, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, as borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a co-collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and co-collateral agent, providing the Company with a $100 million secured credit facility (the “ABL Facility”).

The ABL Facility is a five-year asset-based revolving credit facility pursuant to which up to $100 million initially will be available, with the right, subject to certain conditions, to increase the availability under the facility by up to an additional $25 million. The ABL Facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to the aggregate availability under the facility subject to meeting certain borrowing base conditions, with a sub-limit of $50 million for letters of credits. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 2.75% for base rate borrowings and 1.75% to 3.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the facility lenders equal to 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the ABL Facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.

The Company is allowed to prepay in whole or in part advances under the ABL Facility without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The ABL Facility requires that the Company, on a consolidated basis, maintain a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio, along with other customary restrictive covenants, certain of which are subject to materiality thresholds.

On February 22, 2012, the Company also entered into a Financing Agreement by and among the Company, as borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto (the “Term Lenders”) and TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as administrative agent, collateral agent and sole lead arranger, pursuant to which the Term Lenders agreed to provide the Company with a $215 million term loan (the “Term Loan”).

The Term Loan is a five-year secured term loan maturing on February 22, 2017. Installment payments under the Term Loan did not commence until March 2013. The Term Loan allows for mandatory prepayments in certain specified situations. Except in these certain specified situations, the Term Loan is not repayable in the first 12 months of the term and thereafter is subject to the following prepayment premium: (i) 2.75% in months 13-24, (ii) 2.00% in months 25-36 and (iii) nothing thereafter. These provisions are subject to change upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

47

The Term Loan bears interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or adjusted LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 9.00% to 10.00% for base rate borrowings and 10.00% to 11.00% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company is required to pay certain customary fees in connection with the Term Loan.

On September 4, 2012, the Company prepaid $65.0 million of its outstanding principal balance of its Term Loan debt at par with no prepayment penalty and related accrued interest of $0.1 million with net proceeds from the sale of the FSTech Group. This prepayment was executed in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement. The Company also prepaid $10.0 million of debt drawn under the ABL Facility on the same date with net proceeds from the sale of the FSTech Group.

The Company was in compliance with all its debt covenants as of December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the available borrowing base under the ABL Facility was $61.6 million. As of December 31, 2012, there was $6.7 million in cash drawn and $29.2 million of undrawn letters of credit under the ABL Facility, reducing net availability for borrowings to $25.7 million.

As of December 31, 2012, $0.3 million was drawn against the Company’s non-U.S. lines of credit which provide for borrowings up to $14.5 million.

Aggregate maturities of total borrowings amount to approximately $5.0 million in 2013, $7.4 million in 2014, $7.9 million in 2015, $9.3 million in 2016, and $128.2 million in 2017 and thereafter. Since the Company has refinanced a portion of its short-term debt subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Company has reclassified $3.3 million of its short-term debt to long-term debt. See Note 18 for further information. Included in current maturities are $0.3 million of other non-U.S. lines of credit, $4.2 million of term loan debt and $0.5 million of capital lease obligations. The fair values of borrowings aggregated $208.5 million and $221.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company paid interest of $20.6 million in 2012, $16.1 million in 2011 and $9.7 million in 2010. The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings was 5.15% at December 31, 2012.

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	(1.8	)	$	(3.8	)	$	(3.0	)
Foreign		3.2			2.1			5.3
State and local		0.1			0.3			0.3
		1.5			(1.4	)		2.6
Deferred:
Federal	$	2.1		$	4.7		$	70.8
Foreign		0.3			0.2			(0.9	)
State and local		-			-			2.6
		2.4			4.9			72.5
Total income tax provision	$	3.9		$	3.5		$	75.1

48

Differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 are summarized below:

	2012			2011			2010
Statutory federal income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1.0			0.9			16.4
Valuation allowance		41.3			8.8			7,646.4
Bad debt deduction		(24.9	)		-			-
Asset dispositions and write-offs		(29.5	)		-			-
Non-deductible acquisition costs		-			-			41.6
Tax reserves		(1.0	)		4.1			(100.9	)
R&D tax credits		-			(4.1	)		(54.8	)
Foreign tax rate effects		(7.2	)		(22.5	)		(138.0	)
Other, net		0.4			(1.1	)		64.3
Effective income tax rate		15.1	%		21.1	%		7,510.0	%

Due to the Company’s recent cumulative domestic losses for book purposes and the uncertainty of the realization of certain deferred tax assets, the Company continues to adjust its valuation allowance as the deferred tax assets increase or decrease, resulting in effectively no recorded tax benefit for domestic operating losses or tax provision for domestic income. However, the Company has recorded tax expense for the increase in the deferred tax liabilities of its domestic indefinite lived intangibles. An income tax provision is still required for foreign operations that are not in a cumulative loss position.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Depreciation and amortization	$	12.5		$	12.5
Accrued expenses		27.9			28.0
Net operating loss, capital loss, alternative minimum tax, research and development, and foreign tax credit carryforwards		75.0			73.1
Definite lived intangibles		1.8			1.8
Pension benefits		31.1			27.4
Other		0.3			0.2
Deferred revenue		0.1			0.1
Gross deferred tax assets		148.7			143.1
Valuation allowance		(131.8	)		(123.9	)
Total deferred tax assets		16.9			19.2
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(5.0	)		(5.9	)
Expenses capitalized for book		(2.1	)		(2.5	)
Indefinite lived intangibles		(56.2	)		(54.5	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(63.3	)		(62.9	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(46.4	)	$	(43.7	)

Federal and state income taxes have not been provided on accumulated undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $87.8 million and $86.1 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as such earnings have been reinvested in the business. The determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings is not practicable.

49

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company determined that $15 million of previously undistributed earnings at one of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries would be repatriated in the future. As a result of this change, the Company increased its deferred tax liabilities related to the $15 million by $0.2 million. The remainder of the foreign subsidiaries undistributed earnings is indefinitely reinvested.

The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2012, includes federal net operating loss carryforwards of $20.9 million, which begin to expire in 2018, state net operating loss carryforwards of $2.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2019; foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $8.2 million of which $0.5 million has an indefinite life and $7.7 million which will expire in 2030; and $12.8 million for capital loss carryforwards which will expire in 2013. The deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards includes U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $6.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2022, U.S. foreign tax credits of $21.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2015 and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $3.3 million with no expiration.

The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2011, includes federal net operating loss carryforwards of $18.0 million, which begin to expire in 2018, state net operating loss carryforwards of $1.6 million, which will begin to expire in 2019, foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $0.5 million of which $0.5 million has an indefinite life, and $22.2 million for capital loss carryforwards that will expire in 2012 and 2013. The deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards includes U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $6.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2022, U.S. foreign tax credits of $20.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2015 and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $4.0 million with no expiration.

Valuation allowances totaling $131.8 million have been established at December 31, 2012 and include $2.2 million related to state net operating loss carryforwards, $8.3 million related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards, $12.8 million related to capital loss carryforwards and $108.5 million related to domestic deferred tax assets.

Valuation allowances totaling $123.9 million have been established at December 31, 2011 and include $1.6 million related to state net operating loss carryforwards, $0.5 million related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards, $22.2 million related to capital loss carryforwards and $99.6 million related to domestic deferred tax assets.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31 is classified in the balance sheet as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Current net deferred tax assets	$	4.0		$	4.8
Current valuation allowance		(14.6	)		(7.5	)
Total current deferred tax liability	$	(10.6	)	$	(2.7	)
Long-term net deferred tax asset	$	81.4		$	75.3
Long-term valuation allowance		(117.2	)		(116.3	)
Long-term net deferred tax liability	$	(35.8	)	$	(41.0	)

ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, requires that the future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods. Possible sources of taxable income include taxable income in carryback periods, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as a deferred tax liability, tax-planning strategies that generate future income or gains in excess of anticipated losses in the carryforward period and projected future taxable income. If, based upon all available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not such deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable. A company’s three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable and the accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance the Company can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets.

50

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a $76.0 million valuation allowance against its United States federal deferred tax assets as a non-cash charge to income tax expense after the Company fell into a cumulative three-year domestic loss position after excluding the results of discontinued operations and disposals. In reaching this conclusion, the Company considered the weak municipal markets in the United States and significant impairment charges, which have led to a three-year cumulative U.S. loss position from continuing operations in the fourth quarter of 2010. Recording the valuation allowance does not restrict the Company’s ability to utilize the future deductions and net operating losses associated with the deferred tax assets assuming taxable income is recognized in future periods.

The $16.9 million of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012, for which no valuation allowance is recorded, is anticipated to be realized through the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2012. Should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize its remaining deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be recorded in the period such determination is made. The need to maintain a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets may cause greater volatility in our effective tax rate.

The Company paid income taxes of $2.9 million in 2012, $4.2 million in 2011 and $6.8 million in 2010.

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes for each of the three years ended December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012		2011		2010
U.S.	$	10.0	$	2.5	$	(13.6	)
Non-U.S.		15.9		14.1		14.6
	$	25.9	$	16.6	$	1.0

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits ($ in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	3.8
Increases related to current year tax		1.3
Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities		(0.2	)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations		(0.6	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	4.3
Increases related to current year tax		0.2
Increases from prior period positions		0.1
Decreases from prior period positions		(0.2	)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations		(0.4	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	4.0

Included in the unrecognized tax benefits of $4.0 million at December 31, 2012 was $3.9 million of tax benefits that if recognized, would impact our annual effective tax rate. However, to the extent we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, the effect may be in the form of an increase in the deferred tax asset related to our net operating loss carryforward, which would be offset by a full valuation allowance. The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. Interest and penalties amounting to $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, are included in the consolidated balance sheet but are not included in the table above. We expect our unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by $1.6 million over the next 12 months due to potential expiration of statute of limitations and settlements with tax authorities.

51

We file U.S., state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2009 through 2012 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2008 through 2012 tax years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.

On January 2, 2013 the American Taxpayer Relief Act (the “ATRA”) of 2012 was signed into law. Some of the provisions were retroactive to January 1, 2012 including the exclusion from U.S. federal taxable income of certain interest, dividends, rents, and royalty income of foreign affiliates, as well as the tax benefits of the credits with respect to that income. In addition the Research and Experimental tax credit was made retroactive to January 1, 2012. The tax rate above reflects the tax law that was in place as of December 31, 2012. Had the ATRA had been enacted prior to January 1, 2013, our overall tax expense and effective tax rate would have been the same. Our domestic valuation allowance would have been $0.5 million higher than reported. This difference will be reflected in the first quarter of 2013.

NOTE 7 — PENSIONS

The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor a number of defined benefit pension plans covering certain salaried and hourly employees. Benefits under these plans are primarily based on final average compensation and years of service as defined within the provisions of the individual plans. The Company also participates in a retirement plan that provides defined benefits to employees under certain collective bargaining agreements.

The components of net periodic pension expense for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans									Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2010			2012			2011			2010
Company-sponsored plans
Service cost	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	0.2
Interest cost		7.4			7.4			7.4			2.6			2.9			2.7
Expected return on plan assets		(8.1	)		(7.2	)		(8.2	)		(2.6	)		(3.3	)		(3.1	)
Amortization of actuarial loss		5.5			4.5			3.5			0.8			0.9			0.8
		4.8			4.7			2.7			1.0			0.6			0.6
Multi-employer plans		0.3			0.3			0.2			-			-			-
Net periodic pension expense	$	5.1		$	5.0		$	2.9		$	1.0		$	0.6		$	0.6

The Company, through its subsidiaries, participates in certain multiemployer pension plans under U.S. collective bargaining agreements. None of these plans are considered individually significant to the Company. Contributions to these plans totaled $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining pension costs in each of the three years for the period ended December 31:

	U.S. Benefit Plans									Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2010			2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		5.0	%		5.8	%		6.0	%		4.6	%		5.4	%		5.7	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels *		3.5	%		3.5	%		3.5	%		N/A			N/A			N/A
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets		8.1	%		8.2	%		8.5	%		5.3	%		6.5	%		6.5	%

* Non-U.S. plan benefits are not adjusted for compensation level changes.

52

The following summarizes the changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, the funded status of the Company-sponsored plans, and the major assumptions used to determine these amounts at December 31 ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	$	156.6		$	138.4		$	57.1		$	52.6
Service cost		-			-			0.2			0.1
Interest cost		7.7			7.8			2.6			2.9
Actuarial loss		22.4			17.4			5.9			4.9
Benefits paid		(7.0	)		(7.0	)		(2.9	)		(2.5	)
Translation and other		-			-			2.7			(0.9	)
Benefit obligation, end of year	$	179.7		$	156.6		$	65.6		$	57.1
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year	$	177.2		$	154.5		$	65.6		$	57.1

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations as of December 31:

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Discount rate		4.2	%		5.0	%		4.1	%		4.6	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels		3.5	%		3.5	%		N/A			N/A

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Change in Plan Assets ($ in millions)
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$	97.0		$	104.8		$	47.9		$	50.6
Actual return on plan assets		13.0			(3.5	)		5.3			(0.8	)
Company contribution		9.2			2.7			2.3			1.1
Benefits and expenses paid		(7.0	)		(7.0	)		(2.9	)		(2.5	)
Translation and other		-			-			2.2			(0.5	)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$	112.2		$	97.0		$	54.8		$	47.9

The amounts included in translation and other in the preceding tables reflect the impact of the foreign exchange translation for the non-U.S. benefit plan.

The plan asset’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value for the U.S. benefit plan:

• Cash and Cash Equivalents — Valued at net asset value as provided by the administrator of the fund.

• U.S. Government and agency securities — Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the security is traded or valued by the trustee at year-end using various pricing services of financial institutions.

• Common stock — Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the security is traded.

53

• Collective/Common trust — Valued at the net asset value, based on quoted market value of the underlying assets, of shares held by the plan at year end.

• Mutual funds — Valued at the net asset value, based on quoted market prices in active markets, of shares held by the plan at year end.

Plan assets for the non-U.S. benefit plans are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

The following table summarizes the Company’s pension assets in a three-tier fair value hierarchy for its benefit plan as of December 31 ($ in millions):

	U. S. Benefit Plans
	2012								2011
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	3.7		$-		$ -	$	3.7		$ -	$	3.9	$	-	$	3.9
Equities
U.S. Large Cap		32.7		-		-		32.7		27.7		-		-		27.7
U.S. Small and Mid Cap		11.9		-		-		11.9		9.9		-		-		9.9
Federal Signal Common Stock		7.1		-		-		7.1		3.9		-		-		3.9
Developed International		6.6		-		-		6.6		3.7		-		-		3.7
Emerging Markets		4.5		-		-		4.5		3.3		-		-		3.3
Fixed Income
Government Bonds		5.7		-		-		5.7		4.5		-		-		4.5
Asset  -backed Securities		-		5.9		-		5.9		-		6.7		-		6.7
Collective/Common Trust and Other
Mutual Funds		34.1		-		-		34.1		33.3		0.1		-		33.4
Total assets at fair value	$	106.3	$	5.9	$	-	$	112.2	$	86.3	$	10.7	$	-	$	97.0

	Non-U. S. Benefit Plan
	2012								2011
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10.6		$ -	$	-	$	10.6	$	8.6		$ -	$	-	$	8.6
Equity Securities		4.8		29.7		-		34.5		4.0		25.1		-		29.1
Government Securities		4.1		-		-		4.1		4.9		-		-		4.9
Company Bonds and Debt Securities		5.6		-		-		5.6		5.3		-		-		5.3
Total	$	25.1	$	29.7	$	-	$	54.8	$	22.8	$	25.1	$	-	$	47.9

During 2010, the Company adopted a structured derisking investment strategy for the U.S. pension plans to improve alignment of assets and liabilities that includes: (1) maintaining a diversified portfolio that can provide a near-term weighted-average target return of 8.1% or more; (2) maintaining liquidity to meet obligations; and (3) prudently managing administrative and management costs. The plan invests in equity, mutual funds, and fixed income instruments.

Plan assets for the non-U.S. benefit plan consist principally of a diversified portfolio of equity securities, U.K. government securities, company bonds and debt securities. During 2012, the Company determined the inputs used to value certain non-U.S. investments in equity securities both in the U.K. and overseas markets were based on observable market information consistent with Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, rather than Level 1 as reported in the 2011 financial statements. Accordingly, the amounts shown in the 2011 table above have been revised to reflect the correct presentation.

54

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, equity securities included 0.9 million and 0.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $7.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Dividends paid on the Company’s common stock to the pension trusts aggregated $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 and none in the year ended December 31, 2012.

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Funded status, end of year ($ in millions):
Fair value of plan assets	$	112.2		$	97.0		$	54.8		$	47.9
Benefit obligations		179.7			156.6			65.6			57.1
Funded status	$	(67.5	)	$	(59.6	)	$	(10.8	)	$	(9.2	)

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of ($ in millions):
Long term pension liabilities	$	(67.5	)	$	(59.6	)	$	(10.8	)	$	(9.2	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax		91.5			79.3			26.8			23.2
Net amount recognized	$	24.0		$	19.7		$	16.0		$	14.0
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of ($ in millions):
Net actuarial loss	$	91.5		$	79.3		$	26.8		$	23.2
Prior service cost		-			-			-			-
Net amount recognized, pre-tax	$	91.5		$	79.3		$	26.8		$	23.2

The Company expects $8.1 million relating to amortization of the actuarial loss to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2013.

The Company expects to contribute up to $6.8 million to the U.S. benefit plans and up to $2.3 million to the non-U.S. benefit plan in 2013. Future contributions to the plans will be based on such factors as annual service cost as well as return on plan asset values, interest rate movements, and benefit payments.

The following table presents the benefits expected to be paid under the Company’s defined benefit plans in each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans		Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
2013	$	7.9	$	2.7
2014		8.1		2.8
2015		8.8		2.9
2016		8.7		3.0
2017		9.5		3.1
2018-2022		51.8		16.8

The Company also sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan covering a majority of its employees. Participation is via automatic enrollment; employees may elect to opt out of the plan. Company contributions to the plan are based on employees’ age and service as well as a percentage of employee contributions. The cost of these plans during each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, was $6.3 million in 2012, $5.8 million in 2011 and $5.5 million in 2010.

Prior to September 30, 2003, the Company also provided medical benefits to certain eligible retired employees. These benefits are funded when the claims are incurred. Participants generally became eligible for these benefits at

55

age 60 after completing at least 15 years of service. The plan provided for the payment of specified percentages of medical expenses reduced by any deductible and payments made by other primary group coverage and government programs. Effective September 30, 2003, the Company amended the retiree medical plan and effectively canceled coverage for all eligible active employees except for retirees and a limited group that qualified under a formula based on age and years of service. Accumulated postretirement benefit liabilities of $1.0 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were fully accrued. The net periodic postretirement benefit costs have not been significant during the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.

NOTE 8 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s stock compensation plans, approved by the Company’s shareholders and administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, provide for the grant of incentive and non-incentive stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards or units to key employees and directors. The plans, as amended, authorize the grant of up to 7.8 million shares or units through April 2020. These share or unit amounts exclude amounts that were issued under predecessor plans.

Stock options vest equally over the three years from the date of the grant. The cost of stock options, based on the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, is charged to expense over the respective vesting periods. Stock options normally become exercisable at a rate of one-third annually and in full on the third anniversary date. All options and rights must be exercised within ten years from date of grant. At the Company’s discretion, vested stock option holders are permitted to elect an alternative settlement method in lieu of purchasing common stock at the option price. The alternative settlement method permits the employee to receive, without payment to the Company, cash, shares of common stock, or a combination thereof equal to the excess of market value of common stock over the option purchase price. The Company has historically settled all such options in common stock and intends to continue to do so.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $2.73, $3.12 and $3.27, respectively. The fair value of each option grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

	2012			2011			2010
Dividend yield		0.7	%		0.6	%		2.9	%
Expected volatility		59	%		52	%		48	%
Risk free interest rate		0.9	%		2.2	%		2.0	%
Weighted average expected option life in years		5.6			5.9			5.9

The expected life of options represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. Dividend yields are based on historical dividend payments.

Stock option activity for the three years ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

	Option Shares									Weighted Average Exercise Price
	2012			2011			2010			2012		2011		2010
	(in millions)
Outstanding at beginning of year		2.0			1.9			2.1		$	10.16	$	12.61	$	13.60
Granted		0.6			0.7			0.4			5.52		6.50		8.93
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		(0.6	)		(0.6	)		9.88		14.02		13.47
Outstanding at end of year		2.3			2.0			1.9		$	8.93	$	10.16	$	12.61
Exercisable at end of year		1.3			1.0			1.2		$	11.22	$	13.12	$	14.84

56

The following table summarizes information for stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 under all plans:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Weighted Average Remaining Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
	(in millions)		(in years)				(in millions)
5.01 — 10.00		1.5		8.1	$	6.12		0.5	$	6.51
10.01 — 15.00		0.4		5.5		10.74		0.4		10.81
15.01 — 20.00		0.4		2.3		16.87		0.4		16.87
		2.3		6.6	$	8.93		1.3	$	11.22

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012 was $0.5 million.

Restricted stock awards are granted to employees at no cost. Awards primarily cliff vest at the third anniversary from the date of award, provided the recipient is still employed by the Company on the vesting date. The cost of restricted stock awards, based on the fair market value at the date of grant, is being charged to expense over the respective vesting periods. The following table summarizes restricted stock grants for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2012:

	Number of Restricted Shares			Weighted Average Price per Share
	(in millions)
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2011		0.4		$	7.99
Granted		0.1			5.72
Vested		(0.2	)		7.14
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2012		0.3		$	7.38

The total compensation expense related to all stock option and stock award compensation plans was $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Also, as of December 31, 2012, there were $1.6 million and $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options and stock awards, respectively, that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 and 2.1 years, respectively.

2010 Performance Share Units

In 2008, the Company established a long term incentive plan for executive officers under which awards were classified as equity in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Performance share units granted in 2010 were tied to the achievement of a pre-determined three-year relative performance metric based upon Total Stockholder Return (“TSR”) relative to a comparator group of companies, which is a market condition per ASC 718. Performance share units would have vested if (1) the Company had achieved certain specified stock performance targets compared to a comparator group of companies measured at December 31, 2012, and (2) the employee remained continuously employed by the Company until the last day of the three-year performance period, December 31, 2012. The TSR performance metric for the 2010 award was not met. Accordingly, the 2010 performance share units were not earned. Compensation expense is based on the fair value of the performance share unit on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012, compensation expense relating to the unearned 2010 performance share units has been fully amortized.

57

The fair value is calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model with the following assumptions:

	2010
Dividend yield		2.4	%
Expected volatility		64	%
Risk free interest rate		1.5	%
Weighted average expected life in years		2.7

2011 and 2012 Performance Share Units

The performance share units granted in 2011 and 2012 were extended to certain other non-executive officers. The performance share units granted in 2011 and 2012 both have a one-year performance period ending December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, in which the Company must achieve certain earnings per share (“EPS”) from continuing operations, which is a performance condition per ASC 718, followed by a two-year service requirement (i.e., if earned, these shares would vest in full on December 31, 2013 or 2014, respectively). The EPS threshold for the 2011 award was not met. Accordingly, the 2011 performance share units were not earned, and no compensation expense was recorded relating to the 2011 award. The EPS threshold for 2012 was achieved at the maximum level, and 200% of the target shares were earned. Compensation expense included in the consolidated statement of operations for the 2012 performance unit shares for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $ 0.6 million. The total compensation expense for these performance share units is being amortized through the end of the vesting period, December 31, 2014.

NOTE 9 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue 90.0 million shares of common stock at a par value of $1 per share. The holders of common stock (i) may receive dividends subject to all of the rights of the holders of preference stock; (ii) shall be entitled to share ratably upon any liquidation of the Company in the assets of the Company, if any, remaining after payment in full to the holders of preference stock; and (iii) receive one vote for each common share held and shall vote together share for share with the holders of voting shares of preference stock as one class for the election of directors and for all other purposes. The Company has 63.4 million and 63.1 million common shares issued as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Of those amounts, 62.4 million and 62.2 million common shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company’s Board of Directors is also authorized to provide for the issuance of 0.8 million shares of preference stock at a par value of $1 per share. The authority of the Board of Directors includes, but is not limited to, the determination of the dividend rate, voting rights, conversion and redemption features, and liquidation preferences. The Company has not designated or issued any preference stock as of December 31, 2012.

In May 2010, the Company issued 12.1 million shares of common stock at a price of $6.25 per share for total gross proceeds of $75.6 million. After deducting direct fees, net proceeds to the Company totaled $71.2 million. Proceeds from the equity offering were used to pay down debt.

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss for each of the three years ended December 31 was as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Beginning balance	$	(76.4	)	$	(41.6	)	$	(39.3	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		11.1			(4.3	)		(4.5	)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax expense of $0.2, $0.1 and $0.0, respectively		0.7			(0.7	)		0.8
Change in unrecognized gains (losses) related to pension benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $0.3, $1.6 and $0.0, respectively		(15.5	)		(29.8	)		1.4
Ending balance	$	(80.1	)	$	(76.4	)	$	(41.6	)

58

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of cumulative translation adjustment income (loss) of $10.8 million and ($0.3) million, unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives of $0.1 million and ($0.6) million, and unrecognized pension benefit plan costs of ($91.0) million and ($75.5) million, respectively.

NOTE 10 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and performance share units and reflect the potential dilution that could occur if options issued under stock-based compensation awards were converted into common stock. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, options to purchase 2.3 million, 2.0 million and 1.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, had an antidilutive effect on EPS, and accordingly, are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to basic and diluted EPS at December 31 ($ in millions, except per share amounts):

	2012			2011			2010
Income (loss) income from continuing operations	$	22.0		$	13.1		$	(74.1	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax		(49.5	)		(27.3	)		(101.6	)
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		62.3			62.2			57.6
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents		0.4			-			-
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		62.7			62.2			57.6
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.35		$	0.21		$	(1.29	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax	$	(0.79	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(1.76	)
Loss per share	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.23	)	$	(3.05	)

59

NOTE 11 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The following table presents the operating results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the three-year period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

Federal Signal Technologies	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	87.0		$	106.9		$	93.4
Interest allocated to discontinued operations		4.8			-			-
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment		0.6			20.6			78.9
Restructuring charges		-			-			0.6
Other costs and expenses		100.0			116.2			103.2
Loss before income taxes		(18.4	)		(29.9	)		(89.3	)
Income tax benefit		3.6			2.0			2.9
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(14.8	)	$	(27.9	)	$	(86.4	)
China WOFE				2011			2010
Net sales				$	0.2		$	1.5
Costs and expenses					0.5			3.2
Loss before income taxes					(0.3	)		(1.7	)
Income tax benefit					-			-
Loss from discontinued operations				$	(0.3	)	$	(1.7	)
Riverchase (SSG Segment)							2010
Net sales								$ -
Costs and expenses								1.3
Loss before income taxes								(1.3	)
Income tax benefit								-
Loss from discontinued operations							$	(1.3	)

On June 21, 2012, the Company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement to sell the FSTech Group for $110.0 million, subject to working capital adjustments. In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“ASC 360”), the Company met held for sale criteria during the second quarter of 2012 and the FSTech Group was reported as a discontinued operation in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In accordance with ASC 360-10, net assets held for sale with a carrying value of $121.1 million were written down to fair value less cost to sell or $97.6 million (fair value of $101.0 million and costs to sell of $3.4 million). This write-down resulted in a $23.5 million loss for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The valuation methodology for the net assets held for sale was based upon a contract price which is an observable input (Level 2).

On September 4, 2012, the Company completed the disposition of the assets of the FSTech Group for $110.0 million in cash, subject to working capital adjustments in favor of the buyer of $5.9 million. The Company received $82.1 million in cash at closing and the remaining $22.0 million was placed into escrow as security for indemnification obligations provided by the Company pursuant to the sale agreement, including defense and other costs associated with the Neology lawsuits discussed in Note 13. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2012, the Company recognized an additional loss related to a change in its estimate of total proceeds to be received from escrowed amounts of $5.0 million, an increase in the carrying value of the FSTech Group through the date of divestiture of $0.8 million and additional costs to sell of approximately $0.5 million. The working capital adjustment, the additional loss related to the change in estimated proceeds to be received from escrowed amounts, the increase in the carrying value of the FSTech Group and the additional costs to sell resulted in an additional loss of $12.2 million for the third quarter of 2012. The Company recorded a total loss of $34.7 million on disposal for the year ended December 31, 2012.

60

A significant portion of the escrow identified for general indemnification obligations will be held for a period of 18 months with the remaining general escrow funds to be held for 36 months. The portion of escrow associated with the Neology lawsuits and certain other indemnifications are to be held for a period of up to 48 months, but may be released earlier under certain conditions. If and when the relevant conditions associated with the Neology lawsuits and certain other contingencies are resolved and any remaining escrowed proceeds are released, the Company may recognize an adjustment to the loss from discontinued operations in its financial statements. The net carrying amount of the escrow receivable at December 31, 2012 is $8.0 million and is classified in deferred charges and other assets. As discussed in Note 5, the Company used $75.0 million of the sale proceeds to repay obligations under its existing credit facilities pursuant to mandatory prepayment provisions under those facilities.

As required by ASC 350-20, goodwill of a reporting unit is to be tested for impairment between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An interim test for goodwill and indefinite-lived asset impairment was completed for the FSTech Group during the second quarter of 2012. The Company determined that the trade names associated with the FSTech Group reporting unit were impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million. Goodwill was reviewed for impairment based on a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, compared the fair value of the FSTech Group with its carrying amount. The carrying amount of the FSTech Group exceeded its fair value; therefore, the second step of the goodwill impairment test was required to be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compared the implied fair value of the FSTech Group goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The Company determined that the carrying amount of the goodwill was less than the implied fair value of that goodwill, and consequently was not required to recognize an impairment loss.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company performed the annual assessment, determined that the goodwill and certain trade names within the FSTech Group were lower than the carrying value, and recorded impairment charges of $14.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company performed the annual assessment, determined that the goodwill and certain trade names within the FSTech Group reporting unit were lower than carrying value, and recorded impairment charges of $67.1 million and $11.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the goodwill impairment charge was an estimate. Upon completion of the detailed second step impairment analysis in the first quarter of 2011, the Company recorded an adjustment of $1.6 million which reduced a portion of the original goodwill impairment recognized during the fourth quarter of 2010.

In accordance with ASC 205-20-45-6, Allocation of Interest to Discontinued Operations, the Company has allocated interest on debt that is required to be repaid as a result of a disposal transaction to discontinued operations. The consolidated financial statements for all periods presented have been recast to present the operating results of the FSTech Group and previously divested or exited businesses as discontinued operations.

In December 2010, the Company determined that its China WOFE business was no longer strategic. The results of the China WOFE operations previously were included within the Environmental Solutions and Safety and Security Systems Groups. In 2012, the Company recorded a gain of $0.4 million on discontinued operations associated with the liquidation of the assets of the China WOFE business. The 2011 loss includes $0.5 million of costs associated with the winddown of the business. The 2010 loss includes a write-down of $2.1 million to reflect the estimated fair value of the net assets and certain other costs associated with the dissolution of the business.

On September 1, 2010, the Company sold its Riverchase business for $0.2 million, which had previously been reported as part of the Safety and Security Systems operating segment. The Company’s Riverchase business developed a suite of products that enables emergency response agencies to manage and communicate remotely with their fleets. The Company wrote down assets of the Riverchase business to net realizable value, resulting in a net loss of $2.1 million. The 2010 net loss included the write-off of $1.9 million of intangible assets.

61

In May 2012, the Company sold its Pearland Texas facility, which was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, for proceeds of $0.9 million and recorded a pre-tax gain of $0.4 million. The Company retains certain liabilities for discontinued operations prior to January 1, 2010, primarily for environmental remediation and product liability.

Included in liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, related to environmental remediation at the Pearland, Texas facility, and $4.6 million and $5.1 million, respectively, relating to estimated product liability obligations of the discontinued North American refuse truck body business.

The following table shows an analysis of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Current assets	$	0.8	$	35.9
Properties and equipment		-		2.7
Long-term assets		0.7		93.7
Financial service assets, net		0.5		1.0
Total assets of discontinued operations	$	2.0	$	133.3
Current liabilities	$	6.4	$	24.1
Long-term liabilities		8.6		15.0
Financial service liabilities		-		0.9
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$	15.0	$	40.0

NOTE 12 — RESTRUCTURING

During 2012 and 2010, the Company announced restructuring initiatives. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s total restructuring accrual was $1.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and was included in accrued liabilities other on the consolidated balance sheets. There were no new restructuring activities initiated in 2011. The Company continues to review its business for opportunities to reduce operating expenses and focus on executing its strategy based on core competencies and cost efficiencies.

2012 Plan

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company recorded expenses of $0.9 million related to severance costs in the Safety and Security Systems Group. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company recorded an additional $0.6 million related to severance costs within corporate expense. These actions are expected to be completed within the next 12 months.

2010 Plan

During 2010, the Company announced restructuring initiatives and other functional reorganizations focused on aligning its cost base with revenues and recorded $4.0 million in restructuring charges related to a global reduction in force across all functions. The Company completed the 2010 plan initiatives in 2012 and released the remaining $0.1 million reserve to income during the second quarter of 2012.

In 2010, the Company also recorded an additional $0.4 million in restructuring charges related to an initiative started in 2009. The Company completed these actions as of December 31, 2010.

62

The following table summarizes the 2010 restructuring charges by segment and the total charges estimated to be incurred ($ in millions):

Group	Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges at December 31, 2010
Environmental Solutions	$	0.8
Safety and Security Systems		1.8
Fire Rescue		0.6
Corporate		1.2
Total restructuring	$	4.4

The following presents an analysis of the restructuring reserves included in other accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively ($ in millions):

	Severance			Other	Total
2012 Plan
Balance as of December 31, 2011		$-		$ -		$-
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		1.5		-		1.5
Cash payments		(0.5	)	-		(0.5	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	1.0		$-	$	1.0

	Severance			Other			Total
2010 Plan
Balance as of December 31, 2009		$-			$-			$-
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		3.5			0.5			4.0
Cash payments		(1.6	)		(0.1	)		(1.7	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	1.9		$	0.4		$	2.3
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		0.1			(0.1	)		-
Cash payments		(2.0	)		(0.2	)		(2.2	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011		-			0.1			0.1
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses		-			(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012		$-			$-			$-

NOTE 13 — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is subject to various claims, other pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising out of the conduct of the Company’s business. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the uninsured material legal claims against the Company. The Company accrues for the costs of such claims as appropriate and in the exercise of its best judgment and experience. However, due to a lack of factual information available to the Company about a claim, or the procedural stage of a claim, it may not be possible for the Company to reasonably assess either the probability of a favorable or unfavorable outcome of the claim or to reasonably estimate the amount of loss should there be an unfavorable outcome. Therefore, for many of the claims, the Company cannot estimate a range of loss.

The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position

63

or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company has been sued by firefighters seeking damages claiming that exposure to the Company’s sirens has impaired their hearing and that the sirens are therefore defective. There were 33 cases filed during the period of 1999 through 2004, involving a total of 2,443 plaintiffs, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. These cases involved more than 1,800 firefighter plaintiffs from locations outside of Chicago. Beginning in 2009, six additional cases were filed in Cook County, involving 299 Pennsylvania firefighter plaintiffs. The trial of the first 27 of these plaintiffs’ claims occurred in 2008, when a Cook County jury returned a unanimous verdict in favor of the Company. An additional 40 Chicago firefighter plaintiffs were selected for trial in 2009. Plaintiffs’ counsel later moved to reduce the number of plaintiffs from 40 to nine. The trial for these nine plaintiffs concluded with a verdict returned against the Company and for the plaintiffs in varying amounts totaling $0.4 million. The Company appealed this verdict. On September 13, 2012, the Illinois Appellate Court rejected this appeal. Two justices voted to uphold the verdict and one justice filed a lengthy and vigorous dissent. The Company thereafter filed a petition for rehearing with the Appellate Court. The Appellate Court denied this petition on February 7, 2013. The Company intends to seek further review of this verdict by filing a petition for leave to appeal with the Illinois Supreme Court. A third consolidated trial involving eight Chicago firefighter plaintiffs occurred during November 2011. The jury returned a unanimous verdict in favor of the Company at the conclusion of this trial. Following this trial, the trial court on March 12, 2012 entered an order certifying a class of the remaining Chicago Fire Department firefighter plaintiffs for trial on the sole issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. The Company petitioned the Illinois appellate court for interlocutory appeal of this ruling. On May 17, 2012, the Illinois Appellate Court accepted the Company’s petition. On June 8, 2012, plaintiffs moved to dismiss the appeal, agreeing with the Company that the trial court had erred in certifying a class action trial in this matter. Pursuant to plaintiffs’ motion, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s certification order. Thereafter, the trial court scheduled another consolidated trial, involving three firefighter plaintiffs, which was scheduled to begin on December 6, 2012.

Prior to the start of this fourth trial, the claims of two of the three firefighter plaintiffs involved in the case were dismissed. On December 17, 2012, the jury entered a complete defense verdict for the Company in this trial. Following this defense verdict, plaintiffs again moved to certify a class of Chicago Fire Department plaintiffs for trial on the sole issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. Over the Company’s objection, the trial court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification on March 11, 2013. A class action trial is scheduled to begin on June 10, 2013. The Company currently plans to seek appellate court review of the Order granting plaintiffs’ motion for class certification.

The Company has also been sued on this issue outside of the Cook County, Illinois venue. Most of these cases have involved lawsuits filed by a single attorney in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. During 2007 and through 2009, this attorney filed a total of 71 lawsuits, involving 71 plaintiffs in this jurisdiction. Three of these cases were dismissed pursuant to pretrial motions filed by the Company. Another case was voluntarily dismissed. Prior to trial in four cases, the Company paid nominal sums, which included reimbursements of expenses, to obtain dismissals. Three trials occurred in Philadelphia involving these cases. The first trial involving one of these plaintiffs occurred in 2010, when the jury returned a verdict for the plaintiff. In particular, the jury found that the Company’s siren was not defectively designed, but that the Company negligently constructed the siren. The jury awarded damages in the amount of $0.1 million, which was subsequently reduced to $0.08 million. The Company appealed this verdict. Another trial, involving nine Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs, also occurred in 2010 when the jury returned a defense verdict for the Company as to all claims and all plaintiffs involved in that trial. The third trial, involving nine Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs, was completed during 2010 when the jury returned a defense verdict for the Company as to all claims and all plaintiffs involved in that trial.

Following defense verdicts in the last two Philadelphia trials, the Company negotiated settlements with respect to all remaining filed cases in Philadelphia at that time, as well as other firefighter claimants represented

64

by the attorney who filed the Philadelphia cases. On January 4, 2011, the Company entered into a Global Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the law firm of the attorney representing the Philadelphia claimants, on behalf of 1,125 claimants the firm represents (the “Claimants”) and who had asserted product claims against the Company (the “Claims”). Three hundred and eight of the Claimants had lawsuits pending against the Company in Cook County, Illinois.

The Settlement Agreement, as amended, provided that the Company pay (the “Settlement Payment”) a total amount of $3.8 million to settle the Claims (including the costs, fees and other expenses of the law firm in connection with its representation of the claimants), subject to certain terms, conditions and procedures set forth in the Settlement Agreement. In order for the Company to be required to make the Settlement Payment: (i) each claimant who agreed to settle his or her claims had to sign a release acceptable to the Company (a “Release”); (ii) each Claimant who agreed to the settlement and who was a plaintiff in a lawsuit, had to dismiss his or her lawsuit, with prejudice; (iii) by April 29, 2011, at least 93% of the claimants identified in the Settlement Agreement must have agreed to settle their claims and provide a signed Release to the Company; and (iv) the law firm had to withdraw from representing any claimants who did not agree to the settlement, including those who filed lawsuits. If the conditions to the settlement were met, but less than 100% of the Claimants agreed to settle their Claims and sign a Release, the Settlement Payment would be reduced by the percentage of Claimants who did not agree to the settlement.

On April 22, 2011, the Company confirmed that the terms and conditions of the Settlement Agreement had been met and made a payment of $3.6 million to conclude the settlement. The amount was based upon the Company’s receipt of 1,069 signed releases provided by claimants, which was 95.02% of all claimants identified in the Settlement Agreement.

The Company generally denies the allegations made in the claims and lawsuits by the Claimants and denies that its products caused any injuries to the Claimants. Nonetheless, the Company entered into the Settlement Agreement for the purpose of minimizing its expenses, including legal fees, and avoiding the inconvenience, uncertainty, and distraction of the claims and lawsuits.

During April and May 2012, 15 new cases were filed in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. These cases were filed on behalf of 15 Philadelphia firefighters and involve various defendants in addition to the Company.

Firefighters have brought hearing loss claims against the Company in jurisdictions other than Philadelphia and Cook County. In particular, cases have been filed in New Jersey, Missouri, Maryland and New York. All of those cases, however, were dismissed prior to trial, including four cases in the Supreme Court of Kings County, New York which were dismissed upon the Company’s motion in 2008. The trial court subsequently denied reconsideration of its ruling. On appeal, the appellate court affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of these cases. Plaintiffs’ attorneys have threatened to file additional lawsuits. The Company intends to vigorously defend all of these lawsuits, if filed.

The Company’s ongoing negotiations with its insurer, CNA, over insurance coverage on these claims have resulted in reimbursements of a portion of the Company’s defense costs. In the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $0.7 million of reimbursements from CNA related to legal costs incurred in the prior year, as a reduction of corporate operating expenses, of which $0.6 million had been received as of December 31, 2012. In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of CNA reimbursements.

On July 29, 2011, Neology, Inc. (“Neology”) filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. District Court of Delaware for alleged patent infringements. The lawsuit demands that the Company cease manufacturing, marketing, importing or selling Radio Frequency Identification (“RFID”) systems and products that allegedly infringe certain specified patents owned by Neology, and also demands compensation for past

65

alleged infringement. The Company has denied the allegations in the complaint. On December 2, 2011, Neology filed a motion for preliminary injunction, requesting that the court enter an order preliminarily enjoining the Company from further alleged infringement of certain Neology patents. On June 18, 2012, a U.S. District Court Magistrate issued a Report and Recommendation that the motion for a preliminary injunction be denied. On August 12, 2012, a U.S. District Court Judge adopted that Report and Recommendation. On August 20, 2012, Neology filed a motion for leave to file for partial summary judgment against the Company regarding two of the patents in issue in this litigation. On September 21, 2012, a U.S. District Court Magistrate denied the motion.

On May 21, 2012, Neology filed another complaint against the Company, also for alleged patent infringement, in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. On July 19, 2012, Neology filed certain amendments to that complaint. The amended complaint similarly demands that the Company cease manufacturing, marketing, importing or selling certain RFID transponders and readers that allegedly infringe certain other specified patents owned by Neology, and also demands compensation for past alleged infringement. The Company has denied the allegations in the compliant. On September 10, 2012, the Company filed a motion requesting that the court transfer this litigation to the U.S. District Court of Delaware, where Neology filed its earlier patent infringement suit against the Company. On October 15, 2012, the court granted this motion and ordered the transfer of this litigation to the U.S. District Court of Delaware.

In connection with the closing of the sale of the FSTech Group to 3M Company on September 4, 2012, 3M Company agreed to assume the defense of the Neology lawsuits. A portion of the purchase price proceeds was placed into escrow to be held for a period of 48 months as security for our indemnification obligations as well as defense and other costs associated with the lawsuits, subject to early release under certain conditions. Information regarding the Company’s discontinued operations is included in Note 11.

NOTE 14 — SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

The Company has three continuing operating segments as defined under ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting. Business units are organized under each segment because they share certain characteristics, such as technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies. The principal activities of the Company’s operating segments are as follows:

Information regarding the Company’s discontinued operations is included in Note 11.

Safety and Security Systems — Our Safety and Security Systems Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of comprehensive systems and products that law enforcement, fire rescue, emergency medical services, campuses, military facilities and industrial sites use to protect people and property. Offerings include systems for campus and community alerting, emergency vehicles, first responder interoperable communications, industrial communications and command and municipal networked security. Specific products include vehicle lightbars and sirens, public warning sirens and public safety software. Products are primarily sold under the Federal Signal^TM , Federal Signal VAMA^TM, Target Tech^®, and Victor^TM brand names. The Group operates manufacturing facilities in North America, Europe, and South Africa.

Fire Rescue — The Fire Rescue Group manufactures articulated and telescopic aerial platforms for rescue and fire fighting and for maintenance purposes. This Group sells to municipal and industrial fire services, civil defense authorities, rental companies, electric utilities and industrial customers. The Group manufactures in Finland and sells globally under the Bronto Skylift^® brand name.

Environmental Solutions — The Environmental Solutions Group manufactures a variety of self-propelled street cleaning vehicles, vacuum loader vehicles, municipal catch basin/sewer cleaning vacuum trucks, and waterblasting equipment. This Group sells primarily to municipal and government customers and industrial contractors. Products are sold under the Elgin^®, Vactor^®, Guzzler^® and Jetstream^® brand names. The Group primarily manufactures its vehicles and equipment in the United States.

Corporate contains those items that are not included in our operating segments.

66

Net sales by operating segment reflect sales of products and services to external customers, as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Intersegment sales are insignificant. The Company evaluates performance based on operating income of the respective segment. Operating income includes all revenues, costs and expenses directly related to the segment involved. In determining operating segment income, neither corporate nor interest expenses are included. Operating segment depreciation expense, identifiable assets and capital expenditures relate to those assets that are utilized by the respective operating segment. Corporate assets consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, notes and other receivables and fixed assets. The accounting policies of each operating segment are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

Revenues attributed to customers located outside of the U.S. aggregated $310.5 million in 2012, $268.2 million in 2011 and $258.5 million in 2010, of which sales exported from the U.S. aggregated $127.9 million, $126.1 million and $112.4 million, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s continuing operations by segment for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 is as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales
Safety and Security Systems	$	240.3		$	221.4		$	214.5
Fire Rescue		135.1			109.5			108.8
Environmental Solutions		427.8			357.8			309.8
Total net sales	$	803.2		$	688.7		$	633.1
Operating income
Safety and Security Systems	$	27.9		$	21.5		$	23.7
Fire Rescue		8.9			6.6			9.4
Environmental Solutions		42.0			24.5			17.9
Corporate expense		(27.3	)		(19.4	)		(38.6	)
Total operating income		51.5			33.2			12.4
Interest expense		21.4			16.4			10.2
Debt settlement charges		3.5			-			-
Other expenses		0.7			0.2			1.2
Income before income taxes	$	25.9		$	16.6		$	1.0
Depreciation and amortization
Safety and Security Systems	$	4.3		$	4.4		$	3.7
Fire Rescue		2.6			2.5			2.2
Environmental Solutions		5.4			5.2			4.7
Corporate		0.9			0.9			0.8
Total depreciation and amortization	$	13.2		$	13.0		$	11.4

	2012		2011
Identifiable assets
Safety and Security Systems	$	209.5	$	200.3
Fire Rescue		122.5		117.3
Environmental Solutions		237.5		231.7
Corporate		41.7		24.1
Total assets of continuing operations		611.2		573.4
Assets of discontinued operations		2.0		133.8
Total identifiable assets	$	613.2	$	706.7

67

	2012		2011		2010
Capital expenditures
Safety and Security Systems	$	2.7	$	3.6	$	3.0
Fire Rescue		3.1		2.9		1.1
Environmental Solutions		6.4		6.7		6.5
Corporate		0.8		0.3		0.7
Total capital expenditures	$	13.0	$	13.5	$	11.3

The segment information provided below is classified based on geographic location of the Company’s subsidiaries ($ in millions):

	2012		2011		2010
Net sales
United States	$	492.7	$	420.5	$	374.6
Europe/Other		259.0		229.0		220.0
Canada		51.5		39.2		38.5
	$	803.2	$	688.7	$	633.1
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)
United States	$	54.5	$	45.4
Europe		16.8		16.0
Other		0.5		0.6
	$	71.8	$	62.0

NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit aggregating $29.2 million and $34.2 million, respectively, principally to act as security for retention levels related to casualty insurance policies and to guarantee the performance of subsidiaries that engage in export transactions to non-U.S. governments and municipalities.

The Company issues product performance warranties to customers with the sale of its products. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending upon the product sold and country in which the Company does business, with warranty periods generally ranging from one to ten years. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the sale of the related product is recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units under warranty from time to time, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

Changes in the Company’s warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Balance at January 1	$	6.7		$	5.5
Provisions to expense		5.8			9.7
Actual costs incurred		(5.7	)		(8.5	)
Balance at December 31	$	6.8		$	6.7

68

The Company retained an environmental consultant to conduct an environmental risk assessment at the Pearland, Texas facility. The facility, which was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, manufactured marine, offshore and industrial lighting products. The Company sold the facility in May 2012. While the Company has not finalized its plans, it is probable that the site will require remediation. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of reserves related to the environmental remediation of the Pearland facility are included in liabilities of discontinued operations on the consolidated balance sheet. The recorded reserves are based on an undiscounted estimate of the range of costs to remediate the site, depending upon the remediation approach and other factors. The Company’s estimate may change in the near term as more information becomes available; however, the costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

NOTE 16 — NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement Topic 820, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which amends the definition of fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements to eliminate differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). ASU 2011-04 requires new quantitative and qualitative disclosures about the sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurement disclosures, as well as transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. As this update impacts disclosures only, the Company’s adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Topic 220, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires companies to include a statement of comprehensive income as part of its interim and annual financial statements. The guidance gives companies the option to present net income and comprehensive income either in one continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. This approach represents a change from prior U.S. GAAP, which allowed companies to report other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity. The current guidance allows companies to present OCI either net of tax with details in the notes or shown gross of tax (with tax effects shown parenthetically). The Company’s disclosure of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Under this guidance, certain information included in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity is shown in the statement of comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning January 1, 2012 and should be applied retrospectively. The guidance impacts disclosures only and the Company’s adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have an impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Topic 350, Testing of Goodwill for Impairment, which allows companies to assess qualitative factors to determine whether they need to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the option, an entity no longer would be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless it determines, based on that qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The ASU may change how a company tests goodwill for impairment but should not change the timing or measurement of goodwill impairments. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 2012. The Company’s adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have an impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Topic 210, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. This update is intended to improve the comparability of statements of financial position prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and IFRS, requiring both gross and net presentation of offsetting assets and liabilities. The new requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. As this guidance only affects disclosures, the adoption of this standard will not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

69

No other new accounting pronouncements issued or effective during 2012 have had or are expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 17 — SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The Company reports its interim quarterly periods on a 13-week basis ending on a Saturday with the fiscal year ending on December 31. For convenience purposes, the Company uses “March 31”, “June 30”, “September 30” and “December 31” to refer to its results of operations for the quarterly periods then ended. In 2012, the Company’s interim quarterly periods ended March 31, June 30, September 29 and December 31; and in 2011, the Company’s interim quarterly periods ended April 2, July 2, October 1 and December 31, respectively.

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations, including income per share, for the Company for the quarterly periods of fiscal 2012 and 2011 ($ in millions, except per share amount):

	2012
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	196.1		$	204.4		$	185.0		$	217.7
Gross profit		45.3			49.2			45.6			49.7
Income from continuing operations		3.1			9.6			4.4			4.9
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal		(4.2	)		(26.1	)		(19.1	)		(0.1	)
Net (loss) income		(1.1	)		(16.5	)		(14.7	)		4.8
Per share data — diluted:
Earnings from continuing operations	$	0.05		$	0.15		$	0.07		$	0.08
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations		(0.07	)		(0.41	)		(0.31	)		0.00
Net (loss) income		(0.02	)		(0.26	)		(0.24	)		0.08

	2011
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31,
Net sales	$	150.3		$	175.6		$	167.8		$	195.0
Gross profit		33.3			39.9			36.5			45.7
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(2.4	)		5.7			3.3			6.5
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal		(3.4	)		(1.3	)		(0.9	)		(21.7	)
Net (loss) income		(5.8	)		4.4			2.4			(15.2	)
Per share data — diluted:
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.09		$	0.05		$	0.11
Loss from discontinued operations		(0.05	)		(0.02	)		(0.01	)		(0.36	)
Net (loss) income		(0.09	)		0.07			0.04			(0.25	)

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On March 13, 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing lender, General Electric Capital Corporation as syndication agent, and five additional lenders. The 2013 Credit Agreement provides the Company with a new $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a five-year fully funded term loan in the amount of $75.0 million maturing March 13, 2018, and a five-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility under which borrowings may be made from time to time during the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The revolving credit facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit.

70

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2012.

Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued its report, included herein, on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” on page 29.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

From time to time, the Company may make changes aimed at enhancing the effectiveness of the controls and to ensure that the systems evolve with the business. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information.

On March 13, 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing lender, General Electric Capital Corporation as syndication agent, and five additional lenders. The 2013 Credit Agreement provides the Company with a new $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a five-year fully funded term loan in the amount of $75.0 million maturing March 13, 2018, and a five-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility under which borrowings may be made from time to time during the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The revolving credit facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 2.00% for base rate borrowings and 2.00% to 3.00% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the Senior Secured Credit Facility lenders ranging between 0.25% to 0.45% per annum on the unused portion of the $150.0 million revolving credit facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.

71

The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires equal quarterly installment payments of the $75.0 million term loan beginning on June 30, 2013 based on the following amortization schedule: 7.5% of the original amount in the first year, 10.0% of the original amount in each of the second and third years, 12.5% of the original amount in each of the fourth and fifth years, and the remaining balance on March 13, 2018, the maturity date.

The Company is allowed to prepay in whole or in part advances under the revolving credit facility and all or any part of the term loan without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with financial covenants related to the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum leverage ratio. The financial covenants are measured at each fiscal quarter-end.

Under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, restricted payments, including dividends, shall be permitted only if the pro-forma leverage ratio, after giving effect to such payment, is less than 3.25, there is pro-forma compliance with all other financial covenants after giving effect to such payment, and there are no existing defaults under the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in all now or hereafter acquired domestic property and assets and the stock or other equity interests in each of the domestic subsidiaries and certain of the first-tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to certain exclusions.

The Company used the proceeds from the Senior Secured Credit Facility to (i) repay the outstanding balance of the Term Loan, (ii) repay outstanding balances under the ABL Facility, (iii) finance the ongoing general corporate needs of the Company and its subsidiaries; (iv) pay fees and expenses associated with repayment of amounts due under the Term Loan and the ABL Facility, including the payment of approximately $4.1 million in prepayment premiums under the Term Loan; and (v) pay fees and expenses associated with the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

A list of our executive officers and biographical information appears in Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-K. Information regarding directors and nominees for directors is set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is set forth in the Company’s 2013 proxy statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, and Compensation and Benefits Committee are set forth in the Company’s 2013 proxy statement under the caption “Information Concerning the Board of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics and the Company’s corporate governance policies are posted on the Company’s website at www.federalsignal.com. The Company intends to satisfy its disclosure requirements regarding amendments to or waivers from its code of ethics by posting such information on this website. The charters of the Audit Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors are available on the Company’s website and are also available in print free of charge.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

The information contained under the captions “Information Concerning the Board of Directors,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation and Benefits Committee Report” and “Executive Compensation” of the Company’s 2013 proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.

72

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners, of all directors and nominees, of the named executive officers, and of directors and executive officers as a group is set forth in the Company’s 2013 proxy statement under the caption “Ownership of Our Common Stock” and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding our equity compensation plans is set forth in the Company’s 2013 proxy statement under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information regarding certain relationships is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2013 proxy statement under the heading “Information Concerning the Board of Directors” and under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2013 proxy statement under the heading “Accounting Fees.”

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

1. Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of Federal Signal Corporation and Subsidiaries and the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm contained under Item 8 of Part II this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference:

(a) Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011;

(b) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010;

(c) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010;

(d) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010;

(e) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; and

(f) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts of Federal Signal Corporation and Subsidiaries, for the three years ended December 31, 2012 is filed as a part of this Report in response to Item 15(a) (2):

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore, have been omitted.

3. Exhibits

See Exhibit Index.

73

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION
By:	/s/    Dennis J Martin
	Dennis J. Martin
	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 15, 2013

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated, as of March 15, 2013.

/s/    Dennis J. Martin Dennis J. Martin	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    Braden N. Waverley Braden N. Waverley	Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/    Charles F. Avery, Jr. Charles F. Avery, Jr.	Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Information Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/    James E. Goodwin James E. Goodwin	Chairman and Director
/s/    Charles R. Campbell Charles R. Campbell	Director
/s/    Paul W. Jones Paul W. Jones	Director
/s/    Richard R. Mudge Richard R. Mudge	Director
/s/    William F. Owens William F. Owens	Director
/s/    Brenda L. Reichelderfer Brenda L. Reichelderfer	Director
/s/    Dominic A. Romeo Dominic A. Romeo	Director

74

SCHEDULE II

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Description	Balance at Beginning of Year		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses		Deductions Accounts Written off Net of Recoveries			Balance at End of Year
	($ in millions)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year ended December 31, 2012:	$	2.4	$	0.6	$	(0.6	)	$	2.4
Year ended December 31, 2011:	$	2.4	$	0.4	$	(0.4	)	$	2.4
Year ended December 31, 2010:	$	1.9	$	1.1	$	(0.6	)	$	2.4
Inventory obsolescence:
Year ended December 31, 2012:	$	7.7	$	4.2	$	(3.1	)	$	8.8
Year ended December 31, 2011:	$	7.4	$	2.3	$	(2.0	)	$	7.7
Year ended December 31, 2010:	$	7.1	$	2.2	$	(1.9	)	$	7.4
Income tax valuation allowances:
Year ended December 31, 2012:	$	123.9	$	17.3	$	(9.4	)	$	131.8
Year ended December 31, 2011:	$	112.8	$	11.2	$	(0.1	)	$	123.9
Year ended December 31, 2010:	$	25.2	$	89.4	$	(1.8	)	$	112.8

75

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following exhibits, other than those incorporated by reference, have been included in the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company shall furnish copies of these exhibits upon written request to the Corporate Secretary at the address given on the cover page.

3.	a.	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 30, 2010.
	b.	Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed February 28, 2012.
4.	a.	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Company, Bank of Montreal and other third party lenders named therein, dated April 25, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
	b.	Supplemental Agreement to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Company, Federal Signal of Europe B.V. y CIA, SC, and Bank of Montreal, Ireland and other third party lenders named therein, dated September 6, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.C to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
	c.	Second Amendment and Waiver to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated March 27, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.
	d.	Global Amendment to Note Purchase Agreements between the Company and the holders of senior notes named therein, dated April 27, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
	e.	Third Amendment and Waiver to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.e to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
	f.	Second Global Amendment and Waiver to the Note Purchase Agreements, dated March 15, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.f to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
10.	a.	The 1996 Stock Benefit Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.(A) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.(1)
	b.	Supplemental Pension Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.(1)
	c.	Executive Disability, Survivor and Retirement Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.(1)
	d.	Director Deferred Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.H to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.(1)
	e.	Pension Agreement with Stephanie K. Kushner. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.G to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.(1)
	f.	Savings Restoration Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.FF to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)
	g.	First Amendment of the Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.MM to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)
	h.	Second Amendment to Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.NN to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)
	i.	Third Amendment to Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.OO to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)
	j.	Executive General Severance Plan, as amended and restated August 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.(1)
	k.	Form of 2008 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement (Tier 1) with certain executive officers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.HH to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)

76

l.	Form of 2008 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement (Tier 2) with and certain executive officers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.II to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)
m.	Employment Letter Agreement between the Company and William G. Barker, III dated November 10, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.JJ to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.(1)
n.	Forms of Equity Award Agreements. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.LL to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.(1)
o.	Share Purchase Agreement among Fayat, Federal Signal of Europe B.V. and the Company, dated July 16, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.
p.	Arrangement Agreement between the Company and 1815315 Ontario Limited and Sirit Inc., dated January 13, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 15, 2010.
q.	Release and Severance Agreement between the Company and David R. McConnaughey, dated January 20, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.00 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed February 26, 2010.(1)
r.	Release and Severance Agreement by and between the Company and William H. Osborne. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed November 3, 2010.(1)
s.	Global Settlement Agreement between and among the Company and the law firm of Cappelli Mustin LLC, including each attorney with Cappelli Mustin. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 10, 2011.
t.	Form of 2010 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with certain executive officers (Tier 1). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.(1)
u.	Form of 2010 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with certain executive officers (Tier 2). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.(1)
v.	Employment Agreement between the Company and Manfred Rietsch, dated 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.(1)
w.	2005 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (2010 Restatement). Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy statement filed on Schedule 14A filed March 25, 2010.(1)
x.	Federal Signal Corporation Executive Incentive Performance Plan, as amended and restated. Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on Schedule 14A filed March 25, 2010.(1)
y.	Release and Severance Agreement by and between the Company and Jennifer M. Erfurth, dated January 7, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.z to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.(1)
z.	Release and Severance Agreement by and between the Company and Fred H. Lietz dated January 7, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.aa to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.(1)
aa.	Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2012, by and among the Company, the lenders identified on the signature pages thereof, General Electric Capital Corporation, as a co-collateral agent and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and a co-collateral agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed September 21, 2012.(3)
bb.	Financing Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2012, by and among the Company, certain Subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as administrative agent, collateral agent and sole lead arranger. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed September 21, 2012.(3)

77

	cc.	Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2012, among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the ABL Agent, and TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as the Term Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed February 28, 2012.
	dd.	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among 3M Company, a Delaware corporation, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 25, 2012.
	ee.	Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 3, 2012, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified therein, in favor of 3M Company, a Delaware corporation, and one or more subsidiaries of 3M Company identified therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 7, 2012.
	ff.	Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 4, 2012, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified therein, in favor of 3M Company, a Delaware corporation, and one or more subsidiaries of 3M Company identified therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 7, 2012.
	gg.	Consulting Agreement dated October 10, 2012 between the Company and Braden Waverly. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed October 12, 2012.
	hh.	Short Term Incentive Bonus Plan.*
	ii.	Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2013, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, as Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, General Electric Capital Corporation, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers.*
14.		Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
21.		Subsidiaries of the Company.*
23.		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
31.1		CEO Certification under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.*
31.2		CFO Certification under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.*
32.1		CEO Certification of Periodic Report under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.*
32.2		CFO Certification of Periodic Report under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.*
99.1		Press Release*
99.2		Q4 Earnings Call Presentation Slides.*
101.INS		XBRL Instance Document(2)
101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document(2)
101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document(2)
101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document(2)
101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document(2)
101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document(2)

 * Filed herewith.

(1) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.

(2) In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed “furnished, but not filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under that section.

(3) Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an amended Confidential Treatment Request filed with the Commission.

78

EX-10.HH

Exhibit 10.hh

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

2009 SHORT TERM INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

(As Amended and Restated in March, 2013)

1. Objectives. Federal Signal Corporation (the “Company”) hereby establishes the Federal Signal Corporation Short Term Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) as an incentive for selected employees of the Company to improve corporate performance by providing each participating employee with an opportunity to receive a cash bonus payment based upon the attainment of certain performance criteria.

2. Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) “Affiliate” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control”, “controlled by” and “under common control with” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b) “Annual Operating Plan” (AOP) means and represents management’s view of the potential performance of the Company as a whole and its individual businesses for a particular year based on identified challenges, risks and opportunities. The AOP process culminates with a Board review of each business’ annual plan during which the Board assesses the credibility of the plan. Based on the final annual plans of the businesses, management prepares the Company’s annual operating plan, which is also reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

(c) “Bonus Award” means the annual bonus award calculated and distributed pursuant to this Plan.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Benefits Committee” means the Benefits Planning Committee of the Company.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time or any successor thereto. Reference to any specific Section of the Code shall include any successor Section, as well as any guidance thereunder.

(g) “Company” means Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (also referred to as the “Enterprise”).

1

(h) “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board.

(i) “Corporate Staff” means certain Participants located at the corporate office that supports the Company.

(j) “Division” means and refers to a specific management reporting unit, as defined from time to time by the Executive Committee. For illustrative purposes only, Elgin Sweeper is a Division comprised of Elgin Sweeper Company and FS Depot-Elgin.

(k) “Eligible Employee” means any executive officer of the Company, as defined under Rule 3-b(7) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any management-level employee or other employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

(l) “Enterprise” means the Company.

(m) “Executive Committee” means the Executive Committee of the Company as determined from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.

(n) “Executive Committee Advisory Members” means those individuals that have been designated as advisory members of the Executive Committee as determined from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.

(o) “Financial Performance Component(s)” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7 (i) below.

(p) “Individual Objective Component(s)” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7 (ii) below.

(q) “Group” means and refers to 1) the Environmental Solutions Group (ESG); 2) the Safety and Security Systems Group (SSG); and 3) the Fire Rescue Group (FRG), which are each comprised of Divisions that have related products.

(r) “Levels of the Corporation” means and refers to the following designations: Enterprise, Group, Division, and Corporate Staff.

(s) “Maximum Bonus Percentage” means and refers to 200% of the Target Bonus Percentage.

(t) “Maximum Financial Performance” means and refers to the financial performance required to receive the Maximum Bonus Percentage Payout.

(u) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee selected and designated by the Benefits Committee to participate in the Plan, except for an executive officer, as defined under Rule 3-b of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, who shall be selected and designated by the Compensation Committee.

2

(v) “Performance Period” means the period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 of the same year.

(w) “Plan” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1 above.

(x) “Severance Plan(s)” shall mean and refer collectively to the Company’s Executive General Severance Plan, the General Severance Pay Plan, and the Federal Signal Corporation Executive Change in Control Agreement , as the same may be amended from time to time.

(y) “Target Financial Performance” means and refers to the financial goals set forth in the AOP, achievement of which qualifies Participants for distribution at the Target Bonus Percentage.

(z) “Target Bonus Percentage” means the percentage of base salary distributed to a Participant upon achievement of the Target Financial Performance goals.

(aa) “Threshold Bonus Percentage” means and refers to 50% of the Participant’s Target Bonus Percentage.

(ab) “Threshold Financial Performance” means and refers to the financial performance required to receive the Threshold Bonus Percentage payout.

3. Eligible Employees; Participation in the Plan. Present and future Eligible Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Benefits Committee (or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be), from time to time shall select those Eligible Employees who shall be designated as Participants.

4. Bonus Awards. Bonus Awards under the Plan shall be granted on an annual basis, and each Bonus Award shall be based on the accomplishment of the performance criteria set forth below.

5. Establishing Financial Performance Ranges. Financial performance ranges will be developed after the approval of the AOP and shall be subject to the approval of the Compensation and Benefits Committee. The financial performance ranges will include; Threshold Financial Performance, Target Financial Performance and Maximum Financial Performance.

6. Establishing Target Bonus Percentages. Each Participant shall have a Target Bonus Percentage established annually which shall in most cases be the same for all Participants in the same salary grade level. The applicable Target Bonus Percentages for direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer, excluding administrative support, will be determined by the Compensation Committee based on market data on an annual basis. For all other Participants, Bonus Target Percentages will be determined by the Executive Committee (some Bonus Target Percentages are inconsistent with the applicable percentage for the salary grade due to grandfathering of a Participant’s bonus opportunity).

3

7. Bonus Award Criteria. The Bonus Award is based upon two components: (i) the Financial Performance Component, which is weighted at 70% of the total Bonus Award, and is based upon the extent to which actual financial results meet AOP objectives for the Level(s) of the Corporation that the Participant is deemed to be associated with for the purposes of this Plan; and, (ii) the Individual Objective Component which is weighted at 30% of the total Bonus Award, and is related to the numerical score achieved by the Participant in his/her annual performance review.

(a) Financial Performance. The Financial Performance Component of the Bonus Award shall be calculated based on the earnings and cash flow financial measures for the following various Level(s) of the Corporation: Enterprise, Group, Division and Corporate Staff. The Compensation Committee retains discretion regarding adjustments to financial measures.

The Level(s) of the Corporation the Participant is deemed to be associated with shall be weighted based on the job responsibilities of the Participant and the level in the Company that the Participant has the ability to impact in accordance with the following guidelines:

1. For Executive Committee members who are Group Presidents, the Financial Performance Component of the Bonus Award shall be weighted 40% on Enterprise financial measures and 60% on Group financial measures.

2. For Executive Committee members who are not Group Presidents, and who primarily support the Enterprise, the Financial Performance Component of the Bonus Award shall be weighted 100% on Enterprise financial measures.

3. For all other Executive Committee members, the Financial Performance Component of the Bonus Award shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.

4. For all other Participants, including Executive Committee Advisory Members, the Financial Performance Component of the Bonus Award will be allocated between Enterprise, Group and Division financial measures as determined by the Executive Committee.

(b) Individual Objectives. The 30% Individual Objective Component of the Participant’s Bonus Award is calculated based on the numerical rating that the Participant receives on his or her annual performance review. The Executive Committee shall determine the performance rating/bonus opportunity scale for the Individual Objective Component of the Bonus Award and communicate it to all Participants.

Except as set forth in paragraph 10(a), Bonus Award payments shall be made as soon as practicable after the Executive Committee makes the certifications described in Section 10(d) of the Plan, but in no event later than the March 15th immediately following the end of the applicable Performance Period. The Compensation Committee shall have absolute discretion regarding the form of payment of the Bonus Award.

4

8. Termination of Employment.

(a) Except as provided in subsections (b) and (c) below, a Participant must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the date payment of awards for the Performance Period is made, unless otherwise expressly approved by the Compensation Committee. If a Participant’s employment is terminated for any reason other than set forth in subsections (b) and (c) below prior to date payment of awards for the Performance Period is made, he or she shall forfeit any right to receive payment in respect of such Bonus Award, unless otherwise expressly approved by the Compensation Committee.

(b) If the Company or an Affiliate terminates the employment of a Participant such that the Participant is eligible for benefits under the Federal Signal Corporation Executive General Severance Plan, the Federal Signal Corporation General Severance Pay Plan, the Federal Signal Corporation Executive Change in Control Severance Agreement, or any successor thereto (it being understood that this shall not include a termination of the Participant’s employment by the Company or an Affiliate due to the death or disability of such Participant), the Participant shall receive Bonus Award payments to the extent provided and in accordance with the terms of the applicable Severance Plan. In no event shall the Participant be entitled to claim Bonus Awards under both this Plan and the applicable Severance Plan. A Participant whose employment has been terminated by the Company or an Affiliate prior to the date payment of awards for the Performance Period is made and who is not eligible to receive severance benefits under the applicable Severance Plan shall forfeit any right to receive payment in respect of such Bonus Award, unless otherwise expressly approved by the Compensation Committee.

(c) If the Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated due to the Participant’s death or total and permanent disability (as determined by the Executive Committee in accordance with any finding of disability made under the Company’s other employee benefit programs), the Participant shall receive a Bonus Award payment in an amount equal to the Participant’s unpaid Bonus Award at the Target Bonus Percentage established for the Performance Period during which such termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the beginning of Performance Period to and including the date of termination and the denominator of which shall be 365. Such payment shall be paid on the payment schedule specified in Section 7 above.

9. Beneficiaries. A Participant may designate a beneficiary (or beneficiaries) to receive any payments remaining under the Plan in the event of his or her death. The Participant shall also have the right to revoke any such designation and to designate a new beneficiary (or beneficiaries) of his or her choosing. Any such designation or revocation shall only be effective if made in writing and received by the Company’s Corporate Secretary prior to the Participant’s death. If the Participant dies without having an effective beneficiary designation or if all named beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts remaining to be paid under the Plan shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

5

10. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Committee; provided, however, that the payment of Bonus Awards to Executive Committee members and Section 16 officers of the Company shall be subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee.

(b) The Executive Committee shall have complete authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; provided, however, that the Executive Committee must obtain the prior approval of the Compensation Committee in the event that a material change in the Plan is proposed or in the event of any proposed change in the terms and conditions applicable to any Participant who is a member of the Executive Committee or a Section 16 officer of the Company. Except as otherwise set forth herein above and in subparagraph (g) below, determinations made by the Executive Committee in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all persons. Benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Executive Committee decides in its discretion that the claimant is entitled to them.

(c) In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan, the Executive Committee has the following powers:

(i) To establish, amend and rescind appropriate rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

(ii) To contest on behalf of the Company or Participants, at the expense of the Company, any ruling or decision on any matter relating to the Plan or to any Bonus Awards; and

(iii) Generally, to administer the Plan, and to take all such steps and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan and the Bonus Awards granted thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable.

(d) The Executive Committee shall certify in writing that the performance goals and other material terms have been satisfied before payment of a Bonus Award is made.

(e) The Executive Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Executive Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

6

(f) The Executive Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any executive officer of the Company, other officer or employee of the Company or of one of its subsidiaries, the Company’s independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Executive Committee and any officer or employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries acting at the direction or on behalf of the Executive Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Executive Committee shall have no authority or discretion to make determinations pursuant to this Plan that specifically affect member(s) of the Executive Committee or Section 16 officers of the Company, but shall defer all authority in such matters to the Compensation Committee.

11. Amendment or Termination of the Plan. The Compensation Committee or its authorized designee may from time to time amend or revise the terms of the Plan in whole or in part, or may terminate the Plan at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee or its authorized designee reserves the right to terminate the Plan and cancel any Bonus Awards granted before termination in its sole discretion, at any time and for any reason.

12. Effective Date. The Plan is effective January 1, 2013. The Plan was amended and restated as of March, 2013 effective for the plan year commencing on January 1, 2013.

13. Withholding Taxes. The obligations of the Company to make Bonus Award payments under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state, and other taxes and withholding obligations.

14. Non-Exclusivity of Plan. The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options or the awarding of stock or cash or other benefits otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only to specific individuals.

15. Non-Alienation. Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or beneficiary shall have the power or right to transfer (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), alienate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan.

16. No Right to Employment. Participation in the Plan will not give any Participant a right to be retained as an employee or director of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Affiliate,

7

or any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless the right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan. An individual’s status as an Eligible Employee shall not give him or her the right to participate in the Plan.

17. Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or his or her beneficiary, as applicable, nothing contained in the Plan or any Bonus Award shall give any such Participant or such beneficiary, as applicable, any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

18. Recovery of Compensation. In the event that: (a) the payment of any Bonus Award paid under this Plan based upon a Financial Performance Component to any of the Company’s “Named Executive Officers” (as defined in Item 402(a)(3) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act) was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results or other performance results; (b) subsequent to such payment, the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement with respect to such financial results or it is otherwise determined by the Board of Directors that such performance results were materially inaccurate; and (c) based upon the restated financial results or otherwise corrected performance results, the amount of such Bonus Award based upon a Financial Performance Component would have been less than the amount previously paid to such Named Executive Officer, then the Board, to the extent practicable, shall require reimbursement from each such Named Executive Officer, in an amount equal to the amount by which such Named Executive Officer’s Bonus Award based upon a Financial Performance Component for the relevant period exceeded the lower payment that would have been made based on the restated financial results or corrected performance results, plus a reasonable rate of interest.

19. Rules of Construction.

(a) Governing Law and Venue. The construction and operation of the Plan are governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to any conflicts or choice of law rules or principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction, and any litigation arising out of the Plan shall be brought in Illinois. If the Participant is dissatisfied with the decision of the Executive Committee hereunder, he shall have the right to appeal the matter to mandatory, binding arbitration in accordance with the labor arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, provided that he submits a request for arbitration to the Executive Committee, in writing, within sixty (60) days of receipt of the decision. If an appeal to arbitration is requested, the Executive Committee shall submit to the arbitrator a copy of the record upon which the Executive Committee’s decision was made. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Executive Committee, the Participant, and upon all other parties whose interests are affected thereby. The expenses of arbitration shall be borne equally by the Participant and the Company, unless otherwise ordered by the arbitrator.

8

(b) Severability. If any provision of the Plan is determined to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions are to continue in full force and effect and to be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision did not exist, unless the continuance of the Plan in such circumstances is not consistent with its purposes.

(c) Undefined Terms. Unless the context requires another meaning, any term not specifically defined in the Plan shall be used in the sense given to it by the Code.

(d) Headings. All headings in the Plan are for reference only and are not to be utilized in construing the Plan.

(e) Conformity with Section 409A of the Code. The Plan is intended to be exempt from coverage from Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with such intention. There shall be no acceleration or subsequent deferral of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan except as permitted under Section 409A and the express terms of the Plan.

(f) Gender. Unless clearly inappropriate, all nouns of whatever gender refer indifferently to persons of any gender.

(g) Singular and Plural. Unless clearly inappropriate, singular terms refer also to the plural and vice versa.

9

EX-10.II

Exhibit 10.ii

Execution Version

Published CUSIP Number 31396DAA6

$225,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of March 13, 2013,

by and among

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION,

as Borrower,

the Lenders referred to herein,

as Lenders,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent,

Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

as Syndication Agent

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

and

GE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS		1
SECTION 1.1 Definitions		1
SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions and Provisions		30
SECTION 1.3 Accounting Terms		31
SECTION 1.4 UCC Terms		31
SECTION 1.5 Rounding		31
SECTION 1.6 References to Agreement and Laws		31
SECTION 1.7 Times of Day		31
SECTION 1.8 Letter of Credit Amounts		32
SECTION 1.9 Guaranty Obligations		32
SECTION 1.10 Covenant Compliance Generally		32
ARTICLE II REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY		32
SECTION 2.1 Revolving Credit Loans		32
SECTION 2.2 Swingline Loans		33
SECTION 2.3 Procedure for Advances of Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans		34
SECTION 2.4 Repayment and Prepayment of Revolving Credit and Swingline Loans		35
SECTION 2.5 Reserved		36
SECTION 2.6 Termination of Revolving Credit Facility		36
ARTICLE III LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY		36
SECTION 3.1 L/C Commitment		36
SECTION 3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit		37
SECTION 3.3 Commissions and Other Charges		37
SECTION 3.4 L/C Participations		38
SECTION 3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower		39
SECTION 3.6 Obligations Absolute		39
SECTION 3.7 Effect of Letter of Credit Application		40
ARTICLE IV TERM LOAN FACILITY		40
SECTION 4.1 Initial Term Loan		40
SECTION 4.2 Procedure for Advance of Term Loan		40
SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Term Loans		41
SECTION 4.4 Prepayments of Term Loans		42
ARTICLE V GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS		44
SECTION 5.1 Interest		44
SECTION 5.2 Notice and Manner of Conversion or Continuation of Loans		46
SECTION 5.3 Fees		47

-i-

SECTION 5.4 Manner of Payment	47
SECTION 5.5 Evidence of Indebtedness	48
SECTION 5.6 Adjustments	48
SECTION 5.7 Obligations of Lenders	49
SECTION 5.8 Changed Circumstances	50
SECTION 5.9 Indemnity	51
SECTION 5.10 Increased Costs	51
SECTION 5.11 Taxes	53
SECTION 5.12 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders	57
SECTION 5.13 Incremental Loans	58
SECTION 5.14 Cash Collateral	61
SECTION 5.15 Defaulting Lenders	62
ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS OF CLOSING AND BORROWING	64
SECTION 6.1 Conditions to Closing and Initial Extensions of Credit	64
SECTION 6.2 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit	69
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CREDIT PARTIES	70
SECTION 7.1 Organization; Power; Qualification	70
SECTION 7.2 Ownership	70
SECTION 7.3 Authorization Enforceability	70
SECTION 7.4 Compliance of Agreement, Loan Documents and Borrowing with Laws, Etc	71
SECTION 7.5 Compliance with Law; Governmental Approvals	71
SECTION 7.6 Tax Returns and Payments	71
SECTION 7.7 Intellectual Property Matters	72
SECTION 7.8 Environmental Matters	72
SECTION 7.9 Employee Benefit Matters	73
SECTION 7.10 Margin Stock	74
SECTION 7.11 Government Regulation	75
SECTION 7.12 Reserved	75
SECTION 7.13 Employee Relations	75
SECTION 7.14 Burdensome Provisions	75
SECTION 7.15 Financial Statements	75
SECTION 7.16 No Material Adverse Change	75
SECTION 7.17 Solvency	76
SECTION 7.18 Titles to Properties	76
SECTION 7.19 Litigation	76
SECTION 7.20 OFAC	76
SECTION 7.21 Absence of Defaults	76
SECTION 7.22 Investment Bankers’ and Similar Fees	76
SECTION 7.23 Disclosure	77

-ii-

ARTICLE VIII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS	77
SECTION 8.1 Financial Statements and Budgets	77
SECTION 8.2 Certificates; Other Reports	78
SECTION 8.3 Notice of Litigation and Other Matters	80
SECTION 8.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence and Related Matters	81
SECTION 8.5 Maintenance of Property and Licenses	81
SECTION 8.6 Insurance	82
SECTION 8.7 Accounting Methods and Financial Records	82
SECTION 8.8 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations	82
SECTION 8.9 Compliance with Laws and Approvals	82
SECTION 8.10 Environmental Laws	82
SECTION 8.11 Compliance with ERISA	83
SECTION 8.12 Compliance with Agreements	83
SECTION 8.13 Visits and Inspections	83
SECTION 8.14 Additional Subsidiaries and Real Property	83
SECTION 8.15 Reserved	85
SECTION 8.16 Use of Proceeds	85
SECTION 8.17 Reserved	85
SECTION 8.18 Corporate Governance	85
SECTION 8.19 Reserved	85
SECTION 8.20 Further Assurances	85
SECTION 8.21 Post Closing Matters	86
SECTION 8.22 Real Property Collateral	86
ARTICLE IX NEGATIVE COVENANTS	87
SECTION 9.1 Indebtedness	87
SECTION 9.2 Liens	89
SECTION 9.3 Investments	91
SECTION 9.4 Fundamental Changes	92
SECTION 9.5 Asset Dispositions	93
SECTION 9.6 Restricted Payments	93
SECTION 9.7 Transactions with Affiliates	94
SECTION 9.8 Accounting Changes; Organizational Documents	95
SECTION 9.9 Reserved	95
SECTION 9.10 No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements	95
SECTION 9.11 Nature of Business	96
SECTION 9.12 Reserved	96
SECTION 9.13 Sale Leasebacks	96
SECTION 9.14 Reserved	96
SECTION 9.15 Financial Covenants	96
SECTION 9.16 Disposal of Subsidiary Interests	97
ARTICLE X DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	98
SECTION 10.1 Events of Default	98
SECTION 10.2 Remedies	100
SECTION 10.3 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver; etc.	101
SECTION 10.4 Crediting of Payments and Proceeds	101
SECTION 10.5 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim	102
SECTION 10.6 Credit Bidding	103

-iii-

ARTICLE XI THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT	103
SECTION 11.1 Appointment and Authority	103
SECTION 11.2 Rights as a Lender	104
SECTION 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions	104
SECTION 11.4 Reliance by the Administrative Agent	105
SECTION 11.5 Delegation of Duties	106
SECTION 11.6 Resignation of Administrative Agent	106
SECTION 11.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders	107
SECTION 11.8 No Other Duties, etc	107
SECTION 11.9 Collateral and Guaranty Matters	108
SECTION 11.10 Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements	109
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS	109
SECTION 12.1 Notices	109
SECTION 12.2 Amendments, Waivers and Consents	112
SECTION 12.3 Expenses; Indemnity	114
SECTION 12.4 Right of Setoff	116
SECTION 12.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Etc.	117
SECTION 12.6 Waiver of Jury Trial	118
SECTION 12.7 Reversal of Payments	118
SECTION 12.8 Injunctive Relief	118
SECTION 12.9 Accounting Matters	118
SECTION 12.10 Successors and Assigns; Participations	119
SECTION 12.11 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality	123
SECTION 12.12 Performance of Duties	124
SECTION 12.13 All Powers Coupled with Interest	124
SECTION 12.14 Survival	124
SECTION 12.15 Titles and Captions	125
SECTION 12.16 Severability of Provisions	125
SECTION 12.17 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution	125
SECTION 12.18 Term of Agreement	125
SECTION 12.19 USA PATRIOT Act	125
SECTION 12.20 Independent Effect of Covenants	126
SECTION 12.21 Inconsistencies with Other Documents	126

-iv-

EXHIBITS
Exhibit A-1	-	Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-2	-	Form of Swingline Note
Exhibit A-3	-	Form of Term Note
Exhibit B	-	Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C	-	Form of Notice of Account Designation
Exhibit D	-	Form of Notice of Prepayment
Exhibit E	-	Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit F	-	Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G	-	Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit H		Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1		Commitments and Applicable Percentages
Schedule 7.1	-	Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification
Schedule 7.2	-	Subsidiaries and Capitalization
Schedule 7.9	-	ERISA Plans
Schedule 7.13	-	Labor and Collective Bargaining Agreements
Schedule 7.18	-	Real Property
Schedule 9.1	-	Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 9.2	-	Existing Liens
Schedule 9.3	-	Existing Loans, Advances and Investments
Schedule 9.7	-	Transactions with Affiliates

-v-

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 13, 2013, by and among FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as Borrower, the lenders who are party to this Agreement and the lenders who may become a party to this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof, as Lenders, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

The Borrower has requested, and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed, to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, such parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions. The following terms when used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them below:

“Administrative Agent” means Wells Fargo, in its capacity as Administrative Agent hereunder, and any successor thereto appointed pursuant to Section 11.6.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the office of the Administrative Agent specified in or determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.1(c).

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person or any of its Subsidiaries. The term “control” means (a) the power to vote five percent (5%) or more of the securities or other equity interests of a Person having ordinary voting power, or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of any other power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Applicable Law” means all applicable provisions of constitutions, laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, treaties, regulations, permits, licenses, approvals, interpretations and orders of courts or Governmental Authorities and all orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators.

“Applicable Margin” means the corresponding percentages per annum as set forth below based on the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio:

					Revolving Credit Loans						Term Loans
Pricing Level	Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio	Commitment Fee			LIBOR +			Base Rate +			LIBOR +			Base Rate +
I	Greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00		0.45	%		3.00	%		2.00	%		3.00	%		2.00	%
II	Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00, but less than 3.50 to 1.00		0.375	%		2.75	%		1.75	%		2.75	%		1.75	%
III	Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, but less than 3.00 to 1.00		0.30	%		2.50	%		1.50	%		2.50	%		1.50	%
IV	Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, but less than 2.50 to 1.00		0.25	%		2.25	%		1.25	%		2.25	%		1.25	%
V	Less than 2.00 to 1.00		0.25	%		2.00	%		1.00	%		2.00	%		1.00	%

The Applicable Margin shall be determined and adjusted quarterly on the date (each a “Calculation Date”) ten (10) Business Days after the day by which the Borrower is required to provide an Officer’s Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 8.2(a) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower; provided that (a) the Applicable Margin shall be based on Pricing Level II until the first Calculation Date occurring after the Closing Date and, thereafter the Pricing Level shall be determined by reference to the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower preceding the applicable Calculation Date, and (b) if the Borrower fails to provide the Officer’s Compliance Certificate as required by Section 8.2(a) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower preceding the applicable Calculation Date, the Applicable Margin from such Calculation Date shall be based on Pricing Level I until such time as an appropriate Officer’s Compliance Certificate is provided, at which time the Pricing Level shall be determined by reference to the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower preceding such Calculation Date. The Applicable Margin shall be effective from one Calculation Date until the next Calculation Date. Any adjustment in the Applicable Margin shall be applicable to all Extensions of Credit then existing or subsequently made or issued.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any financial statement or Officer’s Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2(a) is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether (i) this Agreement is in effect, (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitments are in effect, or (iii) any Extension of Credit is outstanding when such inaccuracy is discovered or such financial statement or Officer’s Compliance Certificate was delivered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected,

-2-

would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (A) the Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Officer’s Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (B) the Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period shall be determined as if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio in the corrected Officer’s Compliance Certificate were applicable for such Applicable Period, and (z) the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest and fees owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 5.4. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders with respect to Sections 5.1(c) and 10.2 nor any of their other rights under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

The Applicable Margins set forth above shall be increased as, and to the extent, required by Section 5.13.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Arrangers” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GECM in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and their respective successors.

“Asset Disposition” means the disposition of any or all of the assets (including, without limitation, any Capital Stock owned thereby) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof whether by sale, lease, transfer or otherwise, and any issuance of Capital Stock by any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any Person that is not a Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof. The term “Asset Disposition” shall not include (a) any Equity Issuance, (b) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (c) the transfer of assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any other transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.4, (d) the write-off, discount, sale or other disposition of defaulted or past-due receivables and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business and not undertaken as part of an accounts receivable financing transaction, (e) the disposition of any Hedge Agreement, (f) dispositions of Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents, and (f) (i) the transfer by any Credit Party of its assets to any other Credit Party, (ii) the transfer by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of its assets to any Credit Party (provided that in connection with any new transfer, such Credit Party shall not pay more than an amount equal to the fair market value of such assets as determined in good faith at the time of such transfer) and (iv) the transfer by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of its assets to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.10), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit G or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

-3-

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date of determination, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease, the capitalized amount or principal amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease.

“Base Rate” means, at any time, the highest of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (c) except during any period of time during which a notice delivered to the Borrower under Section 5.8 shall remain in effect, LIBOR for an Interest Period of one month plus the difference between the Base Rate Applicable Margin and the LIBOR Applicable Margin; each change in the Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with the corresponding change or changes in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR.

“Base Rate Loan” means any Loan bearing interest at a rate based upon the Base Rate as provided in Section 5.1(a).

“Borrower” means Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.2.

“Business Day” means (a) for all purposes other than as set forth in clause (b) below, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in Chicago, Illinois and New York, New York, are open for the conduct of their commercial banking business, and (b) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, any LIBOR Rate Loan, or any Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined by reference to LIBOR, any day that is a Business Day described in clause (a) and that is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

“Calculation Date” has the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of Applicable Margin.

“Capital Asset” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any asset that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital asset on a Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate cost of all Capital Assets acquired by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP, reduced by an amount (not less than zero) equal to the net proceeds from the sale of Capital Assets in the ordinary course of business during such period.

“Capital Lease” means any lease of any property by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as lessee, that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any obligations of a Person under a lease (whether existing now or entered into in the future) that is not (or would not be) a Capital Lease under GAAP as in

-4-

effect on the Closing Date, shall not be treated as a Capital Lease solely as a result of the adoption after the Closing Date of changes in GAAP described in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update to Leases (Topic 840) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010 (as the same may be amended from time to time).

“Capital Stock” means (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests, (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person and (f) any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

“Cash Collateralize” means, to deposit in a Controlled Account or to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Lender or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree, in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such Cash Collateral and other credit support.

“Cash Equivalents” means, collectively, (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof maturing within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of creation thereof and currently having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of creation thereof issued by commercial banks incorporated under the laws of the United States, each having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 and having a rating of “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency; provided that the aggregate amount invested in such certificates of deposit shall not at any time exceed $5,000,000 for any one such certificate of deposit and $10,000,000 for any one such bank, or (d) time deposits maturing no more than thirty (30) days from the date of creation thereof with commercial banks or savings banks or savings and loan associations each having membership either in the FDIC or the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC and in amounts not exceeding the maximum amounts of insurance thereunder.

“Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

“Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

-5-

“Change in Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) (i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a “person” or “group” shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all Capital Stock that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of more than thirty percent (30%) of the Capital Stock of the Borrower entitled to vote in the election of members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of Borrower or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors (or other equivalent governing body) of the Borrower shall not constitute Continuing Directors;

(b) the Borrower shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of each Guarantor (other than in a transaction permitted by Section 9.4); or

(c) there shall have occurred under any indenture or other instrument evidencing any Indebtedness or Capital Stock in excess of $10,000,000 any “change in control” or similar event (as set forth in the indenture, agreement or other evidence of such Indebtedness) obligating the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the Indebtedness or Capital Stock provided for therein.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, each as amended or modified from time to time.

“Collateral” means the collateral security for the Secured Obligations pledged or granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Commitment Fee” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.3(a).

-6-

“Commitment Percentage” means, as to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage or Term Loan Percentage, as applicable.

“Commitments” means, collectively, as to all Lenders, the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Term Loan Commitments of such Lenders.

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Consolidated” means, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of any Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with applicable principles of consolidation under GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a Consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) all provisions for taxes based on income during such period, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (iii) amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges (including non-cash restructuring and non-cash impairment charges) for such period (except to the extent that such non-cash charges would or do give rise to such charges to be taken in the future), (iv) debt extinguishment charges arising from the repayment of Indebtedness under Existing Credit Facilities, (v) loss from discontinued operations of the FS Tech Group to the extent such loss reduced Consolidated Net Income for Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2012 not to exceed $50,000,000, (vi) up to $8,000,000 of charges relating to indemnification obligations from the sale of the FS Tech Group; (vii) up to $25,000,000 (“Add-Back Basket”) over the term of this Agreement for (1) cash restructuring charges, (2) amounts related to any settlement of hearing loss litigation and (3) hearing loss litigation defense costs in excess of $5,000,000, all for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to the applicable date of determination; provided, however, that (y) for the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters in question, such cumulative amounts added back under this clause (vii) shall be limited to 25% of EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date of determination and (z) over the term of the Agreement, the Add-Back Basket then in effect will be increased by an amount equal to any recoveries from third parties related to hearing loss litigation to the extent such recoveries are not included in the calculation of EBITDA, less (c) (i) interest income, (ii) non-cash gains and (iii) gains of up to $14,000,000 from the release to the Borrower of funds held in escrow for indemnification obligations relating to the sale of the FS Tech Group.

“Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Fiscal Year, an amount equal to (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such Fiscal Year minus (ii) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such Fiscal Year of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid during such period, (b) taxes based on income paid during such period, (c) scheduled and voluntary principal payments of Indebtedness (other than mandatory prepayments of Loans and repayments of Revolving Loans), (d) Capital Expenditures paid during such period and (e) any recoveries from third parties relating to hearing loss litigation received during such period.

-7-

“Consolidated Excess Cash Flow Percentage” means, for any period, if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such period is: (a) greater than 2.50 to 1.00, 50%; (b) greater than 2.00 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, 25%; and (c) less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, 0%.

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA less (ii) Capital Expenditures, less (iii) federal, state and local taxes based on income and franchise taxes paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, less (iv) Restricted Payments to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate of the following, determined in accordance with GAAP: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal made in respect of Indebtedness (other than mandatory prepayments of Loans).

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a Consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases and all net payment obligations pursuant to Hedge Agreements) for such period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP; provided, that in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary which shall be subject to clause (c) below), in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint interest with a third party, except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent included pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), and (c) the net income (if positive), of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of such net income (i) is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or (ii) would be subject to any taxes payable on such dividends or distributions, but in each case only to the extent of such prohibition or taxes.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis without duplication, the sum of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, excluding (i) letters of credit other than financial letters of credit and (ii) up to $25,000,000 of financial letters of credit exposure pertaining to workers compensation insurance.

-8-

“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness to (b) Consolidated EBITDA.

“Continuing Directors” means, during any period of not more than 12 consecutive months, the directors of the Borrower at the beginning of such period and each other director of the Borrower, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower is recommended by at least 51% of the then Continuing Directors.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Controlled Account” means each deposit account and securities account that is subject to an account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender.

“Credit Facility” means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan Facility, the Swingline Facility and the L/C Facility.

“Credit Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Debt Issuance” shall mean the issuance of any Indebtedness for borrowed money by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person other than a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

“Default” means any of the events specified in Section 10.1 which with the passage of time, the giving of notice or any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 5.15(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of the Revolving Credit Loans, any Term Loan, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swingline Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date such Loans or participations were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that

-9-

effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 5.15(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each Lender.

“Disputes” means any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, between or among parties hereto and to the other Loan Documents.

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock) (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date; provided, that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

-10-

“Dollars” or “$” means, unless otherwise qualified, dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

“EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) provisions for taxes based on income during such period, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (iii) amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges (to include non-cash restructuring and non-cash impairment charges) for such period (except to the extent that such non-cash charges would or do give rise to such charges to be taken in the future), (iv) loss from discontinued operations of the FS Tech Group to the extent such loss reduced Consolidated Net Income for Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2012 not to exceed $50,000,000 and (v) up to $8,000,000 of charges relating to indemnification obligations from the sale of the FS Tech Group, less (c) (i) interest income, (ii) non-cash gains and (iii) gains of up to $14,000,000 from the release to the Borrower of funds held in escrow for indemnification obligations relating to the sale of the FS Tech Group.

“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 12.10(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 12.10(b)(iii)).

“Employee Benefit Plan” means (a) any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA that is maintained for employees of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate or (b) any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has at any time within the preceding seven (7) years been maintained, funded or administered for the employees of any Credit Party or any current or former ERISA Affiliate.

“Environmental Claims” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, accusations, allegations, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Person in the ordinary course of business and not in response to any third party action or request of any kind) or proceedings relating in any way to any actual or alleged violation of or liability under any Environmental Law or relating to any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law, including, without limitation, any and all claims by Governmental Authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages, contribution, indemnification cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to human health or the environment.

-11-

“Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, foreign, state, provincial and local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, standards and regulations, permits, licenses, approvals, interpretations and orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including, but not limited to, requirements pertaining to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, handling, reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation or remediation of Hazardous Materials.

“Equity Issuance” means (a) any issuance by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof to any Person that is not a Credit Party or a Subsidiary thereof, of (i) shares of its Capital Stock, (ii) any shares of its Capital Stock pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants or (iii) any shares of its Capital Stock pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity and (b) any capital contribution from any Person that is not a Credit Party into any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof. The term “Equity Issuance” shall not include (A) any Asset Disposition or (B) any Debt Issuance.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the rules and regulations thereunder, each as amended or modified from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any Person who together with any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day, the percentage (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in respect of eurocurrency liabilities or any similar category of liabilities for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.

“Event of Default” means any of the events specified in Section 10.1; provided that any requirement for passage of time, giving of notice, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by overall net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 5.12(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 5.11(a), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 5.11(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

-12-

“Existing Credit Facilities” means (i) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 22, 2012 among Borrower, lenders party thereto, GECC as co-collateral agent and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC as agent and co-collateral agent and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 22, 2012 among Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, lenders party thereto and TPG Specialty Lending, Inc.

“Existing Letters of Credit” means those letters of credit existing on the Closing Date.

“Extensions of Credit” means, as to any Lender at any time, (a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender then outstanding, (ii) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding, (iii) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Swingline Loans then outstanding and (iv) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans made by such Lender then outstanding, or (b) the making of any Loan or participation in any Letter of Credit by such Lender, as the context requires.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor thereto.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotation for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letters” means (i) the Wells Fee Letter and (ii) the GECC Fee Letter.

“First Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary owned directly by any Credit Party.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31.

“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes

-13-

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

“FS Tech Group”: Collectively, FST Loop Limited (f/k/a Diamond Consulting Services Limited), FST Loop Sub Limited (f/k/a IDRIS Technology Limited), Federal APD de Mexico, S.A., Federal APD do Brasil Ltda., FST of Michigan Incorporated (f/k/a Federal APD Incorporated), Federal Signal do Brasil Participacoes Ltda, FST of Tennessee, Inc. (f/k/a PIPS Technology, Inc.), FST Camera Limited (f/k/a PIPS Technology Limited), Federal Signal Technologies, LLC, FST of California, LLC (f/k/a VESystems, LLC), Federal Signal of Texas Corp. (f/k/a Sirit Corp.), FST Canada Inc. (f/k/a Sirit Inc.), and Federal Signal Technologies (Hong Kong) Limited (f/k/a RSI ID Technologies (Hong Kong) Limited).

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

“GECC” means General Electric Capital Corporation.

“GECC Fee Letter” means the fee letter dated as of February 19, 2013 among GECM, GECC and the Borrower.

“GECM” means GE Capital Markets, Inc.

“Governmental Approvals” means all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

-14-

“Guaranty Obligation” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person pursuant to which such Person has directly or indirectly guaranteed any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement condition or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, that the term Guaranty Obligation shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Hazardous Materials” means any substances or materials (a) which are or become defined as hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, pollutants, contaminants, chemical substances or mixtures or toxic substances under any Environmental Law, (b) which are toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise harmful to human health or the environment and are or become regulated by any Governmental Authority, (c) the presence of which require investigation or remediation under any Environmental Law or common law, (d) the discharge or emission or release of which requires a permit or license under any Environmental Law or other Governmental Approval, (e) which are deemed to constitute a nuisance or a trespass which pose a health or safety hazard to Persons or neighboring properties, (f) which consist of underground or aboveground storage tanks, whether empty, filled or partially filled with any substance, or (g) which contain, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, petroleum hydrocarbons, petroleum derived substances or waste, crude oil, nuclear fuel, natural gas or synthetic gas.

“Hedge Agreement” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement, all as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Hedge Bank” means (i) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement permitted under Article IX, is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Hedge Agreement or (ii) any Person with whom any Credit Party has entered into a Hedge Agreement permitted under Article IX provided or arranged by GECC or an Affiliate of GECC, and any assignee thereof.

-15-

“Hedge Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

“Increased Amount Date” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13.

“Incremental Lender” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13.

“Incremental Loan Commitments” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13.

“Incremental Loans” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13.

“Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13(a)(ii).

“Incremental Revolving Credit Increase” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13(a)(ii).

“Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13(a)(i).

“Incremental Term Loan Commitment” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.13.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date and without duplication, the sum of the following:

(a) all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness for borrowed money including, but not limited to, obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments of any such Person;

(b) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services of any such Person (including, without limitation, all obligations under non-competition, earn-out or similar agreements), except trade payables, outstanding checks and book overdrafts arising in the ordinary course of business not more than ninety (90) days past due, or that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided for on the books of such Person;

(c) the Attributable Indebtedness of such Person with respect to such Person’s obligations in respect of Capital Leases and Synthetic Leases (regardless of whether accounted for as indebtedness under GAAP);

-16-

(d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person to the extent of the value of such property (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business);

(e) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements except trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person relative to the face amount of letters of credit, whether or not drawn, including, without limitation, any Reimbursement Obligation, and banker’s acceptances issued for the account of any such Person;

(g) all obligations of any such Person in respect of Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h) all net obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreements; and

(i) all Guaranty Obligations of any such Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Hedge Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Hedge Termination Value thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Initial Term Loan” means the term loan made, or to be made, to the Borrower by the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1.

“Insurance and Condemnation Event” means the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective Property.

“Interest Period” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.1(b).

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.

“ISP98” means the International Standby Practices (1998 Revision, effective January 1, 1999), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590.

“Issuing Lender” means Wells Fargo, in its capacity as issuer thereof, or any successor thereto.

-17-

“Knowledge” of or as it relates to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, means the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of such Person.

“L/C Commitment” means the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the Revolving Credit Commitment.

“L/C Facility” means the letter of credit facility established pursuant to Article III.

“L/C Obligations” means at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit which have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5.

“L/C Participants” means the collective reference to all the Revolving Credit Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

“Lender” means each Person executing this Agreement as a Lender on the Closing Date and any other Person that shall have become a party to this Agreement as a Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any Person that ceases to be a party hereto as a Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

“Lender Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent delivered in connection with Section 5.13.

“Lending Office” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender maintaining such Lender’s Extensions of Credit.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application, in the form specified by the Issuing Lender from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.

“Letters of Credit” means the collective reference to letters of credit issued pursuant to Section 3.1.

“License” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.5(a).

“LIBOR” means,

(a) for any interest rate calculation with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the applicable Interest Period which appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any applicable successor page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%). If, for any reason, such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any applicable successor page), then “LIBOR” shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic average of the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 would be offered by first class banks in the London interbank market to the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period.

-18-

(b) for any interest rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 for a period equal to one month (commencing on the date of determination of such interest rate) which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any applicable successor page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date of determination, or, if such date is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%). If, for any reason, such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any applicable successor page) then “LIBOR” for such Base Rate Loan shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic average of the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 would be offered by first class banks in the London interbank market to the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date of determination for a period equal to one month commencing on such date of determination.

Each calculation by the Administrative Agent of LIBOR shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

“LIBOR Rate” means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

LIBOR Rate =	LIBOR
	1.00-Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

“LIBOR Rate Loan” means any Loan bearing interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate as provided in Section 5.1(a).

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, leasehold mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset. For the purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Note, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Security Documents, the Fee Letters, and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered by the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries in favor of or provided to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party in connection with this Agreement or otherwise referred to herein or contemplated hereby (excluding any Secured Hedge Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreement), all as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Loans” means the collective reference to the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan and the Swingline Loans, and “Loan” means any of such Loans.

-19-

“Material Adverse Effect” means, (a) with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a material adverse effect on the properties, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Persons, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any Loan Document or (d) a material impairment of the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Credit Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

“Material Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) Bronto Skylift Oy, (ii) Federal Signal VAMA, S.A., (iii) Federal Signal UK Holdings Limited, (iv) Victor Industrial Equipment (PTY) Limited or (v) any other Foreign Subsidiary (x) having (A) assets in excess of 5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (B) EBITDA in excess of 5% of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided, that to the extent all of the Foreign Subsidiaries not then designated as Material Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) above, shall have at any time in the aggregate (I) assets in excess of 30% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (II) EBITDA in excess of 30% of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, then Borrower shall immediately designate as Material Foreign Subsidiaries such number of such Foreign Subsidiaries as necessary to comply with the requirements of this proviso.

“Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 102% of the Fronting Exposure of all Issuing Lenders with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (ii) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender in their reasonable discretion.

“Mortgages” means the collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust or other real property security document, encumbering any real property now or hereafter owned by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and executed by such Credit Party or such Subsidiary in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as any such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is making, or is accruing an obligation to make, or has accrued an obligation to make contributions within the preceding seven (7) years.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, as applicable, (a) with respect to any Asset Disposition or Insurance and Condemnation Event, the gross proceeds received by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom (including any cash, Cash Equivalents, deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, as and when received) less the sum of (i) in the case of an Asset Disposition, all income taxes and other taxes assessed by a Governmental Authority as a result of such transaction, (ii) all reasonable and customary out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with such transaction or event and (iii) the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset (or a portion thereof) disposed of, which Indebtedness is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction or event, and (b) with respect to any Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance, the gross cash proceeds received by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom less all reasonable and customary out-of-pocket legal, underwriting and other fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

-20-

“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver, amendment, modification or termination that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 12.2 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Notes” means the collective reference to the Revolving Credit Notes, the Swingline Note and the Term Notes.

“Notice of Account Designation” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.3(b).

“Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.3(a).

“Notice of Conversion/Continuation” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.2.

“Notice of Prepayment” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.4(c).

“Obligations” means, in each case, whether now in existence or hereafter arising: (a) the principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the filing of any bankruptcy or similar petition) the Loans, (b) the L/C Obligations and (c) all other fees and commissions (including attorneys’ fees), charges, indebtedness, loans, liabilities, financial accommodations, obligations, covenants and duties owing by the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, in each case under any Loan Document, with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit of every kind, nature and description, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether or not evidenced by any note and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect) or under any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts, naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“Officer’s Compliance Certificate” means a certificate of the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F.

“Operating Lease” means, as to any Person as determined in accordance with GAAP, at the time of the execution of this Agreement, any lease of Property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which is not a Capital Lease.

-21-

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court, documentary, excise, property, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.12).

“Participant” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 12.10(d).

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 12.10(e).

“PATRIOT Act” means the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor agency.

“Pension Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and which (a) is maintained, funded or administered for the employees of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate or (b) has at any time within the preceding seven (7) years been maintained, funded or administered for the employees of any Credit Party or any current or former ERISA Affiliates.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in the form of acquisitions of all or substantially all of the business or a line of business (whether by the acquisition of Capital Stock, assets or any combination thereof) of any other Person if each such acquisition meets all of the following requirements:

(a) no less than five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed closing date of such acquisition, the Borrower shall have delivered written notice of such acquisition to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, which notice shall include the proposed closing date of such acquisition;

(b) the acquisition shall not be hostile and the Borrower shall have certified on or before the closing date of such acquisition in writing and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, that such acquisition has been approved by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Person to be acquired;

(c) the Person or business to be acquired shall be in a line of business permitted pursuant to Section 9.11;

-22-

(d) the Administrative Agent shall have received pro forma financial statements of the Person to be acquired and projections prepared by management of the Borrower, of a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement for five (5) years after the date of the acquisition (such statements to be presented on a quarterly basis for the first year and on an annual basis for each year thereafter); and

(e) no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed closing date of such acquisition, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Compliance Certificate for the most recent fiscal quarter end preceding such acquisition for which financial statements are available demonstrating, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis (as of the date of the acquisition and after giving effect thereto and any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith) with each covenant contained in Section 9.15.

“Permitted Acquisition Consideration” means the aggregate amount of the purchase price, including, but not limited to, any assumed debt, earn-outs (valued at the maximum amount payable thereunder), deferred payments, or Capital Stock of the Borrower, net of the applicable acquired company’s cash and Cash Equivalent, balance (as shown on the most recent financial statements delivered in connection with the Permitted Acquisition) to be paid on a singular basis in connection with any applicable Permitted Acquisition as set forth in the applicable documents executed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in order to consummate the applicable Permitted Acquisition.

“Permitted Liens” means the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 9.2.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

“Platform” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.2.

“Prime Rate” means, at any time, the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the day such change in such prime rate occurs. The parties hereto acknowledge that the rate announced publicly by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate is an index or base rate and shall not necessarily be its lowest or best rate charged to its customers or other banks.

“Pro Forma Basis” means, for purposes of calculating the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.15 for any period during which one or more Specified Transactions occurs, that such Specified Transaction (and all other Specified Transactions that have been consummated during the applicable period) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Property or Person disposed of in a Specified Disposition shall be excluded and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Property or Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition shall be included. In connection with the foregoing, (a) with respect to any Specified Disposition, (i) income statement and cash flow statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property disposed of shall be excluded to the extent relating to any

-23-

period occurring prior to the date of such transaction and (ii) Indebtedness which is retired shall be excluded and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of the applicable period and (b) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, (i) income statement and cash flow statement items attributable to the Person or property acquired shall be included to the extent relating to any period applicable in such calculations to the extent (A) such items are not otherwise included in such income statement and cash flow statement items for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP or in accordance with any defined terms set forth in Section 1.1 and (B) such items are supported by audited financial statements as may be required by the SEC or, if not so required, by unaudited financial statements and other information reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Borrower or any Subsidiary (including the Person or property acquired) in connection with such transaction and any Indebtedness of the Person or property acquired which is not retired in connection with such transaction (A) shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable period and (B) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination and (iii) subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), any non-recurring expenses attributable to the Person or property acquired and incurred in connection with such Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of the applicable period.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

“Public Lenders” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.2.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

“Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Lender, as applicable.

“Register” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 12.10(c).

“Reimbursement Obligation” means the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, two or more Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

-24-

“Responsible Officer” means, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary of a Credit Party. Any document delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Credit Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Credit Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Credit Party.

“Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 9.6.

“Revolving Credit Commitment” means (a) as to any Revolving Credit Lender, the obligation of such Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans to the account of the Borrower hereunder in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name on the Register, as such amount may be modified at any time or from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, Section 5.13) and (b) as to all Revolving Credit Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all Revolving Credit Lenders to make Revolving Credit Loans, as such amount may be modified at any time or from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, Section 5.13). The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment of all the Revolving Credit Lenders on the Closing Date shall be $150,000,000.

“Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage” means, as to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the ratio of (a) the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Revolving Credit Lender to (b) the Revolving Credit Commitment of all the Revolving Credit Lenders.

“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, as to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and such Revolving Credit Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans at such time.

“Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility established pursuant to Article II (including any increase in such revolving credit facility established pursuant to Section 5.13).

“Revolving Credit Lenders” means, collectively, all of the Lenders with a Revolving Credit Commitment.

“Revolving Credit Loan” means any revolving loan made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1, and all such revolving loans collectively as the context requires.

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” means the earliest to occur of (a) March 13, 2018, (b) the date of termination of the entire Revolving Credit Commitment by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5, or (c) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 10.2(a).

“Revolving Credit Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Revolving Credit Lender evidencing the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-1, and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof, in whole or in part.

-25-

“Revolving Credit Outstandings” means the sum of (a) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; plus (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the aggregate outstanding amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any Extensions of Credit occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

“Revolving Extensions of Credit” means (a) any Revolving Credit Loan then outstanding, (b) any Letter of Credit then outstanding or (c) any Swingline Loan then outstanding.

“Sanctioned Country” means a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time.

“Sanctioned Person” means (a) a Person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/SDN-List/Pages/default.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time, or (b) (i) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (ii) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (iii) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Credit Party and any Cash Management Bank.

“Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Hedge Agreement permitted under Article IX, in each case that is entered into by and between any Credit Party and any Hedge Bank.

“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (a) the Obligations and (b) all existing or future payment and other obligations owing by any Credit Party under (i) any Secured Hedge Agreement and (ii) any Secured Cash Management Agreement.

“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 11.5, any other holder from time to time of any of any Secured Obligations and, in each case, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

“Security Agreement” means the security agreement of even date herewith executed by the Credit Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

-26-

“Security Documents” means the collective reference to the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Guaranty Agreements, and each other agreement or writing pursuant to which any Credit Party purports to pledge or grant a security interest in any Property or assets securing the Secured Obligations or any such Person purports to guaranty the payment and/or performance of the Secured Obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

“Specified Disposition” means any disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, business unit, product line or line of business.

“Specified Transactions” means (a) any Specified Disposition, (b) any Permitted Acquisition and (c) the Transactions.

“Subsidiary” means as to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) or other managers of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity is at the time owned by (directly or indirectly) or the management is otherwise controlled by (directly or indirectly) such Person (irrespective of whether, at the time, Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). Unless otherwise qualified, references to “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” herein shall refer to those of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guarantors” means, collectively, all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than (i) Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent that and for so long as the guaranty of such Foreign Subsidiary would have adverse tax consequences for the Borrower or any other Credit Party or result in a violation of Applicable Laws and (ii) Domestic Subsidiaries that are nonoperating with assets of less than $1,000,000 and nominal liabilities) in existence on the Closing Date or which becomes a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement pursuant to Section 8.14.

-27-

“Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” means the unconditional guaranty agreement of even date herewith executed by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit and the Secured Parties, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swingline Commitment” means the lesser of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) the Revolving Credit Commitment.

“Swingline Facility” means the swingline facility established pursuant to Section 2.2.

“Swingline Lender” means Wells Fargo in its capacity as swingline lender hereunder or any successor thereto.

“Swingline Loan” means any swingline loan made by the Swingline Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2, and all such swingline loans collectively as the context requires.

“Swingline Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of the Swingline Lender evidencing the Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-2, and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof, in whole or in part.

“Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an Operating Lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, fines, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Term Loan Commitment” means (a) as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a portion of the Initial Term Loan and/or Incremental Term Loans, as applicable, to the account of the Borrower hereunder on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Term Loan) or the applicable borrowing date (in the case of any Incremental Term Loan) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the Register, as such amount may be increased, reduced or otherwise modified at any time or from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof and (b) as to all Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all Lenders to make such Term Loans. The aggregate Term Loan Commitment with respect to the Initial Term Loan of all Lenders on the Closing Date shall be $75,000,000.

“Term Loan Facility” means the term loan facility established pursuant to Article IV (including any new term loan facility established pursuant to Section 5.13).

-28-

“Term Loan Lender” means any Lender with a Term Loan Commitment.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means the first to occur of (a) March 13, 2018, or (b) the date of acceleration of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 10.2(a).

“Term Loan Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Term Loan Lender evidencing the portion of the Term Loans made by such Term Loan Lender, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-3, and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof, in whole or in part.

“Term Loan Percentage” means, as to any Term Loan Lender, after the applicable Term Loans are made, the ratio of (a) the outstanding principal balance of such Term Loan or Term Loans of such Term Loan Lender to (b) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all such Term Loans of all Term Loan Lenders.

“Term Loans” means the Initial Term Loans and, if applicable, the Incremental Term Loans and “Term Loan” means any of such Term Loans.

“Termination Event” means the occurrence of any of the following which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount: (a) a “Reportable Event” described in Section 4043 of ERISA for which the thirty (30) day notice requirement has not been waived by the PBGC, or (b) the withdrawal of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, or (c) the termination of a Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination, under Section 4041 of ERISA, if the plan assets are not sufficient to pay all plan liabilities, or (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate, or the appointment of a trustee with respect to, any Pension Plan by the PBGC, or (e) any other event or condition which would constitute grounds under Section 4042(a) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, or (f) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA, or (g) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at-risk plan or plan in endangered or critical status with the meaning of Sections 430, 431 or 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 or 305 of ERISA or (h) the partial or complete withdrawal of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan if withdrawal liability is asserted by such plan, or (i) any event or condition which results in the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Sections 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or (j) any event or condition which results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the institution by PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, or (k) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Threshold Amount” means $5,000,000.

-29-

“Total Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments, Revolving Credit Exposure and outstanding Term Loans of such Lender at such time.

“Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the repayment in full of all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.1) on the Closing Date, (b) the initial Extensions of Credit and (c) the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Illinois, as amended or modified from time to time.

“Uniform Customs” means the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), effective July, 2007 International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600.

“United States” means the United States of America.

“U.S. Borrower” means any Borrower that is a U.S. Person.

“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(f).

“Wells Fargo” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, and its successors.

“Wells Fee Letter” means the fee letter dated as of February 11, 2013 among Wells Fargo, Wells Fargo Securities and the Borrower.

“Wholly-Owned” means, with respect to a Subsidiary, that all of the shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary are, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by the Borrower and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (except for directors’ qualifying shares or other shares required by Applicable Law to be owned by a Person other than the Borrower and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries).

“Withholding Agent” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions and Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document: (a) the definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined, (b) whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms, (c) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (d) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”, (e) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (f) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof,

-30-

(g) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (h) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, (i) the term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form, (j) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including” and (k) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 1.3 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time and in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited financial statements required by Section 8.1(a), except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein (including, without limitation, as prescribed by Section 12.9). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

SECTION 1.4 UCC Terms. Terms defined in the UCC in effect on the Closing Date and not otherwise defined herein shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, have the meanings provided by those definitions. Subject to the foregoing, the term “UCC” refers, as of any date of determination, to the UCC then in effect.

SECTION 1.5 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio or percentage is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.6 References to Agreement and Laws. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to formation documents, governing documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Applicable Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Applicable Law.

SECTION 1.7 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

-31-

SECTION 1.8 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the Letter of Credit Application therefor (at the time specified therefor in such applicable Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application and as such amount may be reduced by (a) any permanent reduction of such Letter of Credit or (b) any amount which is drawn, reimbursed and no longer available under such Letter of Credit).

SECTION 1.9 Guaranty Obligations. Unless otherwise specified, the amount of any Guaranty Obligation shall be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guaranty Obligation.

SECTION 1.10 Covenant Compliance Generally. For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.5 and 9.6, any amount in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated Net Income in the annual financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b), as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3, with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no breach of any basket contained in such sections shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.

ARTICLE II

REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

SECTION 2.1 Revolving Credit Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower from time to time from the Closing Date through, but not including, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date as requested by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3; provided, that (a) the Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender shall not at any time exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Revolving Credit Loan by a Revolving Credit Lender shall be in a principal amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans requested on such occasion. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans hereunder until the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

-32-

SECTION 2.2 Swingline Loans.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Swingline Lender may in its sole discretion make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time from the Closing Date through, but not including, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided, that (a) after giving effect to any amount requested, the Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans (after giving effect to any amount requested), shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment.

(b) Refunding.

(i) Swingline Loans shall be refunded by the Revolving Credit Lenders on demand by the Swingline Lender. Such refundings shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages and shall thereafter be reflected as Revolving Credit Loans of the Revolving Credit Lenders on the books and records of the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall fund its respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of Revolving Credit Loans as required to repay Swingline Loans outstanding to the Swingline Lender upon demand by the Swingline Lender but in no event later than 1:00 p.m. on the next succeeding Business Day after such demand is made. No Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to fund its respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of a Swingline Loan shall be affected by any other Revolving Credit Lender’s failure to fund its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of a Swingline Loan, nor shall any Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage be increased as a result of any such failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to fund its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of a Swingline Loan.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Swingline Lender on demand the amount of such Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Credit Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full the outstanding Swingline Loans requested or required to be refunded. In addition, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge any account maintained by the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (up to the amount available therein) in order to immediately pay the Swingline Lender the amount of such Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Credit Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full the outstanding Swingline Loans requested or required to be refunded. If any portion of any such amount paid to the Swingline Lender shall be recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower from the Swingline Lender in bankruptcy or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (unless the amounts so recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower pertain to a Swingline Loan extended after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default of which the Administrative Agent has received notice in the manner required pursuant to Section 11.3 and which such Event of Default has not been waived by the Required Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable).

-33-

(iii) Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to refund Swingline Loans in accordance with the terms of this Section is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, non-satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article VI. Further, each Revolving Credit Lender agrees and acknowledges that if prior to the refunding of any outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section, one of the events described in Section 10.1(i) or (j) shall have occurred, each Revolving Credit Lender will, on the date the applicable Revolving Credit Loan would have been made, purchase an undivided participating interest in the Swingline Loan to be refunded in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loan. Each Revolving Credit Lender will immediately transfer to the Swingline Lender, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation and upon receipt thereof the Swingline Lender will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a certificate evidencing such participation dated the date of receipt of such funds and for such amount. Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lender’s participating interest in a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account thereof, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its participating interest in such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Credit Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded).

(c) Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, this Section 2.2 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5.14 and Section 5.15.

SECTION 2.3 Procedure for Advances of Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans.

(a) Requests for Borrowing. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable prior written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B (a “Notice of Borrowing”) not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the same Business Day as each Base Rate Loan and each Swingline Loan and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days before each LIBOR Rate Loan, of its intention to borrow, specifying (A) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, (B) the amount of such borrowing, which shall be, (x) with respect to Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) in an aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (y) with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (z) with respect to Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, (C) whether such Loan is to be a Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, (D) in the case of a Revolving Credit Loan whether the Loans are to be LIBOR Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans, and (E) in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto. A Notice of Borrowing received after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of each Notice of Borrowing.

(b) Disbursement of Revolving Credit and Swingline Loans. Not later than 1:00 p.m. on the proposed borrowing date, (i) each Revolving Credit Lender will make available to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Borrower, at the office of the Administrative Agent in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent, such Revolving Credit Lender’s

-34-

Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made on such borrowing date, (ii) unless Swingline Lender notifies the Borrower no later than 1:00 p.m. on the next succeeding Business Day after the receipt by the Administrative Agent of the Notice of Borrowing of a Swingline Loan that it does not intend to make a Swingline Loan and (iii) the Swingline Lender will make available to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Borrower, at the office of the Administrative Agent in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Loans to be made on such borrowing date. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to disburse the proceeds of each borrowing requested pursuant to this Section in immediately available funds by crediting or wiring such proceeds to the deposit account of the Borrower identified in the most recent notice substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C (a “Notice of Account Designation”) delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or as may be otherwise agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent from time to time. Subject to Section 5.7 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to disburse the portion of the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan requested pursuant to this Section to the extent that any Revolving Credit Lender has not made available to the Administrative Agent its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such Loan. Revolving Credit Loans to be made for the purpose of refunding Swingline Loans shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders as provided in Section 2.2(b).

SECTION 2.4 Repayment and Prepayment of Revolving Credit and Swingline Loans.

(a) Repayment on Termination Date. The Borrower hereby agrees to repay the outstanding principal amount of (i) all Revolving Credit Loans in full on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (ii) all Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.2(b) (but, in any event, no later than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date), together, in each case, with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments. In addition to prepayments of the Revolving Credit Loans required under Section 4.4(b), if at any time the Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment, the Borrower agrees to repay immediately upon notice from the Administrative Agent, by payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders, Extensions of Credit in an amount equal to such excess with each such repayment applied first, to the principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans, second to the principal amount of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and third, with respect to any Letters of Credit then outstanding, a payment of Cash Collateral into a Cash Collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, in an amount equal to such excess (such Cash Collateral to be applied in accordance with Section 10.2(b)).

(c) Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, in whole or in part, with irrevocable prior written notice to the Administrative Agent substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D (a “Notice of Prepayment”) given not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the same Business Day as intended prepayment of any Base Rate Loan and any Swingline Loan and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days before intended prepayment of any LIBOR Rate Loan, specifying the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of LIBOR Rate Loans, Base Rate Loans, Swingline Loans or a combination thereof, and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each

-35-

Revolving Credit Lender. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date set forth in such notice. Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof with respect to Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans), $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans and $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof with respect to Swingline Loans. A Notice of Prepayment received after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Each such repayment shall be accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Notice of a Prepayment delivered in connection with any refinancing of all of the Credit Facility with the proceeds of such refinancing or of any incurrence of Indebtedness, may be, if expressly so stated to be, contingent upon the consummation of such refinancing or incurrence and may be revoked by the Borrower in the event such refinancing is not consummated (provided that the failure of such contingency shall not relieve the Borrower from its obligations in respect thereof under Section 5.9).

(d) Prepayment of Excess Proceeds. In the event proceeds remain after the prepayments of Term Loan Facility and Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b), the amount of such excess proceeds shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(e) Limitation on Prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans. The Borrower may not prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on any day other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto unless such prepayment is accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof.

(f) Hedge Agreements. No repayment or prepayment pursuant to this Section shall affect any of the Borrower’s obligations under any Hedge Agreement.

SECTION 2.5 Reserved.

SECTION 2.6 Termination of Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

ARTICLE III

LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY

SECTION 3.1 L/C Commitment.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue standby letters of credit (the “Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof on any Business Day from the Closing Date through but not including the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided, that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (a) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (b) the Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be a standby letter of

-36-

credit issued to support obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, contingent or otherwise, incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) expire on a date no more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance or last renewal of such Letter of Credit (subject to automatic renewal for additional one (1) year periods pursuant to the terms of the Letter of Credit Application or other documentation acceptable to the Issuing Lender), which date shall be no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (iii) be subject to the Uniform Customs and/or ISP98, as set forth in the Letter of Credit Application or as determined by the Issuing Lender and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of Illinois. The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any Applicable Law. References herein to “issue” and derivations thereof with respect to Letters of Credit shall also include extensions or modifications of any outstanding Letters of Credit, unless the context otherwise requires. As of the Closing Date, each of the Existing Letters of Credit shall constitute, for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Letter of Credit issued and outstanding hereunder.

(b) Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Article III shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5.14 and Section 5.15.

SECTION 3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Issuing Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office a Letter of Credit Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the Issuing Lender shall process such Letter of Credit Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall, subject to Section 3.1 and Article VI, promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three (3) Business Days after its receipt of the Letter of Credit Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Borrower a copy of such Letter of Credit and promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the issuance and upon request by any Revolving Credit Lender, furnish to such Lender a copy of such Revolving Credit Letter of Credit and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participation therein.

SECTION 3.3 Commissions and Other Charges.

(a) Letter of Credit Commissions. Subject to Section 5.14(f), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender and the L/C Participants, a letter of credit commission with respect to each Letter of Credit in the amount equal to the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit times the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving Credit Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans (determined on a per annum basis). Such commission shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and thereafter on demand of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, distribute to the Issuing Lender and the L/C Participants all commissions received pursuant to this Section 3.3 in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages.

-37-

(b) Issuance Fee. In addition to the foregoing commission, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, an issuance fee with respect to each Letter of Credit as set forth in the Wells Fee Letter. Such issuance fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and thereafter on demand of the Administrative Agent.

(c) Other Costs. In addition to the foregoing fees and commissions, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

SECTION 3.4 L/C Participations.

(a) The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower through a Revolving Credit Loan or otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, which is not so reimbursed.

(b) Upon becoming aware of any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall notify each L/C Participant of the amount and due date of such required payment and such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender the amount specified on the applicable due date. If any such amount is paid to the Issuing Lender after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender on demand, in addition to such amount, the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent during the period from and including the date such payment is due to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of the Issuing Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. With respect to payment to the Issuing Lender of the unreimbursed amounts described in this Section, if the L/C Participants receive notice that any such payment is due (A) prior to 1:00 p.m. on any Business Day, such payment shall be due that Business Day, and (B) after 1:00 p.m. on any Business Day, such payment shall be due on the following Business Day.

-38-

(c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such payment in accordance with this Section, the Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Issuing Lender will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided, that in the event that any such payment received by the Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Issuing Lender to it.

SECTION 3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower. In the event of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, the Borrower agrees to reimburse (either with the proceeds of a Revolving Credit Loan as provided for in this Section or with funds from other sources), in same day funds, the Issuing Lender on each date on which the Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of the date and amount of a draft paid under any Letter of Credit for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any amounts referred to in Section 3.3(c) incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment. Unless the Borrower shall immediately notify the Issuing Lender that the Borrower intends to reimburse the Issuing Lender for such drawing from other sources or funds, the Borrower shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting that the Revolving Credit Lenders make a Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate on such date in the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any amounts referred to in Section 3.3(c) incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment, and the Revolving Credit Lenders shall make a Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate in such amount, the proceeds of which shall be applied to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the amount of the related drawing and costs and expenses. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to fund a Revolving Credit Loan in accordance with this Section to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any draft paid under a Letter of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, non-satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.3(a) or Article VI. If the Borrower has elected to pay the amount of such drawing with funds from other sources and shall fail to reimburse the Issuing Lender as provided above, the unreimbursed amount of such drawing shall bear interest at the rate which would be payable on any outstanding Base Rate Loans which were then overdue from the date such amounts become payable (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full.

SECTION 3.6 Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligations under this Article III (including, without limitation, the Reimbursement Obligation) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set off, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees that the Issuing Lender and the L/C Participants shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligation under Section 3.5 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or

-39-

genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions caused by the Issuing Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final nonappealable judgment. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to the Borrower. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

SECTION 3.7 Effect of Letter of Credit Application. To the extent that any provision of any Letter of Credit Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article III, the provisions of this Article III shall apply.

ARTICLE IV

TERM LOAN FACILITY

SECTION 4.1 Initial Term Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make the Initial Term Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date.

SECTION 4.2 Procedure for Advance of Term Loan.

(a) Initial Term Loan. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing prior to 11:00 a.m. on the Closing Date requesting that the Term Loan Lenders make the Initial Term Loan as a Base Rate Loan on such date (provided that the Borrower may request, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, that the Lenders make the Initial Term Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan if the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent indemnifying the Lenders in the manner set forth in Section 5.9 of this Agreement). Upon receipt of such Notice of Borrowing from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Loan Lender thereof. Not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Closing Date, each Term Loan Lender will make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds, the amount of such Initial Term Loan to be made by such Term Loan Lender on the Closing Date. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to disburse the proceeds of the Initial Term Loan in immediately available funds by wire transfer to such Person or Persons as may be designated by the Borrower in writing.

-40-

(b) Incremental Term Loans. Any Incremental Term Loans shall be borrowed pursuant to, and in accordance with Section 5.13.

SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Term Loans.

(a) Initial Term Loan. The Borrower shall repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Initial Term Loan in consecutive quarterly installments on the last Business Day of each of March, June, September and December commencing June 30, 2013 as set forth below, except as the amounts of individual installments may be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof:

PAYMENT DATE	PRINCIPAL INSTALLMENT ($)
June 30, 2013		1,406,250
September 30, 2013		1,406,250
December 31, 2013		1,406,250
March 31, 2014		1,406,250
June 30, 2014		1,875,000
September 30, 2014		1,875,000
December 31, 2014		1,875,000
March 31, 2015		1,875,000
June 30, 2015		1,875,000
September 30, 2015		1,875,000
December 31, 2015		1,875,000
March 31, 2016		1,875,000
June 30, 2016		2,343,750
September 30, 2016		2,343,750
December 31, 2016		2,343,750
March 31, 2017		2,343,750
June 30, 2017		2,343,750
September 30, 2017		2,343,750
December 31, 2017		2,343,750
March 31, 2018		2,343,750

If not sooner paid, the Initial Term Loan shall be paid in full, together with accrued interest thereon, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(b) Incremental Term Loans. The Borrower shall repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Incremental Term Loan (if any) as determined pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 5.13.

-41-

SECTION 4.4 Prepayments of Term Loans.

(a) Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, without premium or penalty, to prepay the Term Loans, in whole or in part, upon delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Prepayment not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the same Business Day as intended prepayment of any Base Rate Loan and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days before intended prepayment of any LIBOR Rate Loan, specifying the date and amount of repayment, whether the repayment is of LIBOR Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans or a combination thereof, and if a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each and whether the repayment is of the Initial Term Loan, an Incremental Term Loan or a combination thereof, and if a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each. Each optional prepayment of the Term Loans hereunder shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall be applied, on a pro rata basis, to the outstanding principal installments of the Initial Term Loan and, if applicable, any Incremental Term Loans as directed by the Borrower. Each repayment shall be accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof. A Notice of Prepayment received after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Term Loan Lenders of each Notice of Prepayment.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Debt Issuances. The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in the manner set forth in clause (vi) below in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any Debt Issuance permitted pursuant to Section 9.1(m) by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or other Indebtedness not permitted pursuant to this Agreement. Such prepayment shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any such Debt Issuance.

(ii) Equity Issuances. The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in the manner set forth in clause (vi) below in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any Equity Issuance by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary other than the exercise price on stock options issued as part of employee compensation. Such prepayment shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any such Equity Issuance.

(iii) Asset Dispositions. The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in the manner set forth in clause (vi) below in amounts equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than any Asset Disposition permitted pursuant to, and in accordance with, Sections 9.5(b), (c) and (e)) to the extent that the aggregate amount of such Net Cash Proceeds from this clause (iii) and clause (iv) below exceed $10,000,000 during any Fiscal Year. Such prepayments shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any such Asset Disposition by such Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no prepayment shall be required under

-42-

this Section 4.4(b)(iii) to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds otherwise required to be prepaid are reinvested in substantially similar assets or other assets useful in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries within twelve (12) months after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by such Credit Party or such Material Foreign Subsidiary; provided further that any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds otherwise required to be prepaid but not actually reinvested within such twelve (12) month period shall be prepaid in accordance with this Section 4.4(b)(iii) on or before the last day of such twelve (12) month period.

(iv) Insurance and Condemnation Events. The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in the manner set forth in clause (vi) below in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any Insurance and Condemnation Event by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that the aggregate amount of such Net Cash Proceeds from this clause (iv) and clause (iii) above exceed $10,000,000 during any Fiscal Year. Such prepayments shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of any such Insurance and Condemnation Event by such Credit Party or such Material Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no prepayment shall be required under this Section 4.4(b)(iv) to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds otherwise required to be prepaid are reinvested in assets used or useful in the business of a Credit Party or Material Foreign Subsidiary within twelve (12) months after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by such Credit Party or such Material Foreign Subsidiary; provided further that any portion of the Net Cash Proceeds otherwise required to be prepaid but not actually reinvested within such twelve (12) month period shall be prepaid in accordance with this Section 4.4(b)(iv) on or before the last day of such twelve (12) month period.

(v) Consolidated Excess Cash Flow. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2013), the Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in clause (vi) below in an amount equal to the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow Percentage of the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, if any, for such Fiscal Year.

(vi) Notice; Manner of Payment. Upon the occurrence of any event triggering the prepayment requirement under clauses (i) through and including (v) above, the Borrower shall promptly deliver a Notice of Prepayment to the Administrative Agent and upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Lenders. The prepayments shall be applied in the following manner:

(A) All mandatory prepayments under Sections 4.4(b)(i), (b)(iii) and (b)(iv) will be applied first, to prepay outstanding Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans on a pro rata basis and second, to prepay outstanding Revolving Credit Loans (with a permanent reduction in the aggregate commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility). All such mandatory prepayments of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans will be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization payments on a pro rata basis.

-43-

(B) (1) In the event the Borrower shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.15 both before and after giving effect to the transaction under Section 4.4(b)(ii), all mandatory prepayments under Section 4.4(b)(ii) will be applied first, to prepay outstanding Revolving Credit Loans (without a permanent reduction in the aggregate commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility) and second, to prepay outstanding Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans on a pro rata basis.

(2) In the event the Borrower shall not be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.15 both before or after giving effect to the transaction under Section 4.4(b)(ii), all mandatory prepayments under Section 4.4(b)(ii) will be applied first, to prepay outstanding Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans on a pro rata basis and second, to prepay outstanding Revolving Credit Loans (with a permanent reduction in the aggregate commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility).

(3) All mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans under either clause (1) or (2) above will be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization payments on a pro rata basis.

(C) All mandatory prepayments under Section 4.4(b)(v) will be applied first, to prepay outstanding Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans on a pro rata basis and second, to prepay outstanding Revolving Credit Loans (without a permanent reduction in the aggregate commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility). All such mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans will be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization payments on a pro rata basis.

(vii) No Reborrowings. Amounts prepaid under the Term Loan pursuant to this Section may not be reborrowed. Each prepayment shall be accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.9.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.1 Interest.

(a) Interest Rate Options. Subject to the provisions of this Section, at the election of the Borrower, (i) Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans shall bear interest at (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin or (B) the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin (provided that the LIBOR Rate shall not be available until three (3) Business Days after the Closing Date unless the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent indemnifying the Lenders in the manner set forth in Section 5.9 of this Agreement) and (ii) any Swingline Loan shall bear interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The Borrower shall select the rate of interest and Interest Period, if any, applicable to any Loan at the time a Notice of Borrowing is given or at the time a Notice of Conversion/Continuation is given pursuant to Section 5.2. Any Loan or any portion thereof as to which the Borrower has not duly specified an interest rate as provided herein shall be deemed a Base Rate Loan.

-44-

(b) Interest Periods. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, the Borrower, by giving notice at the times described in Section 2.3 or 5.2, as applicable, shall elect an interest period (each, an “Interest Period”) to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest Period shall be a period of one (1), two (2), three (3), or six (6) months; provided that:

(i) the Interest Period shall commence on the date of advance of or conversion to any LIBOR Rate Loan and, in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the date on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires;

(ii) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, that if any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(iii) any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the relevant calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(iv) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable, and Interest Periods shall be selected by the Borrower so as to permit the Borrower to make mandatory reductions of the Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and the quarterly principal installment payments pursuant to Section 4.3 without payment of any amounts pursuant to Section 5.9; and

(v) there shall be no more than seven (7) Interest Periods in effect at any time.

(c) Default Rate. Subject to Section 10.3, (i) immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 10.1(a), (b), (j) or (k), or (ii) at the election of the Required Lenders, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, (A) the Borrower shall no longer have the option to request LIBOR Rate Loans, Swingline Loans or Letters of Credit, (B) all outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum of two percent (2%) in excess of the rate (including the Applicable Margin) then applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans until the end of the applicable Interest Period and thereafter at a rate equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate (including the Applicable Margin) then applicable to Base Rate Loans, (C) all outstanding Base Rate Loans and other Obligations arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate (including the Applicable Margin) then applicable to Base Rate Loans or such other Obligations arising hereunder or under any other

-45-

Loan Document and (D) all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable on demand of the Administrative Agent. Interest shall continue to accrue on the Obligations after the filing by or against the Borrower of any petition seeking any relief in bankruptcy or under any act or law pertaining to insolvency or debtor relief, whether state, federal or foreign.

(d) Interest Payment and Computation. Interest on each Base Rate Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter commencing March 31, 2013; and interest on each LIBOR Rate Loan shall be due and payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and if such Interest Period extends over three (3) months, at the end of each three (3) month interval during such Interest Period. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest provided hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year).

(e) Maximum Rate. In no contingency or event whatsoever shall the aggregate of all amounts deemed interest under this Agreement charged or collected pursuant to the terms of this Agreement exceed the highest rate permissible under any Applicable Law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto. In the event that such a court determines that the Lenders have charged or received interest hereunder in excess of the highest applicable rate, the rate in effect hereunder shall automatically be reduced to the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law and the Lenders shall at the Administrative Agent’s option (i) promptly refund to the Borrower any interest received by the Lenders in excess of the maximum lawful rate or (ii) apply such excess to the principal balance of the Obligations on a pro rata basis. It is the intent hereof that the Borrower not pay or contract to pay, and that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender receive or contract to receive, directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, interest in excess of that which may be paid by the Borrower under Applicable Law.

SECTION 5.2 Notice and Manner of Conversion or Continuation of Loans. Provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Borrower shall have the option to (a) convert at any time following the third Business Day after the Closing Date all or any portion of any outstanding Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) in a principal amount equal to $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof into one or more LIBOR Rate Loans and (b) upon the expiration of any Interest Period, (i) convert all or any part of its outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans in a principal amount equal to $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof into Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) or (ii) continue such LIBOR Rate Loans as LIBOR Rate Loans. Whenever the Borrower desires to convert or continue Loans as provided above, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable prior written notice in the form attached as Exhibit E (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days before the day on which a proposed conversion or continuation of such Loan is to be effective specifying (A) the Loans to be converted or continued, and, in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loan to be converted or continued, the last day of the Interest Period therefor, (B) the effective date of such conversion or continuation (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the principal amount of such Loans to be converted or continued, and (D) the Interest Period to be applicable to such converted or continued LIBOR Rate Loan. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the affected Lenders of such Notice of Conversion/Continuation.

-46-

SECTION 5.3 Fees.

(a) Commitment Fee. Commencing on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders, a non-refundable commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment of the Revolving Credit Lenders (other than the Defaulting Lenders, if any); provided, that the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans shall not be considered usage of the Revolving Credit Commitment for the purpose of calculating the Commitment Fee. The Commitment Fee shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement commencing with the calendar quarter ending after March 31, 2013 and ending on the date upon which all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) arising under the Revolving Credit Facility shall have been indefeasibly and irrevocably paid and satisfied in full, all Letters of Credit have been terminated or expired (or been Cash Collateralized) and the Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated. Such commitment fee shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender) pro rata in accordance with such Revolving Credit Lenders’ respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages.

(b) Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Arrangers, GECC and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letters. The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified.

SECTION 5.4 Manner of Payment.

(a) Sharing of Payments. Each payment by the Borrower on account of the principal of or interest on the Loans or of any fee, commission or other amounts (including the Reimbursement Obligation) payable to the Lenders under this Agreement shall be made not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified for payment under this Agreement to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the account of the Lenders entitled to such payment in Dollars, in immediately available funds and shall be made without any set off, counterclaim or deduction whatsoever. Any payment received after such time but before 2:00 p.m. on such day shall be deemed a payment on such date for the purposes of Section 10.1, but for all other purposes shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Any payment received after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day for all purposes. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of each such payment, the Administrative Agent shall distribute to each such Lender at its address for notices set forth herein its Commitment Percentage in respect of the relevant Credit Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment and shall wire advice of the amount of such credit to each Lender. Each payment to the Administrative Agent on account of the principal of or interest on the Swingline Loans or of any fee, commission or other amounts payable to the Swingline Lender shall be made in like manner, but for the account of the Swingline Lender. Each payment to the Administrative Agent of the Issuing Lender’s fees or L/C Participants’

-47-

commissions shall be made in like manner, but for the account of the Issuing Lender or the L/C Participants, as the case may be. Each payment to the Administrative Agent of Administrative Agent’s fees or expenses shall be made for the account of the Administrative Agent and any amount payable to any Lender under Sections 5.9, 5.10, 5.11 or 12.3 shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lender. Subject to Section 5.1(b)(ii), if any payment under this Agreement shall be specified to be made upon a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing any interest if payable along with such payment.

(b) Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), if there exists a Defaulting Lender each payment by the Borrower to such Defaulting Lender hereunder shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.14(b).

SECTION 5.5 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) Extensions of Credit. The Extensions of Credit made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Extensions of Credit made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Revolving Credit Note, Term Loan Note and/or Swingline Note, as applicable, which shall evidence such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans and/or Swingline Loans, as applicable, in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Notes and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Participations. In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Revolving Credit Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Revolving Credit Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Revolving Credit Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

SECTION 5.6 Adjustments. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations (other than pursuant to Sections 5.9, 5.10, 5.11 or 12.3) greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the

-48-

Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that

(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and

(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 5.14 or (C) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Credit Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 5.7 Obligations of Lenders.

(a) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans, prior to the proposed date of such Borrowing and (ii) otherwise prior to the proposed date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Sections 2.3(b) and 4.2 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the daily average Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

-49-

(b) Nature of Obligations of Lenders Regarding Extensions of Credit. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement to make the Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit are several and are not joint or joint and several. The failure of any Lender to make available its Commitment Percentage of any Loan requested by the Borrower shall not relieve it or any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Commitment Percentage of such Loan available on the borrowing date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make its Commitment Percentage of such Loan available on the borrowing date.

SECTION 5.8 Changed Circumstances.

(a) Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability. In connection with any request for a LIBOR Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined with reference to LIBOR or a conversion to or continuation thereof, if for any reason (i) the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Loan, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that reasonable and adequate means do not exist for the ascertaining the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan or any Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined with reference to LIBOR or (iii) the Required Lenders shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the LIBOR Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining such Loans during such Interest Period, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower. Thereafter, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist, the obligation of the Lenders to make LIBOR Rate Loans or Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined with reference to LIBOR and the right of the Borrower to convert any Loan to or continue any Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined with reference to LIBOR shall be suspended, and (i) in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, the Borrower shall either (A) repay in full (or cause to be repaid in full) the then outstanding principal amount of each such LIBOR Rate Loan together with accrued interest thereon (subject to Section 5.1(d)), on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan; or (B) convert the then outstanding principal amount of each such LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is not determined by reference to LIBOR as of the last day of such Interest Period; or (ii) in the case of Base Rate Loans as to which the interest rate is determined by reference to LIBOR, the Borrower shall convert the then outstanding principal amount of each such Loan to a Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is not determined by reference to LIBOR as of the last day of such Interest Period.

-50-

(b) Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability. If, after the date hereof, the introduction of, or any change in, any Applicable Law or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Lending Offices) to honor its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any LIBOR Rate Loan or any Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined by reference to LIBOR, such Lender shall promptly give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice to the Borrower and the other Lenders. Thereafter, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make LIBOR Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans as to which the interest rate is determined by reference to LIBOR, and the right of the Borrower to convert any Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan or continue any Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is determined by reference to LIBOR shall be suspended and thereafter the Borrower may select only Base Rate Loans as to which the interest rate is not determined by reference to LIBOR hereunder, (ii) all Base Rate Loans shall cease to be determined by reference to LIBOR and (iii) if any of the Lenders may not lawfully continue to maintain a LIBOR Rate Loan to the end of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, the applicable Loan shall immediately be converted to a Base Rate Loan as to which the interest rate is not determined by reference to LIBOR for the remainder of such Interest Period.

SECTION 5.9 Indemnity. The Borrower hereby indemnifies each of the Lenders against any loss or expense (including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain a LIBOR Rate Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained) which may arise or be attributable to each Lender’s obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits or other funds acquired to effect, fund or maintain any Loan (a) as a consequence of any failure by the Borrower to make any payment when due of any amount due hereunder in connection with a LIBOR Rate Loan, (b) due to any failure of the Borrower to borrow, continue or convert on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation or (c) due to any payment, prepayment or conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor. The amount of such loss or expense shall be determined, in the applicable Lender’s sole discretion, based upon the assumption that such Lender funded its Commitment Percentage of the LIBOR Rate Loans in the London interbank market and using any reasonable attribution or averaging methods which such Lender deems appropriate and practical. A certificate of such Lender setting forth the basis for determining such amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender shall be forwarded to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct save for manifest error.

SECTION 5.10 Increased Costs.

(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or advances, loans or other credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the LIBOR Rate) or the Issuing Lender;

-51-

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes) and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Lender or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Lender or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon written request of such Lender, the Issuing Lender or other Recipient, the Borrower shall promptly pay to any such Lender, the Issuing Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the Issuing Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon written request of such Lender or such Issuing Lender the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

-52-

(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six (6) -month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

SECTION 5.11 Taxes.

(a) Issuing Bank. For purposes of this Section 5.11, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(b) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(c) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Credit Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Credit Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, such Credit Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

-53-

(f) Status of Lenders. (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 5.11(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Borrower,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

-54-

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 or Exhibit J-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

-55-

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.11 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.11), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Indemnification of the Administrative Agent. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Credit Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so) under this Section 5.11 solely in its capacity as a Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.10(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (h). The agreements in paragraph (h) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.11 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

-56-

SECTION 5.12 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.10, or requires the Borrower to pay additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.11, then such Lender shall, at the request of the Borrower, use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.10 or Section 5.11, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.10, or if the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.11, and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.12(a), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.10), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 5.10 or 5.11) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

(i) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 12.10;

(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in Letters of Credit, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 5.9) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.10 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.11, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Law; and

(v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

-57-

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 5.13 Incremental Loans.

(a) At any time the Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of:

(i) one or more incremental term loan commitments (any such incremental term loan commitment, an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment”) to make an incremental term loan (any such incremental term loan, an “Incremental Term Loan”); or

(ii) one or more increases in the Revolving Credit Commitments, an “Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Loan Commitments”) to make incremental revolving credit loans (any such increase, an “Incremental Revolving Credit Increase” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan, the “Incremental Loans “);

provided that (1) the total aggregate amount for all such Incremental Loan Commitments shall not (as of any date of incurrence thereof) exceed $50,000,000 and (2) the total aggregate amount for each Incremental Loan Commitment (and the Incremental Loans made thereunder) shall not be less than a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 or, if less, the remaining amount permitted pursuant to the foregoing clause (1). Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an “Increased Amount Date”) on which the Borrower proposes that any Incremental Loan Commitment shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to Administrative Agent. The Borrower may invite any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and/or any Approved Fund, and/or any other Person reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to provide an Incremental Loan Commitment (any such Person, an “Incremental Lender”). Any Lender or any Incremental Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of any Incremental Loan Commitment may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Loan Commitment. Any Incremental Loan Commitment shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that:

(A) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to (1) any Incremental Loan Commitment, (2) the making of any Incremental Loans pursuant thereto and (3) any Permitted Acquisition consummated in connection therewith;

(B) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received from the Borrower an Officer’s Compliance Certificate demonstrating that the Borrower will be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.15 both before and after giving effect to (1) any Incremental Loan Commitment, (2) the making of any Incremental Loans pursuant thereto and (3) any Permitted Acquisition consummated in connection therewith;

-58-

(C) the proceeds of any Incremental Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Permitted Acquisitions);

(D) each Incremental Loan Commitment (and the Incremental Loans made thereunder) shall constitute Obligations of the Borrower and shall be secured and guaranteed with the other Extensions of Credit on a pari passu basis;

(E) (1) such Incremental Term Loan will mature and amortize in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Incremental Lenders making such Incremental Term Loan and the Borrower, but will not in any event have a shorter average life to maturity than the remaining average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loan or a maturity date earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date;

(2) the Applicable Margin and pricing grid, if applicable, for such Incremental Term Loan shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Incremental Lenders and the Borrower on the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that in the event that the Applicable Margin for any Incremental Term Loan is higher than the Applicable Margin for the Initial Term Loan, then the interest rate margins for the Initial Term Loan shall be increased to the extent necessary so that such Applicable Margin is equal to the Applicable Margin for such Incremental Term Loan; and

(3) except as provided above, all other terms and conditions applicable to any Incremental Term Loan, to the extent not consistent with the terms and conditions applicable to the Initial Term Loan, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Incremental Lenders making such Incremental Term Loans;

(4) such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase shall mature on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, shall bear interest at the rate applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Revolving Credit Loans; provided that if the interest rate margins and/or unused fees, as applicable, in respect of any Incremental Revolving Credit Increase exceed the interest rate margins and/or unused fees, as applicable, for the Initial Revolving Credit Facility, then the interest rate margins and/or unused fees, as applicable, for the Initial Revolving Credit Facility shall be increased so that the interest rate margins and/or unused fees, as applicable, are equal to the interest rate margins and/or unused fees for such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase;

-59-

(5) the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages of Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations will be reallocated by the Administrative Agent on the applicable Increased Amount Date among the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Incremental Lenders) in accordance with their revised Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (and the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Incremental Lenders) agree to make all payments and adjustments necessary to effect such reallocation and the Borrower shall pay any and all costs required pursuant to Section 5.9 in connection with such reallocation as if such reallocation were a repayment); and

(6) except as provided above, all of the other terms and conditions applicable to such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase shall, except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section 5.13, be identical to the terms and conditions applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility;

(F) any Incremental Lender shall be entitled to the same voting rights as the existing Lenders under the Credit Facility and each Incremental Term Loan shall receive proceeds of prepayments on the same basis as the Initial Term Loan (such prepayments to be shared pro rata on the basis of the original aggregate funded amount thereof among the Initial Term Loan and the Incremental Term Loans); and any Extensions of Credit made in connection with each Incremental Revolving Credit Increase shall receive proceeds of prepayments on the same basis as the other Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder;

(G) such Incremental Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Lender Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Incremental Lenders (which Lender Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 5.13, subject, however to the applicable provisions of Section 12.2); and

(H) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents (including, without limitation, a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of each Credit Party authorizing such Incremental Loan) reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

(b) The Incremental Term Loans shall be deemed to be Term Loans; provided that such Incremental Term Loan shall be designated as a separate tranche of Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement. The Incremental Lenders shall be included in any determination of the Required Lenders and the Incremental Lenders will not constitute a separate voting class for any purposes under this Agreement.

(c) On any Increased Amount Date on which any Incremental Loan Commitment becomes effective, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, each Incremental Lender shall make an Incremental Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Loan Commitment and shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to such Incremental Commitment.

-60-

SECTION 5.14 Cash Collateral. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Lender and/or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

(a) Grant of Security Interest. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans, to be applied pursuant to subsection (b) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(b) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 5.14 or Section 5.15 in respect of Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

(c) Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Lender and/or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.14 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 5.15, the Person providing Cash Collateral, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations; and provided further that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

-61-

SECTION 5.15 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and Section 12.2.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article X or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 12.4 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 5.14; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan or funded participation in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (A) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans and funded participations under this Agreement and (B) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 5.14; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (1) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or funded participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (2) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and funded participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or funded participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Revolving Credit Commitments

-62-

under the applicable Revolving Credit Facility without giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees.

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive letter of credit commissions pursuant to Section 3.3 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 5.14.

(C) With respect to any Commitment Fee or letter of credit commission not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (1) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (2) pay to each Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Lender’s or Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (3) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

-63-

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, repay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5.14.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility (without giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan and (ii) no Issuing Lender shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS OF CLOSING AND BORROWING

SECTION 6.1 Conditions to Closing and Initial Extensions of Credit. The obligation of the Lenders to close this Agreement and to make the initial Loan or issue or participate in the initial Letter of Credit, if any, is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Executed Loan Documents. This Agreement, a Revolving Credit Note in favor of each Lender requesting a Revolving Credit Note, a Term Loan Note in favor of each Lender requesting a Term Loan Note, a Swingline Note in favor of the Swingline Lender (if requested thereby) and the Security Documents, together with any other applicable Loan Documents, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent by the parties thereto, shall be in full force and effect and no Default or Event of Default shall exist hereunder or thereunder.

-64-

(b) Closing Certificates; Etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that (A) all representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true, correct and complete in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true, correct and complete in all respects); (B) none of the Credit Parties is in violation of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (C) after giving effect to the Transactions, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (D) since September 30, 2012, no event has occurred or condition arisen, either individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (E) each of the Credit Parties, as applicable, has satisfied each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2.

(ii) Certificate of Responsible Officer of each Credit Party. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Credit Party certifying as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of each officer of such Credit Party executing Loan Documents to which it is a party and certifying that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of (A) the articles or certificate of incorporation or formation of such Credit Party and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (B) the bylaws or other governing document of such Credit Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (C) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or other governing body) of such Credit Party authorizing and approving the transactions contemplated hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (D) each certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii).

(iii) Certificates of Good Standing. Certificates as of a recent date of the good standing of each Credit Party under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each other jurisdiction where such Credit Party is qualified to do business and, to the extent available, a certificate of the relevant taxing authorities of such jurisdictions certifying that such Credit Party has filed required tax returns and owes no delinquent taxes.

(iv) Opinions of Counsel. Favorable opinions of counsel to the Credit Parties addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Credit Parties, the Loan Documents and such other matters as the Lenders shall request (which such opinions shall expressly permit reliance by permitted successors and assigns of the addressees thereof).

(c) Personal Property Collateral.

(i) Filings and Recordings. The Administrative Agent shall have received all filings and recordations that are necessary to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in the Collateral and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that upon such filings and recordations such security interests constitute valid and perfected first priority Liens thereon.

-65-

(ii) Pledged Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall have received (A) original stock certificates or other certificates evidencing the Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Security Documents, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof and (B) each original promissory note pledged pursuant to the Security Documents together with an undated endorsement for each such promissory note duly executed in blank by the holder thereof.

(iii) Lien Search. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a Lien search (including a search as to judgments, pending litigation, bankruptcy, tax and intellectual property matters), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory thereto, made against the Credit Parties under the Uniform Commercial Code (or applicable judicial docket) as in effect in each jurisdiction in which filings or recordations under the Uniform Commercial Code should be made to evidence or perfect security interests in all assets of such Credit Party, indicating among other things that the assets of each such Credit Party are free and clear of any Lien (except for Permitted Liens) and Liens to be released pursuant to payoff letters received at Closing.

(iv) Hazard and Liability Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of property hazard, business interruption and liability insurance, evidence of payment of all insurance premiums for the current policy year of each (with appropriate endorsements naming the Administrative Agent as lender’s loss payee (and mortgagee, as applicable) on all policies for property hazard insurance and as additional insured on all policies for liability insurance, and if requested by the Administrative Agent, copies of such insurance policies.

(d) Reserved.

(e) Consents; Defaults.

(i) Governmental and Third Party Approvals. The Credit Parties shall have received all material governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary (or any other material consents as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the other transactions contemplated hereby and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any Person that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose any material adverse conditions on any of the Credit Parties or such other transactions or that could seek or threaten any of the foregoing, and no law or regulation shall be applicable which in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent could reasonably be expected to have such effect.

-66-

(ii) No Injunction, Etc. No action, proceeding, investigation, regulation or legislation shall have been instituted, threatened or proposed before any Governmental Authority to enjoin, restrain, or prohibit, or to obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to or arises out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, would make it inadvisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(f) Financial Matters.

(i) Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent and Arrangers shall have received (A) the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and the related audited statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended and (B) unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2012 and related unaudited interim statements of income and retained earnings.

(ii) Pro Forma Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent and Arrangers shall have received pro forma consolidated financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four-quarter period most recently ended prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions (prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all other rules and regulations of the SEC under such Securities Act, and including other adjustments previously agreed between the Borrower and the Arrangers) and a pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared from the financial statements for the calendar month ended immediately prior to the Closing Date giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

(iii) Financial Projections. The Administrative Agent and Arrangers shall have received pro forma Consolidated financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and projections prepared by management of the Borrower, of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements on a quarterly basis for the first year following the Closing Date and on an annual basis for each year thereafter during the term of the Credit Facility, which shall not be materially inconsistent with any financial information or projections previously delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(iv) Financial Condition/Solvency Certificate. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and certified as accurate by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, that (A) after giving effect to the Transactions, each Credit Party and each Subsidiary thereof is each Solvent and (B) the financial projections previously delivered to the Administrative Agent represent the good faith estimates (utilizing reasonable assumptions) of the financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(v) Closing Leverage Ratio. The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that the (i) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions for the four-quarter period most recently ended prior to the Closing Date for which financial

-67-

statements are available will not exceed 3.25 to 1.00 and (ii) EBITDA for the four-quarter period ended December 31, 2012 (calculated in the same manner as in the Borrower’s draft annual report on Form 10-K for Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2012) shall not be less than $60,000,000.

(vi) Payment at Closing. The Borrower shall have paid (A) to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders the fees set forth or referenced in Section 5.3 and any other accrued and unpaid fees or commissions due hereunder, (B) all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and GECC (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent or GECC, as applicable) to the extent accrued and unpaid prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) and (C) to any other Person such amount as may be due thereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery, recording, filing and registration of any of the Loan Documents.

(g) Miscellaneous.

(i) Notice of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing from the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and Section 4.2, and a Notice of Account Designation specifying the account or accounts to which the proceeds of any Loans made on or after the Closing Date are to be disbursed.

(ii) Due Diligence. The Administrative Agent and Arrangers shall have completed, to its satisfaction, all legal, tax, environmental, business and other due diligence with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, operations and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope and determination satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

(iii) Existing Indebtedness. All existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement but excluding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.1) shall be repaid in full and terminated and all collateral security therefor shall be released, and the Administrative Agent shall have received pay-off letters in form and substance satisfactory to it evidencing such repayment, termination and release. Any existing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.1 shall be on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(iv) PATRIOT Act. The Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the documentation and other information requested by the Administrative Agent in order to comply with requirements of the PATRIOT Act.

-68-

(v) Other Documents. All opinions, certificates and other instruments and all proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of all other documents, certificates and instruments reasonably requested thereby, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11.3, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent and each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 6.2 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit. The obligations of the Lenders to make or participate in any Extensions of Credit (including the initial Extension of Credit), convert or continue any Loan and/or the Issuing Lender to issue or extend any Letter of Credit are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the relevant borrowing, continuation, conversion, issuance or extension date:

(a) Continuation of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained in Article VII shall be true and correct in all material respects, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such borrowing, continuation, conversion, issuance or extension date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date, (except for any such representation and warranty that by its terms is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct in all material respects, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date.

(b) No Existing Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) on the borrowing, continuation or conversion date with respect to such Loan or after giving effect to the Loans to be made, continued or converted on such date or (ii) on the issuance or extension date with respect to such Letter of Credit or after giving effect to the issuance or extension of such Letter of Credit on such date.

(c) Notices. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as applicable, from the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.3(a), Section 4.2 or Section 5.2, as applicable.

(d) Additional Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each additional document, instrument, legal opinion or other item reasonably requested by it.

-69-

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CREDIT PARTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make Extensions of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, which representations and warranties shall be deemed made on the Closing Date and as otherwise set forth in Section 6.2, that:

SECTION 7.1 Organization; Power; Qualification. Each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, (b) has the power and authority to own its Properties and to carry on its business as now being and hereafter proposed to be conducted and (c) is duly qualified and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the character of its Properties or the nature of its business requires such qualification and authorization except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The jurisdictions in which each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary are organized and qualified to do business as of the Closing Date are described on Schedule 7.1.

SECTION 7.2 Ownership. Each Subsidiary of each Credit Party as of the Closing Date is listed on Schedule 7.2. As of the Closing Date, the capitalization of each Credit Party and its Subsidiaries consists of the number of shares, authorized, issued and outstanding, of such classes and series, with or without par value, described on Schedule 7.2. All outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to any preemptive or similar rights, except as described in Schedule 7.2. The shareholders or other owners, as applicable, of each Credit Party (other than the Borrower) and its Subsidiaries and the number of shares owned by each as of the Closing Date are described on Schedule 7.2. As of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding stock purchase warrants, subscriptions, options, securities, instruments or other rights of any type or nature whatsoever, which are convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise provide for or require the issuance of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof, except as described on Schedule 7.2.

SECTION 7.3 Authorization Enforceability. Each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary has the right, power and authority and has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in accordance with their respective terms. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary that is a party thereto, and each such document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary that is a party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar state or federal debtor relief laws from time to time in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

-70-

SECTION 7.4 Compliance of Agreement, Loan Documents and Borrowing with Laws, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary of the Loan Documents to which each such Person is a party, in accordance with their respective terms, the Extensions of Credit hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, by the passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise, (a) require any Governmental Approval or violate any material provision of any Applicable Law relating to any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary, (c) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or any Governmental Approval relating to such Person, which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (d) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person other than Permitted Liens or (e) require any consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act in respect of, an arbitrator or Governmental Authority and no consent of any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement other than (i) consents, authorizations, filings or other acts or consents obtained or for which the failure to obtain or make could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) consents or filings under the UCC and (iii) filings with the United States Copyright Office and/or the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

SECTION 7.5 Compliance with Law; Governmental Approvals. Each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary (a) has all Governmental Approvals required by any Applicable Law for it to conduct its business, each of which is in full force and effect, is final and not subject to review on appeal and is not the subject of any pending or, to its Knowledge, threatened attack by direct or collateral proceeding, (b) is in compliance with each Governmental Approval applicable to it and in compliance with all other Applicable Laws relating to it or any of its respective properties and (c) has timely filed all material reports, documents and other materials required to be filed by it under all Applicable Laws with any Governmental Authority and has retained all material records and documents required to be retained by it under Applicable Law except in each case (a), (b) or (c) where the failure to have, comply or file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.6 Tax Returns and Payments. Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary thereof has duly filed or caused to be filed all federal, state, local and other material tax and information returns required by Applicable Law to be filed, and has paid, or made adequate provision for the payment of, all federal, state, local and other material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it and its property, income, profits and assets which are due and payable (other than any amount the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided for on the books of the relevant Credit Party). Such returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for taxes of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof for the periods covered thereby. Except for an IRS audit of Borrower’s 2010 and 2011 tax returns for which no material additional taxes or assessments could reasonably be expected, there is no ongoing audit or examination or, to the Knowledge of the Borrower, other investigation by

-71-

any Governmental Authority of the tax liability of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary. No Governmental Authority has asserted any Lien or other claim against any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary with respect to unpaid taxes which has not been discharged or resolved (other than (a) any amount the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided for on the books of the relevant Credit Party or Material Foreign Subsidiary and (b) Permitted Liens). The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary in respect of federal, state, local and other taxes for all Fiscal Years and portions thereof since the organization of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary are in the judgment of the Borrower adequate, and the Borrower does not anticipate any additional taxes or assessments for any of such years.

SECTION 7.7 Intellectual Property Matters. Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary thereof owns or possesses rights to use all material franchises, licenses, copyrights, copyright applications, patents, patent rights or licenses, patent applications, trademarks, trademark rights, service mark, service mark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights and other rights with respect to the foregoing which are reasonably necessary to conduct its business. To the Knowledge of Borrower, no event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of any such rights, and no Credit Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is liable to any Person for infringement under Applicable Law with respect to any such rights as a result of its business operations except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.8 Environmental Matters.

(a) The properties owned, leased or operated by each Credit Party now do not and as to properties formerly owned, leased or operated, at the time did not contain, and to their Knowledge have not previously contained, any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which constitute or constituted a violation of applicable Environmental Laws or have contamination at, under or about such properties or such operations, except to the extent any such violation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Each Credit Party and such properties and all operations conducted in connection therewith are in compliance, and have been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws except to the extent for any failures to comply which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and there is no contamination at, under or about such properties or such operations which could interfere with the continued operation of such properties or impair the fair saleable value thereof;

(c) No Credit Party has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters, Hazardous Materials, or compliance with Environmental Laws, nor does any Credit Party have Knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

-72-

(d) Hazardous Materials have not been transported or disposed of to or from the properties owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws which violation or liability could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor have any Hazardous Materials been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of such properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Laws which violation or liability could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) No judicial proceedings or governmental or administrative action is pending, or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Credit Party is or will be named as a potentially responsible party with respect to such properties or operations conducted in connection therewith, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to any Credit Party or such properties or such operations that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(f) There has been no release, or to the best of the Credit Parties’ Knowledge, threat of release, of Hazardous Materials at or from properties owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, now or in the past, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.9 Employee Benefit Matters.

(a) As of the Closing Date, no Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to, or has any obligation under, any Employee Benefit Plans other than those identified on Schedule 7.9;

(b) Each Credit Party and each ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans except for any required amendments for which the remedial amendment period as defined in Section 401(b) of the Code has not yet expired and except where a failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified, and each trust related to such plan has been determined to be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code except for such plans that have not yet received determination letters but for which the remedial amendment period for submitting a determination letter has not yet expired. No liability has been incurred by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate which remains unsatisfied for any taxes or penalties assessed with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan or any Multiemployer Plan except for a liability that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) As of the Closing Date, no Pension Plan has been terminated, nor has any Pension Plan become subject to funding based benefit restrictions under Section 436 of the Code (except as set forth on Schedule 7.9), nor has any funding waiver from the IRS been received or requested with respect to any Pension Plan, nor has any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate failed to make any contributions or to pay any amounts due and owing as required by Sections

-73-

412 or 430 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or the terms of any Pension Plan prior to the due dates of such contributions under Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, nor has there been any event requiring any disclosure under Section 4041(c)(3)(C) or 4063(a) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan;

(d) Except where the failure of any of the following representations to be correct could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has: (i) engaged in a nonexempt prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of the ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (ii) incurred any liability to the PBGC which remains outstanding other than the payment of premiums and there are no premium payments which are due and unpaid, (iii) failed to make a required contribution or payment to a Multiemployer Plan, or (iv) failed to make a required installment or other required payment under Sections 412 or 430 of the Code;

(e) No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;

(f) Except where the failure of any of the following representations to be correct in all material respects could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no proceeding, claim (other than a benefits claim in the ordinary course of business), lawsuit and/or investigation is existing or, to the best of the Knowledge of the Borrower after due inquiry, threatened concerning or involving (i) any employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) currently maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, (ii) any Pension Plan or (iii) any Multiemployer Plan.

(g) No Credit Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is a party to any contract, agreement or arrangement that could, solely as a result of the delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of transactions contemplated hereby, result in the payment of any “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

SECTION 7.10 Margin Stock. No Credit Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is engaged principally or as one of its activities in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” (as each such term is defined or used, directly or indirectly, in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). No part of the proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used for purchasing or carrying margin stock or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of such Board of Governors. Following the application of the proceeds of each Extension of Credit, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 9.2 or Section 9.5 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness in excess of the Threshold Amount will be “margin stock”. If requested by any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U 1 referred to in Regulation U.

-74-

SECTION 7.11 Government Regulation. No Credit Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” (as each such term is defined or used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and no Credit Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is, or after giving effect to any Extension of Credit will be, subject to regulation under the Interstate Commerce Act, as amended, or any other Applicable Law which limits its ability to incur or consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 7.12 Reserved.

SECTION 7.13 Employee Relations. No Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement or has any labor union been recognized as the representative of its employees except as set forth on Schedule 7.13. None of the Credit Parties and Material Foreign Subsidiaries knows of no pending, threatened or contemplated strikes, work stoppage or other collective labor disputes involving its employees that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.14 Burdensome Provisions. The Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries do not presently anticipate that future expenditures needed to meet the provisions of any statutes, orders, rules or regulations of a Governmental Authority will be so burdensome as to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Subsidiary is party to any agreement or instrument or otherwise subject to any restriction or encumbrance that restricts or limits its ability to make dividend payments or other distributions in respect of its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or to transfer any of its assets or properties to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in each case other than existing under or by reason of the Loan Documents or Applicable Law.

SECTION 7.15 Financial Statements. The audited and unaudited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(f)(i) are complete and correct and fairly present on a Consolidated basis the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in all material respects, as at such dates, and the results of the operations and changes of financial position for the periods then ended (other than customary year-end adjustments for unaudited financial statements). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial statements show all material indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including material liabilities for taxes, material commitments, and Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent required to be disclosed under GAAP. The projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(f)(iii) and the pro forma financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(f)(ii) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions are believed to be reasonable in light of then existing conditions except that such financial projections and statements shall be subject to normal year end closing and audit adjustments.

SECTION 7.16 No Material Adverse Change. Since September 30, 2012, there has been no material adverse change in the properties, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and no event has occurred or condition arisen, either individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-75-

SECTION 7.17 Solvency. The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

SECTION 7.18 Titles to Properties. As of the Closing Date, the real property listed on Schedule 7.18 constitutes all of the real property that is owned, leased, subleased or used by any Credit Party or any of its Material Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary has such title to the real property owned or leased by it as is necessary or desirable to the conduct of its business and valid and legal title to all of its personal property and assets, except those which have been disposed of by the Credit Parties and their Material Foreign Subsidiaries subsequent to such date which dispositions have been in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder.

SECTION 7.19 Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending nor, to the Knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or in any other way relating adversely to or affecting any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or any of their respective properties in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.20 OFAC. No Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended, (ii) is in violation of (A) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (B) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (C) the PATRIOT Act, (iii) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has its assets in Sanctioned Countries, or (iii) derives its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Countries. No part of the proceeds of any Loans or other extensions of credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

SECTION 7.21 Absence of Defaults. No event has occurred or is continuing (a) which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, or (b) which constitutes, or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute, a default or event of default by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary under any judgment, decree or order to which any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary is a party or by which any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or which would require any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary to make any payment thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date therefore that, in any case under this clause (b), could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.22 Investment Bankers’ and Similar Fees. No Credit Party has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finders’, brokers’, investment banking or other similar fee in connection with any of the Transactions.

-76-

SECTION 7.23 Disclosure. No financial statement, material report, material certificate or other material information (other than forward-looking information and information of a general economic nature and general information about the Credit Parties’ industries) furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken together as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, pro forma financial information, estimated financial information and other projected, estimated or forward-looking information, such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

ARTICLE VIII

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid and satisfied in full in cash, all Letters of Credit have been terminated or expired (or been Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments terminated, Borrower will, and to the extent specifically provided below, will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 8.1 Financial Statements and Budgets. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

(a) Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days (or, if earlier, on the date of any required public filing thereof) after the end of each Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2012), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such Fiscal Year and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income, Consolidated stockholders’ equity and Consolidated cash flows including the notes to the Consolidated statements, all in reasonable detail setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures as of the end of and for the preceding Fiscal Year and with respect to Consolidated statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP and, if applicable, containing disclosure of the effect on the financial position or results of operations of any change in the application of accounting principles and practices during the year. In the case of the Consolidated financial statements, such statements shall be audited by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing selected by Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by such certified public accountants prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards that is not subject to any “going concern” or similar qualification or exception or any qualification as to the scope of such audit or with respect to accounting principles followed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days (or, if earlier, on the date of any required public filing thereof) after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013), an unaudited Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and unaudited Consolidated and

-77-

consolidating statements of income, Consolidated stockholders’ equity and Consolidated cash flows and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal quarter then ended and that portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, including the notes to the Consolidated statements, all in reasonable detail setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures as of the end of and for the corresponding period in the preceding Fiscal Year and with respect to Consolidated statements, prepared by the Borrower in accordance with GAAP and, if applicable, containing required disclosure of the effect on the financial position or results of operations of any change in the application of accounting principles and practices during the period, and with respect to Consolidated statements, certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower to present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis as of their respective dates and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the respective periods then ended, subject to normal year end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(c) Annual Business Plan and Budget. As soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a business plan and operating and capital budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the ensuing four (4) fiscal quarters, such plan reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to include, on a quarterly basis, the following: a quarterly operating and capital budget, a projected income statement, statement of cash flows and balance sheet, calculations demonstrating projected compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.15 and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such budget with a reasonable disclosure of the key assumptions and drivers with respect to such budget, accompanied by a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such budget contains good faith estimates (utilizing assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of delivery of such budget) of the financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

SECTION 8.2 Certificates; Other Reports. Deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

(a) at each time financial statements are delivered pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) or (b), a duly completed Officer’s Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(b) reserved.

(c) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all reports, if any, submitted to any Credit Party, any Subsidiary thereof or any of their respective boards of directors by their respective independent public accountants in connection with their auditing function, including, without limitation, any management report and any management responses thereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary in excess of the Threshold Amount pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement;

-78-

(e) promptly after the Borrower’s Knowledge of the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any action or proceeding against or of any noncompliance by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary thereof with any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(g) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after receipt thereof by Borrower, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof;

(h) promptly upon the request thereof, such other information and documentation required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act), as from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; and

(i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) or (b) or Section 8.2(f) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 12.1; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Officer’s Compliance Certificates required by Section 8.2 to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Officer’s Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

-79-

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on SyndTrak Online or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 12.11); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

SECTION 8.3 Notice of Litigation and Other Matters. Promptly (but in no event later than ten (10) days after Borrower obtains Knowledge thereof) notify the Administrative Agent in writing of (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) the commencement of all proceedings and investigations by or before any Governmental Authority and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator against or involving any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or any of their respective properties, assets or businesses in each case that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of the Threshold Amount;

(c) any notice of any violation received by any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary from any Governmental Authority including, without limitation, any notice of violation of Environmental Laws exceeding the Threshold Amount;

(d) any labor controversy that has resulted in, or threatens to result in, a strike or other work action against any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary;

(e) any attachment, judgment, lien, levy or order exceeding the Threshold Amount that may be assessed against or threatened against any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary;

-80-

(f) (i) any unfavorable determination letter from the IRS regarding the qualification of an Employee Benefit Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code (along with a copy thereof), (ii) all notices received by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC’s intent to terminate any Pension Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Pension Plan, (iii) all notices received by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA and (iv) the Borrower obtaining Knowledge or reason to Know that any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate has filed or intends to file a notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan under a distress termination within the meaning of Section 4041(c) of ERISA; and

(g) any event which makes any of the representations set forth in Article VII that is subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications inaccurate in any respect or any event which makes any of the representations set forth in Article VII that is not subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications inaccurate in any material respect.

Each notice pursuant to Section 8.3 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 8.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

SECTION 8.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence and Related Matters. Except as permitted by Section 9.4, preserve and maintain each Credit Party’s and each Material Foreign Subsidiary’s separate corporate existence and all rights, franchises, licenses and privileges necessary to the conduct of its business, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.5 Maintenance of Property and Licenses.

(a) In addition to the requirements of any of the Security Documents, protect and preserve all Properties necessary in and material to each Credit Party’s and each Material Foreign Subsidiary’s business, including copyrights, patents, trade names, service marks and trademarks; maintain in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all buildings, equipment and other tangible real and personal property; and from time to time make or cause to be made all repairs, renewals and replacements thereof and additions to such Property necessary for the conduct of its business, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner, in each case except as such action or inaction would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Maintain, in full force and effect in all material respects, each and every material license, permit, certification, qualification, approval or franchise issued by any Governmental Authority (each a “License”) required for each of each Credit Party and each Material Foreign Subsidiary to conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted.

-81-

SECTION 8.6 Insurance. Maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against at least such risks and in at least such amounts as are customarily maintained by similar businesses and as may be required by Applicable Law and as are required by any Security Documents (including, without limitation, hazard and business interruption insurance). All such insurance shall, (a) provide that no cancellation thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days (10 days in the case of non-payment) after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof, (b) name the Administrative Agent as an additional insured party thereunder and (c) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, name the Administrative Agent as lender’s loss payee. On the Closing Date and from time to time thereafter deliver to the Administrative Agent upon its request information in reasonable detail as to the insurance then in effect, stating the names of the insurance companies, the amounts and rates of the insurance, the dates of the expiration thereof and the properties and risks covered thereby.

SECTION 8.7 Accounting Methods and Financial Records. Maintain a system of accounting, and keep proper books, records and accounts as may be required or as may be necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and in compliance with the regulations of the SEC.

SECTION 8.8 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations. Pay and perform and cause each Credit Party and Material Foreign Subsidiary to pay and perform (a) all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges that may be levied or assessed upon it or any of its Property and (b) all other indebtedness, obligations and liabilities in accordance with customary trade practices; provided, that the Borrower or such Subsidiary may contest and not pay any item described in clause (a) or (b) of this Section in good faith so long as adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 8.9 Compliance with Laws and Approvals. Observe and remain in compliance with all Applicable Laws and maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Approvals, in each case applicable to the conduct of each Credit Party’s and each Material Foreign Subsidiary’s business and which if not complied with or not maintained could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.10 Environmental Laws. In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 8.9, (a) comply in all material respects with, and ensure such compliance by all Credit Parties, and Material Foreign Subsidiaries, tenants and subtenants with all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants, if any, obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, (b) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of any Governmental Authority regarding Environmental Laws, and (c) defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and their respective parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the presence of Hazardous Materials, or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Laws applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s and consultant’s fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing directly result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final nonappealable judgment.

-82-

SECTION 8.11 Compliance with ERISA. In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 8.9, (a) except where the failure to so comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) comply with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans, (ii) not take any action or fail to take action the result of which could reasonably be expected to result in a liability to the PBGC or to a Multiemployer Plan, (iii) not participate in any prohibited transaction that could result in any civil penalty under ERISA or tax under the Code and (iv) operate each Employee Benefit Plan in such a manner that will not incur any unplanned tax liability under Section 4980B of the Code or any liability to any qualified beneficiary as defined in Section 4980B of the Code and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent upon the Administrative Agent’s request such additional information about any Employee Benefit Plan as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.12 Compliance with Agreements. Comply in all respects with each term, condition and provision of all leases, agreements and other instruments entered into in the conduct of its business, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.13 Visits and Inspections. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, from time to time upon prior reasonable notice and at such times during normal business hours, all at the expense of the Borrower, to visit and inspect the Credit Parties’ properties; inspect, audit and make extracts from their books, records and files, including, but not limited to, management letters prepared by independent accountants; and discuss with its principal officers, and its independent accountants, its business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations and business prospects; provided that excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time without advance notice. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, participate in a meeting of the Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year, which meeting will be held at the Borrower’s corporate offices (or such other location as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.14 Additional Subsidiaries and Real Property.

(a) Additional Domestic Subsidiaries. Notify the Administrative Agent of the creation or acquisition of any Domestic Subsidiary (excluding any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary) and promptly thereafter (and in any event within sixty (60) days after such creation or acquisition), cause such Person to (i) become a Subsidiary Guarantor by delivering to the

-83-

Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a security interest in all Collateral (subject to the exceptions specified in the Security Agreement) owned by such Subsidiary by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to each Security Document or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose and comply with the terms of each Security Document, (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and certificates referred to in Section 6.1 as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (iv) deliver to the Administrative Agent such original Capital Stock or other certificates and stock or other transfer powers evidencing the Capital Stock of such Person, (v) deliver to the Administrative Agent such updated Schedules to the Loan Documents as requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Person, and (vi) deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Additional Foreign Subsidiaries. Notify the Administrative Agent at the time that any Person becomes a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within forty-five (45) days after such notification), cause (i) the applicable Credit Party to deliver to the Administrative Agent Security Documents pledging sixty-five percent (65%) of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock (and one hundred percent (100%) of the non-voting Capital Stock) of any such new First Tier Foreign Subsidiary and a consent thereto executed by such new First Tier Foreign Subsidiary (including, without limitation, if applicable, original stock certificates (or the equivalent thereof pursuant to the Applicable Laws and practices of any relevant foreign jurisdiction) evidencing the Capital Stock of such new First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, together with an appropriate undated stock power for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof), (ii) such Person to deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and certificates referred to in Section 6.1 as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (iii) such Person to deliver to the Administrative Agent such updated Schedules to the Loan Documents as requested by the Administrative Agent with regard to such Person (iv) such Person to deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and not more burdensome than the original closing documents required and (v) if requested by Administrative Agent, to deliver a pledge agreement for each First Tier Foreign Subsidiary (including any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary in existence as of the date of this Agreement) governed by local law of such home jurisdiction of the First Tier Foreign Subsidiary accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and other proper instruments of transfer, in each case if applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction, together with customary opinions with respect to such pledge agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(c) Real Property Collateral. Notify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after the acquisition of any owned real property by any Credit Party that is not subject to the existing Security Documents, and within ninety (90) days of such acquisition, deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, title insurance policies, environmental reports, surveys and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with granting and perfecting a first priority Lien, other than Permitted Liens, on such real property in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, all in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

-84-

(d) Merger Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any new Subsidiary is created solely for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, and such new Subsidiary at no time holds any assets or liabilities other than any merger consideration contributed to it contemporaneously with the closing of such merger transaction, such new Subsidiary shall not be required to take the actions set forth in Section 8.14(a) or (b), as applicable, until the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (at which time, the surviving entity of the respective merger transaction shall be required to so comply with Section 8.14(a) or (b), as applicable, within ten (10) Business Days of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition).

(e) Exclusions. The provisions of this Section 8.14 shall not apply to assets as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall reasonably determine that the costs and burdens of obtaining a security interest therein or perfection thereof outweigh the value of the security afforded thereby.

SECTION 8.15 Reserved.

SECTION 8.16 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans (a) to refinance Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facilities and (b) to pay certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and this Agreement. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans (a) to refinance Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facilities and (b) for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of any Incremental Term Loan and any Incremental Revolving Credit Increase as permitted pursuant to Section 5.13, as applicable.

SECTION 8.17 Reserved

SECTION 8.18 Corporate Governance. (a) Maintain entity records and books of account separate from those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of such entity, (b) not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of such entity (except pursuant to cash management systems reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and (c) provide that its board of directors (or equivalent governing body) will hold all appropriate meetings to authorize and approve such entity’s actions, which meetings will be separate from those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of such entity.

SECTION 8.19 Reserved

SECTION 8.20 Further Assurances. Maintain the security interest created by the Security Documents in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Security Agreement, subject to the rights of the Credit Parties to dispose of the Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents; and make, execute and deliver all such additional and further acts, things, deeds, instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of renewing the rights of the Secured

-85-

Parties with respect to the Collateral as to which the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, has a perfected Lien pursuant hereto or thereto, including, without limitation, filing any financing or continuation statements under the UCC (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby or by the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 8.21 Post Closing Matters. Execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth in a post closing letter within the time limits specified in such letter.

SECTION 8.22 Real Property Collateral Within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date,

(i) Title Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received a final title insurance policy, insuring the Secured Parties’ first priority Liens and showing no Liens prior to the Lenders’ Liens other than for ad valorem taxes not yet due and payable, with title insurance companies acceptable to the Administrative Agent on the property subject to a Mortgage. Further, the Borrower agrees to provide or obtain any customary affidavits and indemnities as may be required or necessary to obtain title insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Title Exceptions. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of all recorded documents creating exceptions to the title policy referred to in Section 8.22(i).

(iii) Matters Relating to Flood Hazard Properties. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certification from the National Research Center, or any successor agency thereto, regarding each parcel of real property subject to a Mortgage.

(iv) Surveys. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of as-built surveys of a recent date of each parcel of real property subject to a Mortgage certified as of a recent date by a registered engineer or land surveyor. Each such survey shall be accompanied by an affidavit (a “Survey Affidavit”) of an authorized signatory of the owner of such property stating that there have been no improvements or encroachments to the property since the date of the respective survey such that the existing survey is no longer accurate. Such survey shall show the area of such property, all boundaries of the land with courses and distances indicated, including chord bearings and arc and chord distances for all curves, and shall show dimensions and locations of all easements, private drives, roadways, and other facts materially affecting such property, and shall show such other details as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any encroachment (and the extent thereof in feet and inches) onto the property or by any of the improvements on the property upon adjoining land or upon any easement burdening the property; any improvements, to the extent constructed, and the relation of the improvements by distances to the boundaries of the property, to any easements burdening the property, and to the established building lines and the street lines; and if improvements are existing, (A) a statement of the number of each type of parking space required by Applicable Laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, restrictive covenants and easements affecting the improvement, and the number of each such type of parking space provided, and (B) the locations of all utilities serving the improvement.

-86-

(v) Environmental Assessments. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Phase I environmental assessment and such other environmental report reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent regarding each parcel of real property subject to a Mortgage by an environmental engineering firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent showing no environmental conditions in violation of Environmental Laws or liabilities under Environmental Laws, either of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) Other Real Property Information. The Administrative Agent shall have received such other certificates, documents and information as are reasonably requested by the Lenders, including, without limitation, landlord agreements/waivers, engineering and structural reports, permanent certificates of occupancy and evidence of zoning compliance, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IX

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until all of the Obligations (other than contingent, indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid and satisfied in full in cash, all Letters of Credit have been terminated or expired (or been Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments terminated, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Credit Party, any Material Foreign Subsidiary, and to the extent specifically provided below, any other Subsidiary to:

SECTION 9.1 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness and obligations owing under Hedge Agreements entered into in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate, exchange rate or commodity price risks and not for speculative purposes;

(c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 9.1, and the renewal, refinancing, extension and replacement (but not the increase in the aggregate principal amount) thereof;

(d) Indebtedness incurred in connection with Capital Leases and purchase money Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(e) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or assets were acquired from such Person in connection with an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.3, to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or the acquisition of such assets and (ii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof (other than such Person or any other Person that such Person merges with or that acquires the assets of such Person) shall have any liability or other obligation with respect to such Indebtedness;

-87-

(f) Guaranty Obligations with respect to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section;

(g) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness (i) owed by any Credit Party to another Credit Party, (ii) owed by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to any Credit Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding (other than (1) Indebtedness of Bronto Skylift Oy to the Borrower in connection with any dividend distribution and (2) Indebtedness of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. to Borrower in connection with the sale of the assets of Bronto Skylift, Oy); provided that any Indebtedness owed by such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to any Credit Party pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be evidenced by a demand note in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and (iii) owed by any Credit Party to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (provided, that such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent);

(h) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or other similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; and Indebtedness incurred in respect of credit cards, credit card processing service, debit cards, stored value cards, purchase cards (including “procurement cards” or “P-cards”) or cash management services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness under performance bonds, surety bonds, release, appeal and similar bonds, statutory obligations or with respect to workers’ compensation claims, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, and reimbursement obligations in respect of any of the foregoing;

(j) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) $20,000,000 or (ii) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, $25,000,000;

(k) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to current or former officers, directors and employees (or their respective family members, estates or trusts or other entities for the benefit of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to purchase or redeem Capital Stock or options of the Borrower permitted pursuant to Section 9.6(d); provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(l) Indebtedness incurred in connection with floor plan financing in an aggregate amount not to exceed $70,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(m) Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

-88-

SECTION 9.2 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (all of the foregoing, “Permitted Liens”), except:

(a) (i) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents and (ii) Liens on cash or deposits granted in favor of the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Lender to Cash Collateralize any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans;

(b) Liens in existence on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 9.2, including Liens incurred in connection with any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 9.1(c) (solely to the extent that such Liens were in existence on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 9.2); provided that the scope of any such Lien shall not be increased, or otherwise expanded, to cover any additional property or type of asset, as applicable, beyond that in existence on the Closing Date, except for products and proceeds of the foregoing;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA or Environmental Laws) (i) not yet due or as to which the period of grace (not to exceed thirty (30) days), if any, related thereto has not expired or (ii) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP;

(d) the claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processors or landlords for labor, materials, supplies or rentals incurred in the ordinary course of business, which (i) are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days, or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, no action has been taken to enforce such Liens and such Liens are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP and (ii) do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business in connection with, or to secure payment of, obligations under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, so long as no foreclosure sale or similar proceeding has been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(f) encumbrances in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements and rights or restrictions of record on the use of real property, which in the aggregate are not substantial in amount and which do not, in any case, detract from the value of such property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

(g) Liens arising from the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to personal property leased pursuant to operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

-89-

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Sections 9.1(d) and 9.1(l); provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition, repair, improvement or lease, as applicable, of the related Property, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the Property financed by such Indebtedness, (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased and (iv) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the original price for the purchase, repair improvement or lease amount (as applicable) of such Property at the time of purchase, repair, improvement or lease (as applicable);

(i) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.1(m) or securing appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments;

(j) (i) Liens on Property (i) of any Subsidiary which are in existence at the time that such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition and (ii) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such tangible property or tangible assets are purchased or otherwise acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary thereof pursuant to a transaction permitted pursuant to this Agreement; provided that, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), (A) such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Permitted Acquisition, purchase or other acquisition, (B) such Liens are applicable only to specific Property, (C) such Liens are not “blanket” or all asset Liens and (D) such Liens do not attach to any other Property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (E) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens is permitted under Section 9.1(e) of this Agreement;

(k) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such Liens do not extend to, or encumber, assets that constitute Collateral or the Capital Stock of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, and (ii) such Liens extending to the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary secure only Indebtedness incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.1(f), (j) or (m);

(l) (i) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction and (ii) Liens of any depositary bank in connection with statutory, common law and contractual rights of set-off and recoupment with respect to any deposit account of any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof;

(m) (i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers (including sellers of goods) or customers granted in the ordinary course of business to the extent limited to the property or assets relating to such contract;

(n) any interest or title of a licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor with respect to any assets under any license or lease agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or materially detract from the value of the relevant assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (ii) secure any Indebtedness; and

(o) Liens not otherwise permitted hereunder on assets other than the Collateral securing Indebtedness or other obligations in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding.

-90-

SECTION 9.3 Investments. Purchase, own, invest in or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions), directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock, interests in any partnership or joint venture (including, without limitation, the creation or capitalization of any Subsidiary), evidence of Indebtedness or other obligation or security, substantially all or a portion of the business or assets of any other Person or any other investment or interest whatsoever in any other Person, or make or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any loans, advances or extensions of credit to, or any investment in cash or by delivery of Property in, any Person (all the foregoing, “Investments”) except:

(a) (i) Investments existing on the Closing Date in Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, (ii) Investments existing on the Closing Date (other than Investments in Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date) and described on Schedule 9.3, (iii) Investments made after the Closing Date by any Credit Party in any other Credit Party and (iv) Investments made after the Closing Date by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary in any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(b) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of Capital Expenditures permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(d) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or other obligations as permitted by Section 9.2;

(e) Hedge Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 9.1;

(f) purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in the form of Permitted Acquisitions, so long as after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, the total Consideration for all Permitted Acquisitions paid during the trailing 12 month period ending on the date of such Permitted Acquisition shall not exceed the amounts corresponding to the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio below determined on a Pro Forma Basis:

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio	Permitted Acquisition Consideration
Greater than 3.00 to 1.00	$25,000,000
Greater than 2.50 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00	Amount equal to Consolidated EBITDA for the trailing 12 month period
Less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00	Amount equal to 1.5 times Consolidated EBITDA for the trailing 12 month period

(h) Investments in the form of loans and advances to officers, directors and employees in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $1,000,000 (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans or advances);

-91-

(i) Investments in the form of intercompany Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.1(g);

(j) Investments made after the Closing Date in any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time (i) $10,000,000 less (ii) the amount of Investments made in the form of Permitted Acquisitions pursuant to Section 9.3(g) during such Fiscal Year;

(k) Guaranty Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 9.1;

(l) Investments not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such Investments, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

For purposes of determining the amount of any Investment outstanding for purposes of this Section 9.3, such amount shall be deemed to be the amount of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired (without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment) less any amount realized in respect of such Investment upon the sale, collection or return of capital (not to exceed the original amount invested).

SECTION 9.4 Fundamental Changes. Merge, consolidate or enter into any similar combination with any other Person or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) except:

(a) (i) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving entity) or (ii) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any Subsidiary Guarantor (provided that the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving entity or simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing or surviving entity shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower shall comply with Section 8.14 in connection therewith);

(b) (i) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, or be liquidated into, any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and (ii) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, or be liquidated into, any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary;

(c) any Subsidiary may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or otherwise) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that, with respect to any such disposition by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, the consideration for such disposition shall not exceed the fair value of such assets;

-92-

(d) (i) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or otherwise) to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and (ii) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or otherwise) to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary;

(e) dispositions permitted by Section 9.5;

(f) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with or into the Person such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary was formed to acquire in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that (i) a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving entity or (ii) simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing or surviving entity shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower shall comply with Section 8.15 in connection therewith); and

(g) any Person may merge into the Borrower or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (i) in the case of a merger involving the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

SECTION 9.5 Asset Dispositions. Make any Asset Disposition except:

(a) the sale of obsolete, worn-out or surplus assets no longer used or usable in the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) non-exclusive licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business not interfering, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(c) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real or personal property granted by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) dispositions in connection with Insurance and Condemnation Events; provided that the requirements of Section 4.4(b) are complied with in connection therewith; and

(e) Asset Dispositions not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section; provided that (i) at the time of such Asset Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Asset Disposition, (ii) such Asset Disposition is made for fair market value, and (iii) the aggregate fair market value of all property disposed of in reliance on this clause (e) shall not exceed (i) $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and (ii) $25,000,000 over the term of the Agreement.

SECTION 9.6 Restricted Payments. Declare or pay any dividend on, or make any payment or other distribution on account of, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire (directly or indirectly), or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of, any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or make any distribution of cash, property or assets to the holders of shares of any Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof (all of the foregoing, the “Restricted Payments”) provided that:

-93-

(a) The Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof may pay dividends in shares of its own Qualified Capital Stock;

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may pay cash dividends to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or ratably to all holders of its outstanding Qualified Capital Stock;

(c) (i) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to other Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries and (ii) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to other Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries;

(d) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower may redeem, retire or otherwise acquire shares of its Capital Stock or options or other equity or phantom equity in respect of its Capital Stock from present or former officers, employees, directors or consultants (or their family members or trusts or other entities for the benefit of any of the foregoing) or make severance payments to such Persons in connection with the death, disability or termination of employment or consultancy of any such officer, employee, director or consultant.

(e) Borrower may make cash distributions to the holders of Borrower’s Capital Stock so long as before and after giving effect to such distributions:

(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(ii) for the trailing 12 month period ending on the date of distribution, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be less than 3:25:1.00; and

(iii) Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.15.

SECTION 9.7 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with (a) any officer, director, holder of any Capital Stock in, or other Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Affiliate of any such officer, director or holder, other than:

(i) transactions permitted by Sections 9.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6 and 9.13;

(ii) transactions existing on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 9.7;

(iii) other transactions in the ordinary course of business on terms as favorable as would be obtained by it on a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an independent, unrelated third party as determined in good faith by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower;

-94-

(iv) employment and severance arrangements (including equity incentive plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements) with their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business; and

(v) payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 9.8 Accounting Changes; Organizational Documents.

(a) Change its Fiscal Year end, or make (without the consent of the Administrative Agent) any material change in its accounting treatment and reporting practices except as required by GAAP.

(b) Amend, modify or change its articles of incorporation (or corporate charter or other similar organizational documents) or amend, modify or change its bylaws (or other similar documents) in any manner materially adverse to the rights or interests of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.9 Reserved.

SECTION 9.10 No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements.

(a) Enter into, assume or be subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (i) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) pursuant to any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 9.1(d); provided, that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets acquired in connection therewith, (iii) restrictions contained in the organizational documents of any Credit Party as of the Closing Date and (iv) restrictions in connection with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien (provided, that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien).

(b) Create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to any Credit Party or any Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (ii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (iv) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (v) act as a Guarantor pursuant to the Loan Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (A) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (B) Applicable Law, (C) any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 9.1(d) (provided, that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets acquired in connection therewith), (D) any Permitted

-95-

Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien (provided, that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien), (E) obligations that are binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such obligations are not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (F) customary restrictions contained in an agreement related to the sale of Property (to the extent such sale is permitted pursuant to Section 9.5) that limit the transfer of such Property pending the consummation of such sale, (G) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted by this Agreement so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets subject thereto and (H) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 9.11 Nature of Business. Make any change in the nature of its or their business as described in Borrower’s Form 10-K annual report dated December 31, 2011 or acquire any properties or assets that are not reasonably related to the conduct of such business activities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent Borrower and its Subsidiaries from engaging in any business that is reasonably related or ancillary to its or their business.

SECTION 9.12 Reserved.

SECTION 9.13 Sale Leasebacks. Except for (a) that certain Lease, dated July 2, 2008 by and between Elgin Sweeper Company and CenterPoint Properties Trust for the lease of 1300 W. Bartlett Road, Elgin, IL and that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale related thereto and (b) that certain Lease, dated July 2, 2008 by and between Federal Signal Corporation and CenterPoint Properties Trust for the lease of 2645 Federal Signal Drive, University Park, IL and that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale related thereto, directly or indirectly become or remain liable as lessee or as guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease, of any Property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) which any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to a Person which is not another Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party or (b) which any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other Property that has been sold or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party or such Subsidiary to another Person which is not another Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party in connection with such lease.

SECTION 9.14 Reserved.

SECTION 9.15 Financial Covenants.

(a) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to the date set forth below, a Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of not greater than the corresponding ratio set forth below:

-96-

Date	Maximum Consolidated  Total Leverage Ratio
June 30, 2013		3.75:1.00
September 30, 2013		3.75:1.00
December 31, 2013		3.75:1.00
March 31, 2014		3.50:1.00
June 30, 2014		3.50:1.00
September 30, 2014		3.50:1.00
December 31, 2014		3.50:1.00
March 31, 2015		3.25:1.00
June 30, 2015		3.25:1.00
September 30, 2015		3.25:1.00
December 31, 2015		3.25:1.00
March 31, 2016		3.00:1.00
June 30, 2016		3.00:1.00
September 30, 2016		3.00:1.00
December 31, 2016 and all fiscal quarters thereafter until the Term Maturity Date		3.00:1.00

(b) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

(i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain, for the fiscal quarter ended as of June 30, 2013, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter of not less than 1.25:1.00.

(ii) Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain, for the period of two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters ended as of September 30, 2013, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such period of not less than 1.25:1.00.

(iii) Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain, for the period of three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters ended as of December 31, 2013, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such period of not less than 1.25:1.00.

(iv) Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain, for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ended as of March 31, 2014 and for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to any determination date thereafter, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such period of not less than 1.25:1.00.

SECTION 9.16 Disposal of Subsidiary Interests. The Borrower will not permit any Domestic Subsidiary to be a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary except (a) as a result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposition permitted by Section 9.4 or 9.5 or (b) so long as such Domestic Subsidiary continues to be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

-97-

ARTICLE X

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 10.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Default in Payment of Principal of Loans and Reimbursement Obligations. The Borrower shall default in any payment of principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when and as due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise).

(b) Other Payment Default. The Borrower or any other Credit Party shall default in the payment when and as due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) of interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or the payment of any other Obligation, and such default shall continue for a period of three (3) Business Days.

(c) Misrepresentation. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary in this Agreement, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith that is subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications, shall be incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed made or any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith that is not subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications, shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made.

(d) Default in Performance of Certain Covenants. Any Credit Party shall default in the performance or observance of any covenant or agreement contained in Sections 8.1, 8.2(a), 8.3(a), 8.4, 8.13, 8.14, 8.16, 8.18, or 8.21 or Article IX.

(e) Default in Performance of Other Covenants and Conditions. Any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary shall default in the performance or observance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as specifically provided for in this Section) or any other Loan Document and such default shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) the Administrative Agent’s delivery of written notice thereof to the Borrower and (ii) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower having obtained Knowledge thereof.

(f) Indebtedness Cross-Default. Any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary shall (i) default in the payment of any Indebtedness (other than the Loans or any Reimbursement Obligation) the aggregate outstanding amount of which Indebtedness is in excess of the Threshold Amount beyond the period of grace if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created, or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Loans or any Reimbursement Obligation) the aggregate outstanding amount (or, with respect to any Hedge Agreement, the Hedge Termination Value) of which Indebtedness is in excess of the Threshold

-98-

Amount or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time, if required, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (any applicable grace period having expired).

(g) Reserved.

(h) Change in Control. Any Change in Control shall occur.

(i) Voluntary Bankruptcy Proceeding. Any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary shall (i) commence a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect), (ii) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition for adjustment of debts, (iii) consent to or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws or other laws, (iv) apply for or consent to, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, or liquidator of itself or of a substantial part of its property, domestic or foreign, (v) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, (vi) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vii) take any corporate action for the purpose of authorizing any of the foregoing.

(j) Involuntary Bankruptcy Proceeding. A case or other proceeding shall be commenced against any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief under the federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect) or under any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts, or (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like for any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part of their respective assets, domestic or foreign, and such case or proceeding shall continue without dismissal or stay for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, or an order granting the relief requested in such case or proceeding (including, but not limited to, an order for relief under such federal bankruptcy laws) shall be entered.

(k) Failure of Agreements. Any provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on any Credit Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary party thereto or any such Person shall so state in writing, or any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on, or security interest in, any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, in each case other than in accordance with the express terms hereof or thereof.

(l) ERISA Events. The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to make full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Pension Plan or Sections 412 or 430 of the Code, any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is required to pay as contributions thereto and are in excess of the Threshold Amount, (ii) a Termination Event or (iii) any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate as employers under one or more Multiemployer Plans makes a complete or partial withdrawal from any such Multiemployer Plan and the plan sponsor of such Multiemployer Plans notifies such withdrawing employer that such employer has incurred a withdrawal liability requiring payments in an amount exceeding the Threshold Amount.

-99-

(m) Judgment. A final, nonappealable judgment or order for the payment of money which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect shall be entered against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof by any court and such judgment or order shall continue without having been discharged, vacated or stayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days after the entry thereof.

SECTION 10.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower:

(a) Acceleration; Termination of Credit Facility. Terminate the Commitments and declare the principal of and interest on the Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations at the time outstanding, and all other amounts owed to the Lenders and to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented or shall be entitled to present the documents required thereunder) and all other Obligations, to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by each Credit Party, anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, and terminate the Credit Facility and any right of the Borrower to request borrowings or Letters of Credit thereunder; provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 10.1(i) or (j), the Credit Facility shall be automatically terminated and all Obligations shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by each Credit Party, anything in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

(b) Letters of Credit. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a Cash Collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such Cash Collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay the other Obligations on a pro rata basis. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, the Reimbursement Obligation shall have been satisfied and all other Obligations shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such Cash Collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower.

(c) General Remedies. Exercise on behalf of the Secured Parties all of its other rights and remedies under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and Applicable Law, in order to satisfy all of the Obligations.

-100-

SECTION 10.3 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver; etc.

(a) The enumeration of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders set forth in this Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and the exercise by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies, all of which shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or that may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity or by suit or otherwise. No delay or failure to take action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Event of Default. No course of dealing between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or their respective agents or employees shall be effective to change, modify or discharge any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to constitute a waiver of any Event of Default.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Credit Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 10.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Lender; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 12.4 (subject to the terms of Section 5.4), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim, appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Credit Party under any Debtor Relief Law or voting in respect of such claim; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 5.4(d), any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

SECTION 10.4 Crediting of Payments and Proceeds. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and shall upon the direction of Required Lenders, apply any and all payments received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any Secured Obligation in accordance with clauses first through last below. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event that the Obligations have been accelerated pursuant to Section 10.2 or the Administrative Agent or any Lender has exercised any remedy set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all payments received by the Lenders upon the Secured Obligations and all net proceeds from the enforcement of the Secured Obligations shall be applied:

-101-

First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such and the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, ratably among the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders under the Loan Documents, including attorney fees, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and payment obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, to Cash Collateralize any L/C Obligations then outstanding; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Secured Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank or, in the case of any such Secured Hedge Agreement provided or arranged by GECC or an Affiliate of GECC, from GECC, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article XI for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

SECTION 10.5 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

-102-

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent under Sections 3.3, 5.3 and 12.3) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 3.3, 5.3 and 12.3. Nothing contained herein shall authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender.

SECTION 10.6 Credit Bidding.

(a) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, shall have the right to credit bid and purchase for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all or any portion of Collateral at any sale thereof conducted by the Administrative Agent under the provisions of the UCC, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the UCC, at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, including Section 363 thereof, or a sale under a plan of reorganization, or at any other sale or foreclosure conducted by the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with Applicable Law.

(b) Each Lender hereby agrees that, except as otherwise provided in any Loan Documents or with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, it will not take any enforcement action, accelerate obligations under any Loan Documents, or exercise any right that it might otherwise have under applicable law to credit bid at foreclosure sales, UCC sales or other similar dispositions of Collateral.

ARTICLE XI

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

SECTION 11.1 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Wells Fargo to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The

-103-

provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacity as a potential Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank) and the Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the Issuing Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Credit Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto (including, without limitation, to enter into additional Loan Documents or supplements to existing Loan Documents on behalf of the Secured Parties). In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article XI for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Articles XI and XII (including Section 12.3, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 11.2 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

SECTION 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

-104-

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 12.2 and Section 10.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Lender.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article VI or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 11.4 Reliance by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have

-105-

received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 11.5 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facility as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

SECTION 11.6 Resignation of Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower and subject to the consent of the Borrower (provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such resignation), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person, remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

-106-

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable), (1) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 12.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(d) Any resignation by Wells Fargo as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor Issuing Lender shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangement satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Lender to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 11.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 11.8 No Other Duties, etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the syndication agents, documentation agents, co-agents, book managers, lead managers, arrangers, lead arrangers or co-arrangers listed on the cover page or signature pages hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.

-107-

SECTION 11.9 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

(a) Each of the Lenders (including in its or any of its Affiliate’s capacities as a potential Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank) irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:

(i) to release any Lien on any Collateral granted to or held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, under any Loan Document (A) upon the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (1) contingent indemnification obligations and (2) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank or, in the case of any such Secured Hedge Agreement provided or arranged by GECC or an Affiliate of GECC, to GECC shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made), (B) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (C) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 12.2;

(ii) to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien; and

(iii) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under any Loan Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.9. In each case as specified in this Section 11.9, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Credit Party such documents as such Credit Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 11.9. In the case of any such sale, transfer or disposal of any property constituting Collateral in a transaction constituting an Asset Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 9.5, the Liens created by any of the Security Documents on such property shall be automatically released without need for further action by any person.

-108-

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Credit Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

SECTION 11.10 Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements. No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 10.4 or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank or, in the case of any such Secured Hedge Agreement provided or arranged by GECC or an Affiliate of GECC, from GECC, as the case may be.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1 Notices.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows:

If to the Borrower:

Federal Signal Corporation

1415 West 22nd Street

Suite 1100

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention of: Braden Waverley, Interim CFO

Telephone No.: (630) 594-2023

Facsimile No.: (630) 594-3961

E-mail: bwaverley@federalsignal.com

and

Attention of: Jennifer L. Sherman, General Counsel

Telephone No.: (630) 954-2026

-109-

Facsimile No.: (866) 229-4459

E-mail: jsherman@federalsignal.com

With copies to:

Thompson Coburn LLP

One US Bank Plaza

St. Louis, MO 63101

Attention of: Ruthanne C. Hammett

Telephone No.: (314) 552-6155

Facsimile No.: (314) 552-7155

E-mail: rhammett@thompsoncoburn.com

If to Wells Fargo as Administrative Agent:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

MAC D1109-019

1525 West W.T. Harris Blvd.

Charlotte, NC 28262

Attention of: Syndication Agency Services

Telephone No.: (704) 590-2703

Facsimile No.: (704) 590-3481

With copies to:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

230 West Monroe Street

25^th Floor

Chicago, IL 60606

Attention of: Keith J. Cable

Telephone No.: (312) 845-9822

Facsimile No.: (312) 845-4222

E-mail: keith.j.cable@wellsfargo.com

and

Reed Smith LLP

10 South Wacker Drive

Suite 4000

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention of: Joel R. Schaider

Telephone No.: (312) 207-6448

Facsimile No.: (312) 207-6400

E-mail: jschaider@reedsmith.com

If to any Lender:

To the address set forth on the Register

-110-

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or other communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) Administrative Agent’s Office. The Administrative Agent hereby designates its office located at the address set forth above, or any subsequent office which shall have been specified for such purpose by written notice to the Borrower and Lenders, as the Administrative Agent’s Office referred to herein, to which payments due are to be made and at which Loans will be disbursed and Letters of Credit requested

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(e) Platform.

(i) Each Credit Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”).

-111-

(ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the any Credit Party, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Credit Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Credit Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

SECTION 12.2 Amendments, Waivers and Consents. Except as set forth below or as specifically provided in any Loan Document, any term, covenant, agreement or condition of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be amended or waived by the Lenders, and any consent given by the Lenders, if, but only if, such amendment, waiver or consent is in writing signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and delivered to the Administrative Agent and, in the case of an amendment, signed by the Borrower; provided, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) increase the Commitments of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 10.2) or the amount of Loans of any Lender, in any case, without the written consent of such Lender;

(b) waive, extend or postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the rate set forth in Section 5.1(c) during the continuance of an Event of Default or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Obligation or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(d) change Section 5.6, Section 10.4 or Section 11.9 in any manner without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

-112-

(e) change Section 4.4(b)(vi) in any manner without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(f) except as otherwise permitted by this Section 12.2 change any provision of this Section or reduce the percentages specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(g) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of such Credit Party’s rights and obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party and the discharge of such Credit Party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.4), in each case, without the written consent of each Lender;

(h) release (i) all of the Subsidiary Guarantors or (ii) Subsidiary Guarantors comprising substantially all of the credit support for the Secured Obligations, in any case, from any Guaranty Agreement (other than as authorized in Section 11.9), without the written consent of each Lender;

(i) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release any Security Document (other than as authorized in Section 11.9 or as otherwise specifically permitted or contemplated in this Agreement or the applicable Security Document) without the written consent of each Lender;

provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto; (v) no amendment, waiver or consent of this Agreement or any Loan Document altering the ratable treatment of Secured Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements resulting in such Secured Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loans or resulting in Secured Obligations owing to any Hedge Bank becoming unsecured (other than releases of Liens affecting all Lenders and otherwise permitted in accordance with the terms hereof), in each case in a manner adverse to any Hedge Bank, shall be effective without the written consent of such Hedge Bank or, in the case of a Secured Hedge Agreement provided or arranged by GECC or an Affiliate of GECC, GECC; and (vi) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend any provision of the Loan Documents (and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature in any such provision. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitments of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

-113-

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent on its behalf, and without further consent, to enter into amendments or modifications to this Agreement (including, without limitation, amendments to this Section 12.2) or any of the other Loan Documents or to enter into additional Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems appropriate in order to effectuate the terms of Section 5.13 (including, without limitation, as applicable, (1) to permit the Incremental Term Loans and the Incremental Revolving Credit Increases to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (2) to include the Incremental Term Loan Commitments and the Incremental Revolving Credit Increase, as applicable, in any determination of (i) Required Lenders or (ii) similar required lender terms applicable thereto); provided that no amendment or modification shall result in any increase in the amount of any Lender’s Commitment, any increase in any Lender’s Commitment Percentage or any change in Section 5.13, in each case, without the written consent of such affected Lender.

SECTION 12.3 Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower and any other Credit Party, jointly and severally, shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and GECC (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and GECC, in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facility, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) after a Default or Event of Default, all out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit. The term “out of pocket expenses” shall not include expenses, costs or fees of any attorneys, paralegals, accountants and/or consultants who are employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Lender or any of their respective direct or indirect parent corporations, subsidiaries or affiliates.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the Issuing Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, and shall pay or reimburse any such Indemnitee for, any and all losses, claims (including, without limitation, any Environmental Claims), damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any

-114-

Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower or any other Credit Party), other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties, arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, the Transactions), (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to any Credit Party or any Subsidiary, (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (v) any claim (including, without limitation, any Environmental Claims), investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not the Administrative Agent or any Lender is a party thereto) and the prosecution and defense thereof, arising out of or in any way connected with the Loans, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys and consultant’s fees, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties, (y) result from a claim brought by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof against an Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Credit Party or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) arise out of (i) disputes solely between or among the Lenders, (ii) disputes solely between or among the Lenders and their respective Affiliates or Related Parties (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing indemnification shall extend to the Administrative Agent (but not in its capacity as a Lender) relative to disputes between or among the Administrative Agent, on the one hand, and one more Lenders, or one or more of their Affiliates or Related Parties, on the other hand), and (iii) any Taxes or costs attributable to Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 5.11.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such

-115-

payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Credit Lenders’ Commitment Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) provided, further, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 5.7.

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Borrower and each other Credit Party shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in clause (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.

(f) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and payment of the obligations hereunder.

SECTION 12.4 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Credit Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Credit Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Credit Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Affiliate different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.4 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the

-116-

Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or their respective Affiliates may have and any setoff proceeds received by such Person under this Section shall be shared to the extent required under Section 5.6. Each Lender, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

SECTION 12.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Etc.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except, as to any other Loan Document, as expressly set forth therein) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Illinois.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than a mortgage governed by the law where the property is located) or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of Illinois sitting in Cook County, and of the United States District Court of the Northern District of Illinois, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Illinois State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(c) Waiver of Venue. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 12.1. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law.

-117-

SECTION 12.6 Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 12.7 Reversal of Payments. To the extent any Credit Party makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent receives any payment or proceeds of the Collateral which payments or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds repaid, the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 12.8 Injunctive Relief. The Borrower recognizes that, in the event the Borrower fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy of law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Lenders. Therefore, the Borrower agrees that the Lenders, at the Lenders’ option, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

SECTION 12.9 Accounting Matters. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

-118-

SECTION 12.10 Successors and Assigns; Participations.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any other Credit Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that, in each case with respect to any Credit Facility, any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Revolving Credit Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Loan Facility, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent five (5) Business Days after the date written notice thereof has been delivered by the assigning Lender (through the Administrative Agent) unless such consent is expressly refused by the Borrower prior to such fifth (5th) Business Day;

-119-

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Revolving Credit Commitment assigned;

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided, that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; and provided, further, that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required during the primary syndication of the Credit Facility;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) the Revolving Credit Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender or (ii) the Term Loans to a Person who is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

(C) the consents of the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 for each assignment; provided that (A) only one such fee will be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments to two or more Approved Funds by a Lender and (B) the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (B) any direct competitor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (C) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (C).

-120-

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.

(vii) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested, but not funded by, the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (A) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (B) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11 and 12.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.

(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Charlotte, North Carolina, a copy of each Assignment and Assumption and each Lender Joinder Agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Credit Commitment of, and principal amounts of (and stated interest on) the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent

-121-

and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender (but only to the extent of entries in the Register that are applicable to such Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 12.3(c) with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver or modification described in Section 12.2 that directly affects such Participant and could not be affected by a vote of the Required Lenders. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10 and 5.11 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements of Section 5.11(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 5.11(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 5.12 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 5.10 and 5.11, with respect to such participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 5.12(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.4 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 5.6 as though it were a Lender.

(e) Participant Register. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any

-122-

portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 12.11 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent required or requested by, or required to be disclosed to, any rating agency, or regulatory or similar authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement, under any other Loan Document or under any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (iii) to an investor or prospective investor in an Approved Fund that also agrees that Information shall be used solely for the purpose of evaluating an investment in such Approved Fund, (iv) to a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in an Approved Fund in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for an Approved Fund, or; (g) on a confidential basis to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Credit Facility; (h) with the consent of the Borrower, (i) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade publications, such information to consist of deal terms and other information customarily found in such publications, (j) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a

-123-

result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or (k) to governmental regulatory authorities in connection with any regulatory examination of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s regulatory compliance policy if the Administrative Agent or such Lender deems necessary for the mitigation of claims by those authorities against the Administrative Agent or such Lender or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof; provided that, in the case of information received from a Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 12.12 Performance of Duties. Each of the Credit Party’s obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall be performed by such Credit Party at its sole cost and expense.

SECTION 12.13 All Powers Coupled with Interest. All powers of attorney and other authorizations granted to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and any Persons designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Obligations remain unpaid or unsatisfied, any of the Commitments remain in effect or the Credit Facility has not been terminated.

SECTION 12.14 Survival.

(a) All representations and warranties set forth in Article VII and all representations and warranties contained in any certificate, or any of the Loan Documents (including, but not limited to, any such representation or warranty made in or in connection with any amendment thereto) shall constitute representations and warranties made under this Agreement. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement shall be made or deemed to be made at and as of the Closing Date (except those that are expressly made as of a specific date), shall survive the Closing Date and shall not be waived by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lenders or any borrowing hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the indemnities to which the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are entitled under the provisions of this Article XII and any other provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and shall protect the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against events arising after such termination as well as before.

-124-

SECTION 12.15 Titles and Captions. Titles and captions of Articles, Sections and subsections in, and the table of contents of, this Agreement are for convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 12.16 Severability of Provisions. Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 12.17 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.

(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 6.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement

(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 12.18 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in effect from the Closing Date through and including the date upon which all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall have been indefeasibly and irrevocably paid and satisfied in full, all Letters of Credit have been terminated or expired (or been Cash Collateralized) and the Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated. No termination of this Agreement shall affect the rights and obligations of the parties hereto arising prior to such termination or in respect of any provision of this Agreement which survives such termination.

SECTION 12.19 USA PATRIOT Act. The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

-125-

SECTION 12.20 Independent Effect of Covenants. The Borrower expressly acknowledges and agrees that each covenant contained in Articles VIII or IX hereof shall be given independent effect. Accordingly, the Borrower shall not engage in any transaction or other act otherwise permitted under any covenant contained in Articles VIII or IX, before or after giving effect to such transaction or act, the Borrower shall or would be in breach of any other covenant contained in Articles VIII or IX.

SECTION 12.21 Inconsistencies with Other Documents. In the event there is a conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the terms of this Agreement shall control; provided that any provision of the Security Documents which imposes additional burdens on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or further restricts the rights of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or gives the Administrative Agent or Lenders additional rights shall not be deemed to be in conflict or inconsistent with this Agreement and shall be given full force and effect.

[Signature pages to follow]

-126-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first written above.

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION, as Borrower
By:	/s/ Ronald E. Dolatowski
Name:	Ronald E. Dolatowski
Title:	V.P. & Treasurer
By:	/s/ John Deleonardis
Name:	John Deleonardis
Title:	V.P. – Tax & Assistant Secretary

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

AGENTS AND LENDERS:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender, Issuing Lender and Lender
By:	/s/ Keith J. Cable
Name:	Keith J. Cable
Title:	Vice President

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Maura Fitzgerald
Name:	Maura Fitzgerald
Title:	Duly Authorized Signatory

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:	/s/ Brett T. Rausch
Name:	Brett T. Rausch
Title:	Vice President

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:	/s/ Paul J. Korrison
Name:	Paul J. Korrison
Title:	Senior Vice President

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

COLE TAYLOR BANK
By:	/s/ Michelle M. Christens
Name:	Michelle M. Christens
Title:	Vice President

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

PNC BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:	/s/ Doug Whitaker
Name:	Doug Whitaker
Title:	Officer

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

THE PRIVATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:	/s/ Douglas W. Buchler
Name:	Douglas W. Buchler
Title:	Managing Director

Federal Signal Corporation Credit Agreement

Exhibit A-1

Form of Revolving Credit Note

$                      March 13, 2013

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), whose address is 1415 West 22^nd Street, Suite 1100, Oak Brook, IL 60523, promises to pay to the order of                     (hereinafter, together with any holder hereof, “Lender”) on or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date (as defined in the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement) the lesser of (i) $[            ] or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding and owing to Lender under and pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Lender, the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent, a Lender, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), together with interest (computed as set forth in the Credit Agreement) on the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding from time to time as provided in the Credit Agreement. Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and evidences Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit incurred by Borrower under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Revolving Credit Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid and under which the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Credit Agreement. All Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid by Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, unless payable sooner pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in Dollars, in same day funds and shall be paid as provided in the Credit Agreement. Each Revolving Credit Loan made by Lender, and all payments on account of the principal and interest thereof shall be recorded on the books and records of Lender and the principal balance as shown on such books and records, or any copy thereof certified by an officer of Lender, shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount owing hereunder.

Except for such notices as may be required under the terms of the Credit Agreement, Borrower irrevocably waives presentment, demand, notice, protest, notice of protest, notice of presentment default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal, and all other demands or notices of every kind, in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, in which state it shall be performed, and shall be binding upon Borrower, and its legal representatives, successors, and assigns. Wherever possible, each provision of the Credit Agreement and this Note shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Credit Agreement or this Note shall be prohibited by or be invalid under such law, such provision shall be severable, and be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of the Credit Agreement or this Note. The term “Borrower” as used herein shall mean all parties signing this Note, and each one of them, and all such parties, their respective successors and assigns, shall be jointly and severally obligated hereunder.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature pages follow.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Note as of the date set forth above.

BORROWER:

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit A-2

Form of Swingline Note

$                                                   , 20        

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), whose address is 1415 West 22^nd Street, Suite 1100, Oak Brook, IL 60523, promises to pay to the order of, promises to pay to the order of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (hereinafter, together with any holder hereof, the “Lender”), , on or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date (as defined in the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement), the lesser of (i) $[            ], or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding and owing to Lender under and pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Lender, the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent, a Lender, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), together with interest (computed as set forth in the Credit Agreement) on the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding and owing to Lender and from time to time as provided in the Credit Agreement. Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and evidences the Swingline Loans incurred by Borrower under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Swingline Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid and under which the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Credit Agreement. All Swingline Loans shall be repaid by Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, unless payable sooner pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in Dollars, in same day funds and shall be paid to Lender as provided in the Credit Agreement. Each Swingline Loan made by Lender, and all payments on account of the principal and interest thereof shall be recorded on the books and records of Lender and the principal balance as shown on such books and records, or any copy thereof certified by an officer of Lender, shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount owing hereunder.

Except for such notices as may be required under the terms of the Credit Agreement, Borrower irrevocably waives presentment, demand, notice, protest, notice of protest, notice of presentment, default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal, and all other demands or notices of every kind, in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, in which state it shall be performed, and shall be binding upon Borrower, and its legal representatives, successors, and assigns. Wherever possible, each provision of the Credit Agreement and this Note shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Credit Agreement or this Note shall be prohibited by or be invalid under such law, such provision shall be severable, and be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of the Credit Agreement or this Note. The term “Borrower” as used herein shall mean all parties signing this Note, and each one of them, and all such parties, their respective successors and assigns, shall be jointly and severally obligated hereunder.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature pages follow.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Note as of the date set forth above.

BORROWER:

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit A-3

Form of Term Note

$                     March 13, 2013

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), whose address is 1415 West 22^nd Street, Suite 1100, Oak Brook, IL 60523, promises to pay to the order of                              (hereinafter, together with any holder hereof, “Lender”), on or before the Term Loan Maturity Date (as defined in the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement) the principal sum of $                     which amount is the original principal amount of the Term Loan made by Lender to Borrower under and pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Lender, the several other financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent, a Lender, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), together with interest (computed as set forth in the Credit Agreement) on the principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding from time to time as provided in the Credit Agreement. Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and evidences Lender’s Term Loan Commitment under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Term Loan evidenced hereby was made and is to be repaid and under which the Term Loan Maturity Date or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Credit Agreement. The outstanding principal of this Note, and all accrued interest thereon, shall be payable as provided in the Credit Agreement, and the outstanding principal balance of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date, unless payable sooner pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in Dollars, in same day funds and shall be paid to Lender as provided in the Credit Agreement. The Term Loan made by Lender, and all payments on account of the principal and interest thereof shall be recorded on the books and records of Lender and the principal balance as shown on such books and records, or any copy thereof certified by an officer of Lender, shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount owing hereunder.

Except for such notices as may be required under the terms of the Credit Agreement, Borrower irrevocably waives presentment, demand, notice, protest, notice of protest, notice of presentment, default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal, and all other demands or notices of every kind, in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, in which state it shall be performed, and shall be binding upon Borrower and its legal representatives, successors, and assigns. Wherever possible, each provision of the Credit Agreement and this Note shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Credit Agreement or this Note shall be prohibited by or be invalid under such law, such provision shall be severable, and be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of the Credit Agreement or this Note. The term “Borrower” as used herein shall mean all parties signing this Note, and each one of them, and all such parties, their respective successors and assigns, shall be jointly and severally obligated hereunder.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature pages follow.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Note as of the date set forth above.

BORROWER:

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit B

Form of Notice of Borrowing

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March             , 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among the several financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender (“Administrative Agent”), Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GE Capital Markets, Inc. as joint lead Arrangers and joint book managers and Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as Borrower (“Borrower”). Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

Pursuant to [Section 2.3(a)][and][Section 4.2] of the Credit Agreement, Borrower requests that Administrative Agent and Lenders make the following Loan(s) to Borrower in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on the date hereof:

$                          Revolving Credit Loan Amount

$                          Term Loan Amount

(a) Interest Rate:

¨ Base Rate

¨ LIBOR Rate

(b) Interest Period (for LIBOR Rate Loans only):                      months (insert one, two, three or six)

Borrower hereby certifies to Administrative Agent that:

(a) after making the Loan(s) requested on the date hereof, the Revolving Credit Outstandings will not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment;

(b) as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in Article VII of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier) except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier) as of such earlier date, and except that the representations and warranties contained in Section 7.15 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 8.1; and

(c) as of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

[Signature page to follow]

DATED:             , 20    

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit C

Notice of Account Designation

Dated             , 20    

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W. WT Harris Blvd.

Charlotte, NC 28262-0680

Attn: Syndication Agency Services

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Notice of Account Designation is delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of the Credit Agreement dated as of March     , 2013, by and among Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

1. The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to disburse all Loan proceeds into the following account:

Bank Name:

ABA Routing Number:

Account Number:

Account Name:

2. This authorization shall remain in effect until revoked or until a subsequent Notice of Account Designation is provided to Administrative Agent.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Notice of Account Designation this              day of             , 20    .

Signature:

By:

Title:

Exhibit D

Notice of Prepayment

            , 20    

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W. WT Harris Blvd.

Charlotte, NC 28262-0680

Attn: Syndication Agency Services

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March     , 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as Borrower (“Borrower”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders (“Lenders”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (“Administrative Agent”). Terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section [2.4 (c)][4.4(a)][4.4(b)(vi)] of the Credit Agreement, we hereby give you irrevocable notice that we shall prepay certain Loans under the Credit Agreement.

1. Date of prepayment: [            , 20    ].

2. Type of Loan prepaid: [Term/Swingline/Revolving] Loans that are [Base/LIBOR] Rate Loans.

3. Aggregate amount of prepayment: $                    .

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

Date: [            , 20    ]                                                      

By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit E

Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March     , 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among the several financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender (“Administrative Agent”), Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GE Capital Markets, Inc. as joint lead Arrangers and joint book managers and Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as Borrower (“Borrower”). Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

Pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower requests that Administrative Agent and Lenders convert or continue Loans as follows:

1. Date of conversion/continuation:             ,         

2. Principal amount of Loans being converted/continued: $                    

3. Nature of conversion/continuation:

[ ] a. Conversion of Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans

[ ] b. Conversion of LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans

[ ] c. Continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans as such

4. If Loans are being continued as or converted to LIBOR Rate Loans, the duration of the new Interest Period that commences on the conversion/ continuation date:              month(s) (must be one, two, three or six months).

Borrower hereby certifies to Administrative Agent that:

1. as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in Article VII of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier) except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier) as of such earlier date, and except that the representations and warranties contained in Section 7.15 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 8.1; and

2. as of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

[Signature pages to follow]

DATED:             , 20    

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit F

Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate

Date:             ,         

This Officer’s Compliance Certificate (this “Certificate”) is given by Federal Signal Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), pursuant to Section 8.2(a) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March     , 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Borrower, the several financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender (“Administrative Agent”) and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GE Capital Markets, Inc. as joint lead Arranger and joint bookrunners. Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement, which definitions are hereby incorporated by reference.

The Responsible Officer executing this Certificate is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of Borrower. By executing this Certificate such officer hereby certifies to Administrative Agent and Lenders that:

(a) Exhibit A hereto is a correct calculation of each of the financial covenants contained in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement for the period ended     (the “Applicable Testing Date”); and

(b) Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement for the period ended on the Applicable Testing Date, except as otherwise specified herein.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Certificate as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit G

Assignment and Assumption

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each]¹ Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “Assignor”) and [the][each]² Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “Assignee”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees]³ hereunder are several and not joint.]⁴ Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the][each] Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] “Assigned Interest”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

1.      Assignor [s]:

2.      Assignee [s]:

¹  For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.

²  For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.

³  Select as appropriate.

⁴  Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

[for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]
3.      Borrower(s):
4.      Administrative Agent:	, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5.      Credit Agreement:	[The [amount] Credit Agreement dated as of              among [name of Borrower(s)], the Lenders parties thereto, [name of Administrative Agent], as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto]
6.      Assigned Interest[s]:

Assignor [s]5	Assignee [s]6	Facility Assigned7	Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders8	Amount of Commitment/ Loans Assigned8	Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans9		CUSIP Number
			$	$		%
			$	$		%
			$	$		%

[7. Trade Date:             ]¹⁰

Effective Date:             , 20    [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR[S]11 [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:
	Title:
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

⁵  List each Assignor, as appropriate.

⁶  List each Assignee, as appropriate.

⁷  Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g. “Revolving Credit Commitment,” “Term Loan Commitment,” etc.)

⁸  Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.

⁹  Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

¹⁰ To be completed if the Assignor(s) and the Assignee(s) intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

¹¹  Add additional signature blocks as needed.

By:

    Title:

ASSIGNEE[S]¹²

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:

    Title:

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:

    Title:

¹²  Add additional signature blocks as needed.

[Consented to and]¹³ Accepted:

[NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT], as Administrative Agent

By

    Title:

[Consented to:]¹⁴

[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]

By

    Title:

¹³  To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

¹⁴ To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

ANNEX 1

[                     ]¹⁵

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor[s]. [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document¹⁶, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Credit Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Credit Document.

1.2. Assignee[s]. [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section     (b)(iii), (v) and (vi) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section     (b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section              thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender¹⁷, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed

¹⁵  Describe Credit Agreement at option of Administrative Agent.

¹⁶  The term “Credit Document” should be conformed to that used in the Credit Agreement.

¹⁷  The concept of “Foreign Lender” should be conformed to the section in the Credit Agreement governing withholding taxes and gross-up.

by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.¹⁸

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Illinois [confirm that choice of law provision parallels the Credit Agreement].

¹⁸  The Administrative Agent should consider whether this method conforms to its systems. In some circumstances, the following alternative language may be appropriate: “From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to, on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor[s] and the Assignee[s] shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.”

EXHIBIT H-1

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [            ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among [            ], and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section [Taxes] of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date:             , 20[    ]

EXHIBIT H-2

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [            ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among [            ], and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section [Taxes] of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code].

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date:             , 20[    ]

EXHIBIT H-3

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [            ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among [            ], and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section [Taxes] of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date:                     , 20[ ]

EXHIBIT H-4

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [            ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among [            ], and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section [Taxes] of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date:                     , 20[ ]

Schedules

to

Credit Agreement

SCHEDULE 7.1

Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification.

ENTITY NAME	STATE/COUNTRY OF ORGANIZATION	ADDITIONAL QUALIFICATIONS
Bronto Skylift, Inc.	Delaware	Florida
Bronto Skylift Oy Ab	Finland	Estonia
Elgin Sweeper Company	Delaware	Alabama California Florida Illinois Louisiana Ohio Washington
Federal Merger Corporation	Minnesota	None
Federal Signal Corporation	Delaware	Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut Florida Georgia Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Nebraska Nevada New Jersey New York Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania Tennessee Texas

		Vermont Virginia Washington Wisconsin
Federal Signal Credit Corporation	Delaware	Illinois
Federal Signal UK Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	None
Federal Signal VAMA S.A.	Spain	Poland Belgium
FS Depot, Inc.	Wisconsin	Florida Illinois
Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.	Alabama	California New Jersey Texas
Jetstream of Houston, Inc.	Delaware	None
Jetstream of Houston, LLP	Texas	Ohio Louisiana South Carolina Indiana
Vactor Manufacturing Inc.	Illinois	California Ohio Texas Washington
Victor Industrial Equipment (Proprietary) Limited	South Africa	None
Victor Products USA, Incorporated	Delaware	Pennsylvania West Virginia

SCHEDULE 7.2

Subsidiaries and Capitalization.

SUBSIDIARY NAME	OWNER NAME(S)	NO. SHARES AUTHORIZED		NO. SHARES ISSUED		PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP
Athey Product, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation		1,000		100		100	%
Bronton Kiinteistöt Ky	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab;		N/A		N/A		95	%
	Federal Signal of Europe B.V.						5	%
Bronto Skylift AG	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab		50		50		100	%
Bronto Skylift Aktiebolag	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab		2,000		2,000		100	%
Bronto Skylift Deutschland Gmbh	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab		N/A		N/A		100	%
Bronto Skylift, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation		100		100		100	%
Bronto Skylift Kft.	Bronto Skylift AG		4,000,000		4,000,000		100	%
Bronto Skylift Oy Ab	Federal Signal Corporation		1,010		1,010		100	%
Elgin Sweeper Company	Federal Signal Corporation		10,000		1,000		100	%
E-One New York, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation		1,000		1,000		100	%
Federal APD DO Brasil LTDA.	FST of Michigan Incorporated		334,199		334,199		100	%
Federal Merger Corporation	Federal Signal Corporation		1,000		100		100	%
Federal Sign and Signal, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation		100		100		100	%
Federal Sign, Inc.	Federal Sign and Signal, Inc.		1,000		100		100	%
FS Camera Holding UK Limited	Federal Signal of Europe BV Y CIA, S.C.		20,000,000		8,500,000		100	%
Federal Signal Asia Holdings Limited	Federal Signal Corporation		10,000		100		100	%
Federal Signal Credit Corporation	Federal Signal Corporation		1,000		1,000		100	%
Federal Signal Environmental Products China (HK) Limited	Federal Signal Corporation		1		1		100	%
Federal Signal of Europe B.V.	Federal Signal Corporation		908,000		908,000		100	%
Federal Signal of Europe B.V. Y CIA, S.C.	International Environment Equipment Services B.V.; Federal Signal of Europe B.V.		1		1		100	%
Federal Signal of Texas Corp.	FS Sub, LLC		100,000		10		100	%
Federal Signal Safety Products (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.	Federal Signal Asia Holdings Limited		100		100		100	%

Federal Signal Technologies (Hong Kong) Limited	Federal Signal of Texas Corp.	10,000	1	100%
Federal Signal UK Holdings Limited	Federal Signal Corporation	10,000 Ordinary	10,000 Ordinary	100%
Federal Signal VAMA, S.A.	Federal Signal of Europe B.V. Y CIA, S.C.	116,651	116,651	100%
FS Depot, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	1,000	100	100%
FS Holding, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	1,000	10	100%
FS Lighting, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	1,000	1,000	100%
FS Lighting, LLP	FS Lighting, Inc.;	N/A	N/A	99%
	Federal Merger Corporation	N/A	N/A	1%
FS Sub, LLC	Federal Signal Corporation	1	1	100%
FST Camera Limited	Federal Signal of Europe B.V. Y CIA, S.C.;	5,000,000 A Ordinary	5,000,000 A Ordinary	49%
	FS Camera Holding UK Limited	1,100,000 B Ordinary	1,100,000 B Ordinary	51%
FST Canada Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	Unlimited	1	100%
FST Loop Limited	Federal Signal of Europe BV Y CIA, S.C.	100,000	33,807	100%
FST Loop Sub Limited	FST Loop Limited	1,000	2	100%
FST of California, LLC	FS Sub, LLC	1	1	100%
FST of Michigan Incorporated	Federal Signal Corporation	1,000	1,000	100%
FST of Tennessee, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	100	60	100%
Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.	Elgin Sweeper Company	1,000,000 shares of common stock; 600,000 shares of preference stock	20,000 common	100%
International Environment Equipment Services B.V.	Federal Signal of Europe B.V.	45,000	15,750	100%
Jetstream of Houston, Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	1,000	1,000	100%
Jetstream of Houston, LLP	Jetstream of Houston, Inc.; Federal Merger Corporation	N/A N/A	N/A N/A	99% 1%
Vactor Manufacturing Inc.	Federal Signal Corporation	1,000	100	100%
Victor Industrial Equipment (Proprietary) Limited	Victor Products Holdings Ltd.	200,000	176,800	100%

Victor Products Holdings Ltd.	Federal Signal UK Holdings Limited	8,941,544 Ordinary 764,614 Preferred	7,688,376 Ordinary 764,614 Preferred	100%
Victor Products Ltd.	Victor Products Holdings Ltd.	10,000 Ordinary	10,000 Ordinary	100%
Victor Products USA, Incorporated	Victor Products Holdings Ltd.	50,000	5,000	100%

Preemptive or Similar Rights:

None.

Outstanding stock purchase warrants, subscriptions, options, securities, instruments or other rights:

None.

SCHEDULE 7.9

ERISA Plans.

(a) Section 7.9 (a)

PLAN	DEFINED  BENEFIT PLAN
Federal Signal Corporation Retirement Savings Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2010 and as amended by the First Amendment)	N
Federal Signal Corporation Retirement Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2010 and as amended by the First Amendment and Second Amendment) (Defined Benefit Plan)	Y
Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2007), as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment.	N
Federal Signal Corporation Employee Welfare Benefit Plan	N
Federal Signal Corporation Business Travel Accident Plan	N
Federal Signal Corporation General Severance Pay Plan	N
Federal Signal Corporation Executive General Severance Plan	N
IAM National Pension Fund	Y
Sheet Metal Worker’s National Pension Fund	Y

(b) Section 7.9(c):

Funding Based Benefit Restriction under Section 436 of the Code:

• Limitation on lump sums where only one-half is paid in cash and the other one-half is paid as an annuity that was effective in 2011.

SCHEDULE 7.13

Labor and Collective Bargaining Agreements.

(i)

NAME	PARTIES	EFFECTIVE DATES
Basic Working Agreement	Federal Signal Corporation Safety and Security Systems Group and Automobile Mechanics Local 701 International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers AFL-CIO	June 1, 2011 – May 31, 2014
Basic Working Agreement	Federal Signal Corporation Safety and Security Systems Group and Sheet Metal Workers International Association Local No. 265	July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2014
Basic Working Agreement	Federal Signal Corporation/Safety and Security Systems Group and Local Union No. 134 International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, AFL-CIO	May 1, 2012 – April 30, 2016
Basic Working Agreement	Bronto Kiinteistot Ky is a member of Technology Employers Union (Teknologiateollisuus Ry). Collective Agreement between Teknologiateollisuus Ry, Metalliliitto and Teknologiateollisuuden Toimihenkilöt.	October 24, 2011 – October 31, 2013
Collective Bargaining Agreement	Victor Products Ltd and Unite	March 1st 2013 to March 1st 2014
Collective Bargaining Agreement	Victor Industrial Equipment (Pty) Ltd and NUMSA	July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2014

SCHEDULE 7.18

Titles to Property.

ADDRESS	OWNER	TENANT
9407 Bachman Road, Orlando, FL 32824	Taft Holdings, Inc.	Bronto Skylift, Inc.
8584 Borden Ave. S.E., Leeds, AL 35094	Gene Moore Investments, Inc.	Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.
1108 Raymond Way, Anaheim, CA 92801	Adler Investment Company	Federal Signal Corporation
1510 Hayes Avenue, Long Beach, CA 90813	Seabright Investments	Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.
4130 Wausau Road, Ft. Myers, FL19	Federal Signal Corporation
811 N. Vermillion, Streator, IL 61364	Dan Gavin	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
1300 West Bartlett Road, Elgin, IL 60120	Centerpoint Properties Trust	Elgin Sweeper Company
1415 W. 22nd St., Ste. 1100, Oak Brook, IL 60523	ASVRF Oak Brook Regency, LLC	Federal Signal Corporation
1621 S. Illinois, Streator, IL 61364	Federal Signal Corporation	N/A
2108 Coalville Road, Streator, IL 61364	Nancy Allen	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
2645 Federal Signal Drive, University Park, IL 60484	Centerpoint Properties Trust	Federal Signal Corporation
9932 Express Drive, Units A & B, Highland, IN 46322	TOA, LLC	Jetstream of Houston, LLP
3111 S. Darla, Gonzales, LA 70737	Mr. & Mrs. Ronald J. Cheramie, Sr.	Jetstream of Houston, LLP
2035 & 2045 Franklin Road Bloomfield Twp, MI 48302	Consolidated Development Group, LLC	Federal Signal Corporation
4776 Linden, Lincoln, NE 68516	Charlotte M. Large	Federal Signal Corporation
17 Jules Lane, New Brunswick, NJ 08901	Garlatti Realty, LLP	Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.

¹⁹  Federal Signal Corporation remains in title to this property but was sold to its current occupant under a title retention arrangement pursuant to a land contract dated September 30, 2002. The occupant/buyer signed a note in favor of Federal Signal Corporation and once the note is paid in full title will transfer to the buyer/occupant.

ADDRESS	OWNER	TENANT
1144 Expressway Drive South, Toledo, OH 43608-1515	Wurth Holdings, LLC	Federal Signal Corporation
322 Commerce Park Drive, Cranberry Township, PA 16066	Park West Development Associates, L.P.	Victor Products USA, Incorporated
5905 Thomas Road, Houston, TX 77041	Clay Real Estate Development, L.P.	Jetstream of Houston, LLP
10001 Porter Road, Ste. 200, LaPorte, TX 77571	Clay Real Estate Holdings #5, L.P.	Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.
116 Meat Plant Road, Lexington, SC 29073	Entron Partnership	Jetstream of Houston, LLP
Teerivuorenkatu 28 33300 Tampere, Finland	Keskinäinen Kiinteistövakuutusyhtiö Varma	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab
Murskatie 3 28100 Pori, Finland	Bronton Kiinteistöt Ky	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab
Seppämestarintie 7-9, 36100 Kangasala, Finland	JPTUF Oy	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab
Lasikaari 1, 33960 Pirkkala, Finland	Kiinteistö Oy Pirkkalan kehäportti	Bronto Skylift Oy Ab
Dr.Ferran, 5, 7 y 9, 08339—VILASSAR DE DALT (Barcelona) Spain	GADYEL, S.L.	Federal Signal VAMA S.A.
Narcís Monturiol, 23, 08339—VILASSAR DE DALT (Barcelona) Spain	GADYEL, S.L.	Federal Signal VAMA S.A.
Narcís Monturiol, 21, 08339 – VILASSAR DE DALT (Barcelona) Spain	TECHNICUS, S.A.	Federal Signal VAMA S.A.
Riera de Targa, 55, 08339 – VILASSAR DE DALT (Barcelona) Spain	DOS D’AGOST, S.L.	Federal Signal VAMA S.A.
Avda. Baviera, 13, Madrid Spain	C.I.O.H.S.A.	Federal Signal VAMA S.A.
Bytom Industrial Park, Hall B1, At ul.Siemianowika 98, 41-902 BYTOM, Poland	G.A.P.P., S.A.	Federal Signal Vama Spólka Akcyjna Oddzial w Polsce
245 Power Street, Boksburg East, 1459, Gauteng, Republic of South Africa.	Victor Industrial Equipment (Pty) Ltd	N/A

Third Party Locations:

ADDRESS	COMPANY
2070 N. White Avenue, La Verne, CA 91750	Elgin Sweeper Company
711 W Cinnamon Dr., Lemoore, CA 82245	Elgin Sweeper Company
2269 Commercial Blvd., Colorado Springs, CO 80906	Elgin Sweeper Company
25A Bernhard Road, New Haven, CT 06513	Elgin Sweeper Company
1670 New Highway, Farmingdale, NY 11735	Elgin Sweeper Company
1220 Legacy View Street, Salt Lake City, UT 84104	Elgin Sweeper Company
1158 Elboc Way, Winter Garden, FL 34787	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
14437 E. 2000 North Road, Pontiac, IL 61764	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
200 Oxmoor Blvd, Homewood, AL 35209	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
200 Merrimac St., Woburn, MA 01803	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
2422 S. 19th Avenue, Phoenix, AZ 85009	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
19800 W. South Arsenal Rd., Wilmington, IL 60481	Vactor Manufacturing Inc.
2401 International Parkway, Woodridge, Illinois 60517	Federal Signal Corporation
1300 Norwood Avenue, Itasca, Illinois 60143	Federal Signal Corporation
No. 15 High-Tech Park, Chang Zhou Jiangsu, China	Federal Signal Corporation

SCHEDULE 9.1

Existing Indebtedness.

1. Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. dated September 8, 2011, payable to the order of Bronto Skylift Oy AB in the original principal amount of €12,800,000.00.

2. Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. y CIA SC dated February 10, 2011, payable to the order of Victor Products Ltd. UK in the principal amount of £3,300,000. (Note: this instrument states that it is issued not-to-the-order (no a la orden) and therefore no stamp tax is levied under Spanish law as the note cannot be endorsed).

3. Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. y CIA SC dated October 28, 2010 payable to the order of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. in the principal amount of €7,960,872.00.

4. Demand Note of Elgin Sweeper Company dated November 23, 2009, payable to the order of Victor Products USA, Incorporated in the principal amount of $6,500,000.

5. Demand Note of Elgin Sweeper Company dated September 22, 2011, payable to the order of Victor Products USA, Incorporated in the principal amount of $600,000.

6. Participating Loan Agreement dated January 3, 2007 under which International Environment Equipment Services, B.V. agreed to lend to Federal Signal VAMA S.A. up to €10,000,000.

7. Banco Santander, S.A. P.P.20 credit line to Federal Signal VAMA in the original amount of €3,000,000, with an outstanding balance of €0.00 as of March 8, 2013.

8. Nordea Pankki Suomi Oyj credit line to Bronto Skylift Oy AB in the original principal amount of €3,000,000, with an outstanding balance €0.00 as of March 8, 2013.

9. Danske Bank Oyj credit line to Bronto Skylift Oy AB in the original principal amount of €5,000,000, with an outstanding balance of €0.00 as of March 8, 2013.

10. Extended term financing for the purchase of chassis by Vactor Manufacturing Inc. from Navistar Financial Corporation by letter dated January 20, 2011, with an outstanding balance of $6,806,000.00 as of February 28, 2013.

11. Extended term financing for the purchase of chassis by Elgin Sweeper Company from Chicago Mack, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $0.00 as of February 28, 2013.

12. Extended term financing for the purchase of chassis by Elgin Sweeper Company from Chicago International Truck, LLC, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $911,000.00 as of February 28, 2013.

²⁰  Indebtedness is guaranteed by Federal Signal Corporation

13. Extended term financing for the purchase of chassis by Elgin Sweeper Company from TransChicago Truck Group, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $4,380,000 as of February 28, 2013.

14. Extended term financing for the purchase of chassis by Elgin Sweeper Company from Standard Equipment Co., with an aggregate outstanding balance of $6,414,000 as of February 28, 2013.

15. Extended term financing for the purchase of chassis by Elgin Sweeper Company from Navistar Defense LLC, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $0.00 as of February 28, 2013.

16. Federal Signal Corporation, Elgin Sweeper Company, FS Depot, Inc. and Vactor Manufacturing Inc. sold various equipment leases originally entered into by such Loan Parties to Banc of America Public Capital Corp. (“BAPCC”) in 2008 and guaranteed to BAPCC the payment of amounts owing under such leases.

Capital Lease Obligations:

LESSOR	LESSEE	DOLLAR AMOUNT OUTSTANDING AS OF MARCH 1, 2013
PNC Equipment Finance	Elgin Sweeper Company	$	227,000.00
Flagstaff Financial Capital Lease Obligations	Federal Signal Corporation	$	135,000.00
TCF Equipment	Elgin Sweeper Company	$	241,000.00
TCF Equipment	Vactor Manufacturing, Inc.	$	554,367.00
TCF Equipment	Jetstream of Houston, LLP	$	313,367.00

SCHEDULE 9.2

Existing Liens.

(a)

LOAN PARTY	FILING NO. JURISDICTION	SECURED PARTY	COLLATERAL TYPE
Federal Signal Corporation	20082289401* (Delaware)	Banc of America Public Capital Corp	Leases identified as Purchased Leases (See Schedule 1), amounts due after 7/1/2008 under the Purchased Leases; equipment leased under the Purchased Leases; Lease Files with respect to Purchased Leases; all guaranties, insurance policies or other contracts securing or supporting payment of Purchased Leases; all proceeds
	20101135817 (Delaware)	Orbian Financial Services II, LLC	All accounts, general intangibles or other receivables which (i) are owing to Debtor by Siemens Industry, Inc. arising out of the sale and delivery of goods or services to Siemens Industry, Inc., and (ii) have been purchased by the Secured Party from the Debtor
	20102225807 (Delaware)	PNCEF, LLC	Equipment, other goods, software, general intangibles and other related property pursuant to lease
	20110642572 as amended by 20120610925 (Delaware)	Arrow Electronics Inc	Those products owned by the Secured Party and stored in the in-plant store facility pursuant to that in-plant store agreement dated October 10, 2003 by and between Debtor and Secured Party.
Elgin Sweeper Company	20074829361* (Delaware)	Bank of America Leasing & Capital, LLC	All Leases, Receivables, Collections, Related Equipment, Related Security with respect to such Leases, all Lease Files, all right, title and interest in, to and under all Lock-Box, and Servicing Agreement and each other Transaction Document under which Debtor has any rights or benefits, any and all proceeds of any of all foregoing and all Lock-Box Account(s) and all funds from time to time held therein
	20082289377* (Delaware)	Banc of America Public Capital Corp	Leases identified as Purchased Leases, amounts due after 7/1/2008 under the Purchased Leases; equipment leased under the Purchased Leases; Lease Files with respect to Purchased Leases; all guaranties, insurance policies or other contracts securing or supporting payment of Purchased Leases; all proceeds

LOAN PARTY	FILING NO. JURISDICTION	SECURED PARTY	COLLATERAL TYPE
	20082692711* (Delaware)	Banc of America Public Capital Corp	Leases identified as Purchased Leases, amounts due after 8/1/2008 under the Purchased Leases; equipment leased under the Purchased Leases; Lease Files with respect to Purchased Leases; all guaranties, insurance policies or other contracts securing or supporting payment of Purchased Leases; all proceeds
FS Depot, Inc.	080009565631* (Wisconsin)	Banc of America Public Capital Corp	Leases identified as Purchased Leases, amounts due after 7/1/2008 under the Purchased Leases; equipment leased under the Purchased Leases; Lease Files with respect to Purchased Leases; all guaranties, insurance policies or other contracts securing or supporting payment of Purchased Leases; all proceeds
Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.	10-0272240** (Alabama)	Navistar Financial Corporation Assigned: Southland International Trucks, Inc.	All new international chassis now or hereafter acquired by Debtor; all bodies, attachments or accessories therefore; all repossessions thereof; all deferred credits, warranty credits and all other credits or allowances of whatever nature due or to become due from either Secured Party; all present and future chattel paper, contract rights, accounts or general intangibles generated in any manner from the sale, lease demonstration or other disposition thereof and the proceeds of the above.
Vactor Manufacturing Inc.	7036817 (Illinois)	LaSalle Bank National Association Assignor: Headco Industries, Inc.	All of the inventory delivered by Consignor from time to time to Consignee, on consignment in the Consignee’s possession, and all proceeds thereof.
	12799101* (Illinois)	Bank of America Leasing & Capital, LLC	All Leases, Receivables, Collections, Related Equipment, Related Security with respect to such Leases, all Lease Files, all right, title and interest in, to and under all Lock-Box, and Servicing Agreement and each other Transaction Document under which Debtor has any rights or benefits, any and all proceeds of any of all foregoing and all Lock-Box Account(s) and all funds from time to time held therein
	13428085* (Illinois)	Banc of America Public Capital Corp	Leases identified as Purchased Leases, amounts due after 7/1/2008 under the Purchased Leases; equipment leased under the Purchased Leases; Lease Files with respect to Purchased Leases; all guaranties, insurance policies or other contracts securing or supporting payment of Purchased Leases; all proceeds

LOAN PARTY	FILING NO. JURISDICTION	SECURED PARTY	COLLATERAL TYPE
	13523835* (Illinois)	Banc of America Public Capital Corp	Leases identified as Purchased Leases, amounts due after 8/1/2008 under the Purchased Leases; equipment leased under the Purchased Leases; Lease Files with respect to Purchased Leases; all guaranties, insurance policies or other contracts securing or supporting payment of Purchased Leases; all proceeds
	14256253 (Illinois)	Motion Industries, Inc.	Maintenance, repair, operational assets, materials, parts, equipment and other tangible personal property, held for resale, use or consumption in Debtor’s business under consignment agreement
	15281405 (Illinois)	Navistar Financial Corporation Assignor: Southland International Trucks, Inc.	All new international chassis, bodies, attachments, deferred credits, warranty credits and other credits, all chattel paper, contract rights, accounts, general intangibles generated in any manner from the sale, lease, demonstration or other disposition thereof and other related property.

* Informational filing with respect to leases sold to Banc of America Public Capital Corp or to Bank of America Leasing & Capital, LLC by Federal Signal Corporation and certain Subsidiaries in 2007 and 2008; no assets actually owned by any Loan Party serve as collateral.

** Subject to an Intercreditor Agreement of even date herewith among Agent, Term Loan Agent, Navistar Financial Corporation and Southland International Trucks, Inc.

(b) Those certain proceeds currently held in escrow pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among Borrower, Federal Signal Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, VESystems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Sirit Inc., organized in Canada, Sirit Corp., a Texas corporation, Federal APD Incorporated, a Michigan corporation, Diamond Consulting Services Limited, organized under the laws of England, PIPS Technology Inc., a Tennessee corporation, PIPS Technology Limited, organized under the laws of England, IDRIS Technology Limited, organized under the laws of England, Federal Signal Technologies (Hong Kong) Limited, organized in Hong Kong, Federal Signal DO Brasil Participa¨ões Ltda, organized in Brazil, Federal APD de Mexico, S.A. DE C.V., organized in Mexico, and Federal APD do Brasil Ltda, organized in Brazil, in favor of 3M COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as amended.

SCHEDULE 9.3

Existing Loans, Advances and Investments.

• Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. dated September 8, 2011, payable to the order of Bronto Skylift Oy AB in the original principal amount of €12,800,000.00.

• Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. y CIA SC dated February 10, 2011, payable to the order of Victor Products Ltd. UK in the principal amount of £3,300,000. (Note: this instrument states that it is issued not-to-the-order (no a la orden) and therefore no stamp tax is levied under Spanish law as the note cannot be endorsed).

• Investment consisting of financing provided by Federal Signal Corporation to Sweet Holdings, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, successor-in-interest to S.H. Trucking & Logistics, Inc. (“Buyer”) in the amount of $250,000.00 with respect to which $96,771.99 remains outstanding for the purchase by Buyer of 4130 Wausau, Ft. Myers Florida 33901 pursuant to that Land Contract dated September 30, 2002.

• Financing Agreement dated January 1, 2010, among Elgin Sweeper Company, Owen Equipment Sales and Earl Rose, Ron Howard, Kitty Scott, Matt Wlodarczyk and Ed Hodges (the “Owen Floor plan”), with an outstanding balance of $2,375,000.00 as of March 1, 2013.

• Floor Plan Credit Line Agreement dated April 1, 2004 among DOFESA, S.A. DE C.V., Federal Signal Corporation and all of its Affiliates and Subsidiaries and Alejandro Hernandez Wall, Jose de Jesus Hernandez Urzua and Jose de Jesus Hernandez Wall, in the original principal amount of $3,500,000.00, as amended by that certain Amendment to Floor Plan Credit Line dated September 29, 2006 increasing the principal amount to $4,500,000.00 (as so amended, and as the same may subsequently be replaced by a new floor plan credit line with equivalent borrowing limits to another entity under common control with DOFESA, S.A. DE C.V., the “DOFESA Floor Plan”), with an outstanding balance of approximately $2,705,000.00 as of March 1, 2013.

SCHEDULE 9.7

Transactions with Affiliates

• Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. dated September 8, 2011 payable to the order of Bronto Skylift Oy AB in the original principal amount of €12,800,000.00.

• Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. y CIA SC dated February 10, 2011 payable to the order of Victor Products Ltd. UK in the principal amount of £3,300,000. (Note: this instrument states that it is issued not-to-the-order (no a la orden) and therefore no stamp tax is levied under Spanish law as the note cannot be endorsed).

• Demand Promissory Note of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. y CIA SC dated October 28, 2010 payable to the order of Federal Signal of Europe B.V. in the principal amount of €7,960,872.00.

• Demand Note of Elgin Sweeper Company dated November 23, 2009, payable to the order of Victor Products USA, Incorporated in the principal amount of $6,500,000.

• Demand Note of Elgin Sweeper Company dated September 22, 2011, payable to the order of Victor Products USA, Incorporated in the principal amount of $600,000.

• Promissory Note of Federal Signal PIPS UK Limited dated January 2, 2009, payable to the order of Federal Signal Corporation in the principal amount of £17,000,000.

• Those certain management fees paid pursuant to that certain Management Services Agreement between Federal Signal Corporation and Bronto Oy effective as of January 1, 2011.

• Those certain royalty payments paid pursuant to that certain License Agreement between Federal Signal Corporation and Federal Signal Vama S.A. dated as of December 31, 2000.

• Any additional amounts owed pursuant to IRS tax audits.

EX-21

Exhibit 21

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY	JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
Bronto Skylift Oy Ab	Finland
Bronto Skylift, Inc.	Delaware
Elgin Sweeper Company	Delaware
Federal Signal Credit Corporation	Delaware
Federal Signal of Europe B.V.	Netherlands
Federal Signal of Europe B.V. Y CIA, S.C.	Spain
Federal Signal UK Holdings Limited	United Kingdom
Federal Signal VAMA, S.A.	Spain
FS Depot, Inc.	Wisconsin
Guzzler Manufacturing, Inc.	Alabama
IEES B.V.	Netherlands
Jetstream of Houston, Inc.	Delaware
Jetstream of Houston, LLP	Texas
Vactor Manufacturing, Inc.	Illinois
Victor Industrial Equipment (PTY) Limited	South Africa
Victor Products Holdings Ltd.	United Kingdom
Victor Products Ltd.	United Kingdom
Victor Products USA, Incorporated	Delaware

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-81798, 333-127234, 333-104629 and 333-168501) pertaining to the Stock Option Plan and Employee Savings and Investment Plans of Federal Signal Corporation and to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3 Nos. 333-165558 and 333-76372) of Federal Signal Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated March 15, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Federal Signal Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Federal Signal Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2013

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CEO Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

I, Dennis J. Martin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Federal Signal Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2013

/s/ Dennis J. Martin

Dennis J. Martin

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CFO Certification under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

I, Braden N. Waverley, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Federal Signal Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2013

/s/ Braden N. Waverley

Braden N. Waverley

Interim Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report of Federal Signal Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Dennis J. Martin, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o (d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 15, 2013

/s/ Dennis J. Martin

Dennis J. Martin

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification shall also not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report of Federal Signal Corporation (the “Company”) or Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Braden N. Waverley, Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o (d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 15, 2013

/s/ Braden N. Waverley

Braden N. Waverley

Interim Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification shall also not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

News From

REGENCY TOWERS, 1415 W. 22ND ST., OAK BROOK, ILLINOIS 60523

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Federal Signal Reports 12% Increase in both Net Sales and Operating Income for Fourth Quarter

Oak Brook, IL, Mar. 15, 2013 – Federal Signal Corporation (NYSE:FSS), a leader in environmental and safety solutions, today reported results for the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2012.

• Q4 net sales of $218 million, up 12% from the prior year;

• Q4 operating income from continuing operations increased to $13 million, a 12% increase over the prior year;

• Net cash provided by continuing operating activities was $49 million during 2012, compared to $14 million in the prior year;

• Q4 earnings per share from continuing operations of $0.08 versus $0.11 last year;

• Versus last year, Q4 2012 earnings per share from continuing operations include $0.02 per share higher interest expense, $0.02 per share higher income tax expense and $0.01 per share in 2012 for restructuring charges;

• Full year earnings per share from continuing operations of $0.35 compared to $0.21 for 2011;

• Full year 2012 results include ($0.06) per share impact of debt settlement charges and ($0.02) impact of restructuring charges;

• Backlog generated by continuing operations increased to $318 million, an 8% increase over the same prior year period, while Q4 orders declined 13% to $208 million;

• Company debt to EBITDA ratio finished 2012 at 2.4, a substantial improvement from 4.8 at the end of the prior year.

Dennis J. Martin, President and Chief Executive Officer, stated, “Our fourth quarter performance demonstrated our commitment to disciplined growth, delivering 12% revenue and operating income growth.” Mr. Martin continued, “Working capital management improved significantly during the quarter and the year, as we generated $49 million in operating cash flow during the year, an over three-fold improvement from 2011.”

Orders of $826.3 million in 2012 decreased by 1% compared to 2011 as strong municipal demand for sewer cleaners and market share gains in police and fire markets were offset by lower order volumes for Vactor industrial trucks. U.S. municipal and government orders increased 8% in 2012, driven by a $14.4 million increase in orders for sewer cleaners and a $10.4 million increase in police and fire markets and outdoor warning systems. U.S. industrial and commercial orders decreased 7% primarily due to decreases in Vactor industrial truck orders relative to peak orders experienced late in 2011. This was partially offset by increased industrial safety and security product orders of $5.4 million due to higher market demand, and increased waterblaster orders of $8.6 million. Non-U.S. orders decreased 3% compared to 2011, with decreases across most segments, partially offset by a $2.6 million increase in U.S. export orders to Canada and Asia.

Net sales increased $114.5 million or 17% compared to 2011, with increases across all segments.

Operating income increased $18.3 million or 55% compared to 2011, primarily due to higher sales volume and favorable product mix, partially offset by restructuring charges of $1.4 million that were recorded in 2012.

Interest expense increased $5.0 million compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in interest rates on the Company’s debt financing agreements entered into in February 2012.

Mr. Martin concluded, “We accomplished a number of critical objectives in 2012 and early 2013 that will position the Company for improved earnings through reduced interest expense and the benefits of our 80/20 initiatives. Progress on attainment of our stated operating margin goals continued during Q4, particularly at the Safety and Security Systems Group, where our operating margins expanded by more than four percentage points over the prior year. All of our segments increased operating margins during the full fiscal year. Despite the uncertain outlook in some of our markets, our backlog remains healthy at $318 million, positioning us to make continued gains toward approaching our stated operating margin goals.”

GROUP RESULTS

Safety and Security Systems

The following table summarizes the Safety and Security Systems Group’s results as of and for the three and twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

	Three months ended December 31,									Twelve months ended December 31,
($ in millions)	2012			2011			Change			2012			2011			Change
Orders	$	59.8		$	64.4		$	(4.6	)	$	241.9		$	235.3		$	6.6
Backlog		31.2			31.7			(0.5	)		31.2			31.7			(0.5	)
Net sales		67.1			60.4			6.7			240.3			221.4			18.9
Operating income		9.2			5.6			3.6			27.9			21.5			6.4
Operating margin		13.7	%		9.3	%		4.4	%		11.6	%		9.7	%		1.9	%
Depreciation and amortization	$	1.1		$	1.1		$	—		$	4.3		$	4.4		$	(0.1	)

Orders of $59.8 million in the fourth quarter decreased $4.6 million compared to the same quarter in 2011. U.S. orders decreased $0.9 million due to a decline in outdoor warning markets, which benefited from one large order in the fourth quarter of 2011, partially offset by improved spending in the police, fire and industrial markets. Non-U.S. orders declined $3.7 million primarily due to weak demand in the European and export markets. Orders in 2012 increased $6.6 million or 3% compared to the prior year due to market share gains and modest market growth in most segments. U.S. orders increased $15.7 million or 13%, including increases of $5.7 million in outdoor warning systems due to improved municipal spending, $5.5 million in public safety markets, and $4.5 million in industrial markets. Non-U.S. orders decreased $9.1 million or 8%, primarily due to decreases in non-U.S. public safety orders of $16.5 million, partially offset by increases in industrial product exports of approximately $5.5 million.

Net sales increased $6.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the respective prior-year period. Higher industrial sales of $6.3 million from increased shipments of outdoor warning products and pricing improvements of $0.8 million were partially offset by unfavorable exchange rate impacts of 1% of sales. Net sales in 2012 increased $18.9 million or 9% compared to the prior year. Excluding foreign currency effects, sales increased by $22.5 million and were offset by $3.6 million or 2% of unfavorable exchange rates. U.S. sales grew by $23.4 million or 20% compared to 2011, including $14.4 million in outdoor warning systems, $4.3 million in public safety markets due to market share gains, $2.1 million in industrial products, and price increases of approximately 1% of sales. Non-U.S. sales decreased $4.5 million from the prior year, primarily due to decreases of $11.8 million in the European and export markets for public safety products, partially offset by higher industrial product export sales of $8.0 million, primarily in the oil and gas markets, as well as some higher sales of mining products in international markets.

Operating income increased $3.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the respective prior-year period, primarily due to higher sales volumes as well as higher gross profit, which more than offset higher operating expenses to support the higher sales levels. Operating income in 2012 increased $6.4 million or 30% compared to the prior year primarily due to higher sales and gross margins. These increases were offset by increased selling costs of $2.6 million, higher variable sales commissions of $0.9 million, and higher incentive compensation expenses of $1.2 million, which were offset by a $0.6 million decrease in legal expenses. The Safety and Security Systems Group incurred restructuring costs of $0.9 million in 2012, while there were no restructuring costs recorded in 2011.

Fire Rescue

The following table summarizes the Fire Rescue Group’s results as of and for the three and twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

	Three months ended December 31,									Twelve months ended December 31,
($ in millions)	2012			2011			Change			2012			2011			Change
Orders	$	24.2		$	28.8		$	(4.6	)	$	136.5		$	137.6		$	(1.1	)
Backlog		83.6			80.1			3.5			83.6			80.1			3.5
Net sales		44.4			41.4			3.0			135.1			109.5			25.6
Operating income		4.5			4.9			(0.4	)		8.9			6.6			2.3
Operating margin		10.1	%		11.8	%		(1.7	)%		6.6	%		6.0	%		0.6	%
Depreciation and amortization	$	0.7		$	0.6		$	0.1		$	2.6		$	2.5		$	0.1

Orders of $24.2 million in the fourth quarter decreased $4.6 million compared to the same quarter in 2011. The decrease is due primarily to a decline in orders for fire-lift products from customers in Asia. Orders in 2012 decreased $1.1 million or 1% compared to the prior year.

Net sales increased $3.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the respective prior-year period. The net sales increase is a result of increased Asian and Australian business together with some increased shipments to European markets, partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts of $1.5 million. The strong backlog and improvements in manufacturing processes also contributed to the growth in sales. Net sales in 2012 increased $25.6 million or 23% compared to the prior year, primarily due to increased sales volume of $28.8 million, pricing increases of $2.5 million, and favorable product mix of $4.8 million, partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts of $10.5 million.

Operating income decreased $0.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the respective prior-year periods. The operating income decreased due to unfavorable product mix of $0.9 million, higher Selling, General, and Administrative (“SG&A”) expenses of $0.2 million and unfavorable currency impacts of $0.2 million, partially offset by higher sales volume impacts of $1.1 million. Operating income in 2012 increased $2.3 million or 35% compared to the prior year primarily due to higher sales volumes impacts of $6.5 million, partially offset by higher SG&A expenses of $1.5 million, unfavorable product mix of $2.0 million, and unfavorable currency impacts of $0.7 million.

Environmental Solutions

The following table summarizes the Environmental Solutions Group’s operating results as of and for the three and twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

	Three months ended December 31,									Twelve months ended December 31,
($ in millions)	2012			2011			Change			2012			2011			Change
Orders	$	124.0		$	146.2		$	(22.2	)	$	447.9		$	458.5		$	(10.6	)
Backlog		203.6			183.4			20.2			203.6			183.4			20.2
Net sales		106.2			93.2			13.0			427.8			357.8			70.0
Operating income		8.2			6.7			1.5			42.0			24.5			17.5
Operating margin		7.7	%		7.2	%		0.5	%		9.8	%		6.8	%		3.0	%
Depreciation and amortization	$	1.5		$	1.4		$	0.1		$	5.4		$	5.2		$	0.2

Orders decreased $22.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the respective prior-year period. U.S. orders decreased $25.0 million from the prior-year period primarily due to declines in vacuum trucks of $24.8 million. Non-U.S. orders increased $2.6 million from the prior-year period due to market increases in Latin America and Middle East, partially offset by declines in Canada and Mexico. Orders in 2012 decreased $10.6 million or 2% compared to the prior year. U.S. orders decreased $13.2 million or 4% from the prior year, primarily due to decreases in vacuum trucks of $35.1 million and sweepers of $2.7 million, partially offset by increases in sewer cleaners of $14.4 million and waterblasters of $8.6 million. Non-U.S. orders increased $2.6 million or 3% compared to the prior year, with increases in U.S. export orders to Canada and Asia.

Net sales increased $13.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the respective prior-year period. U.S. sales increased $12.0 million primarily resulting from municipal sewer cleaner and street sweeper shipments. Non-U.S. sales were up $1.0 million due to strength in Canada. Net sales in 2012 increased $70.0 million or 20% compared to the prior year. U.S. sales increased $56.7 million with increases in all product lines as a result of strong opening backlog and solid orders during the year. Non-U.S. sales were up $13.3 million, resulting from an increase in shipments to Canada and Asia, partially offset by declines in shipments to the Middle East.

Operating income increased $1.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the respective prior-year period. Operating income increases are a result of higher gross margins of $1.5 million. Operating income in 2012 increased $17.5 million or 71%, primarily as a result of higher gross margins of $18.9 million, partially offset by increased SG&A expenses of $1.4 million. The increase in SG&A expenses was related to additional commission expense associated with increased sales and increases in salary and benefit programs.

Corporate Expenses

Corporate expenses were $8.9 million and $5.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase primarily was due to higher incentive compensation expense of $1.3 million in 2012 and a $1.5 million reduction in an insurance reserve associated with carrier paid claims in 2011.

Corporate expenses totaled $27.3 million and $19.4 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The 41% increase in 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to higher incentive compensation expense of $4.2 million, restructuring charges of $0.6 million recorded in 2012, and a $1.3 million reduction in an insurance reserve associated with carrier-paid claims recorded in 2011. Corporate expenses include depreciation and amortization expense of $0.9 million and $0.9 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively.

DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO

The Company uses the ratio of total debt to EBITDA to measure its ability to repay its outstanding debt obligations. The Company believes that total debt to EBITDA is a meaningful metric to investors in evaluating the Company’s long term financial performance and may be different than the method used by other companies to calculate total debt to EBITDA. The ratio of total debt to EBITDA represents total debt divided by income from continuing operations before interest expense, debt settlement charges, other expense, income tax provision, and depreciation and amortization on a trailing twelve month basis.

Total debt to EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Total debt	$	157.8	$	222.2
Income from continuing operations	$	22.0	$	13.1
Add:
Interest expense		21.4		16.4
Debt settlement charges		3.5		—
Other expense		0.7		0.2
Income tax provision		3.9		3.5
Depreciation and amortization		13.2		13.0
EBITDA	$	64.7	$	46.2
Total debt to EBITDA ratio		2.4		4.8

CONFERENCE CALL

Federal Signal will host its fourth quarter conference call on Friday, March 15, 2013 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time. The call will last approximately one hour. The call may be accessed over the internet through Federal Signal’s website at http://www.federalsignal.com. A replay will be available on Federal Signal’s website shortly after the call.

About Federal Signal

Federal Signal Corporation (NYSE: FSS) enhances the safety, security and well-being of communities and workplaces around the world. Founded in 1901, Federal Signal is a leading global designer and manufacturer of products and total solutions that serve municipal, governmental, industrial and commercial customers. Headquartered in Oak Brook, IL, with manufacturing facilities worldwide, the Company operates three groups: Safety and Security Systems, Fire Rescue, and Environmental Solutions. For more information on Federal Signal, visit: http://www.federalsignal.com.

This release contains unaudited financial information and various forward-looking statements as of the date hereof and we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements regardless of new developments or otherwise. Statements in this release that are not historical are forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to vary materially from those stated. Such risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to: economic conditions in various regions, product and price competition, supplier and raw material prices, foreign currency exchange rate changes, interest rate changes, increased legal expenses and litigation results, legal and regulatory developments and other risks and uncertainties described in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Contact: Braden Waverley +1-630-954-2000, bwaverley@federalsignal.com

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Three months ended December 31,						Twelve months ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)	2012			2011			2012			2011
Net sales	$	217.7		$	195.0		$	803.2		$	688.7
Cost of sales		168.0			149.3			613.4			533.3
Gross profit		49.7			45.7			189.8			155.4
Selling, engineering, general and administrative		36.1			34.1			136.9			122.2
Restructuring charge		0.6			—			1.4			—
Operating income		13.0			11.6			51.5			33.2
Interest expense		5.7			4.5			21.4			16.4
Debt settlement charges		—			—			3.5			—
Other (income) expense, net		0.4			(0.1	)		0.7			0.2
Income before income taxes		6.9			7.2			25.9			16.6
Income tax expense		(2.0	)		(0.7	)		(3.9	)		(3.5	)
Income from continuing operations		4.9			6.5			22.0			13.1
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of income tax benefit of $0.1, $1.6, $3.6 and $2.0, respectively		(0.1	)		(21.7	)		(49.5	)		(27.3	)
Net (loss) income	$	4.8		$	(15.2	)	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.08		$	0.11		$	0.35		$	0.21
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax		—			(0.36	)		(0.79	)		(0.44	)
(Loss) earnings per share	$	0.08		$	(0.25	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.23	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic		62.4			62.2			62.3			62.2
Diluted		63.0			62.2			62.7			62.2

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2012			2011
	($ in millions)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29.7		$	9.5
Restricted cash		1.0			—
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $2.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively		96.9			105.0
Inventories		119.9			104.3
Prepaid expenses		13.8			14.6
Other current assets		5.1			5.6
Current assets of discontinued operations		0.8			35.9
Total current assets		267.2			274.9
Properties and equipment		59.3			60.0
Other assets:
Goodwill		272.3			270.6
Intangible assets, net		0.7			1.8
Deferred charges and other assets		12.5			2.0
Long-term assets of discontinued operations		1.2			97.4
Total assets	$	613.2		$	706.7
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings	$	0.3		$	9.0
Current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations		4.7			0.1
Accounts payable		52.5			49.5
Customer deposits		13.1			14.4
Deferred revenue		3.1			2.9
Deferred tax liability		10.6			2.7
Accrued liabilities:
Compensation and withholding taxes		25.8			18.7
Other		33.1			30.6
Current liabilities of discontinued operations		6.4			24.1
Total current liabilities		149.6			152.0
Long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations		152.8			213.1
Long-term pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities		84.1			74.1
Deferred gain		19.4			21.4
Deferred tax liabilities		35.8			41.0
Other long-term liabilities		16.0			14.5
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations		8.6			15.9
Total liabilities		466.3			532.0
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $1 par value per share, 90.0 million shares authorized, 63.4 million and 63.1 million shares issued, respectively		63.4			63.1
Capital in excess of par value		171.1			167.7
Retained earnings		8.9			36.4
Treasury stock, 0.9 million and 0.9 million shares, respectively, at cost		(16.4	)		(16.1	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(80.1	)		(76.4	)
Total shareholders’ equity		146.9			174.7
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	613.2		$	706.7

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011
	($ in millions)
Operating activities:
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Loss on discontinued operations and disposal		49.5			27.3
Restructuring charges, net of cash payments		0.9			—
Depreciation and amortization		13.2			13.0
Debt settlement charges		2.5			—
Stock-based compensation expense		2.6			1.8
Pension expense, net of funding		(5.7	)		1.5
Provision for doubtful accounts		0.6			0.4
Deferred income taxes, including change in valuation allowance		(4.8	)		1.8
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions of companies:
Accounts receivable		8.7			(27.3	)
Inventories		(14.5	)		3.4
Other current assets		0.5			(2.3	)
Accounts payable		2.6			3.7
Customer deposits		(1.5	)		4.6
Accrued liabilities		16.4			(1.5	)
Income taxes		8.6			2.7
Other		(2.9	)		(0.8	)
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities		49.2			14.1
Net cash (used for) provided by discontinued operating activities		(26.0	)		(10.3	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		23.2			3.8
Investing activities:
Purchases of properties and equipment		(13.0	)		(13.5	)
Proceeds from sales of properties and equipment		1.8			1.9
Proceeds from sale of FSTech Group		82.1			—
Increase in restricted cash		(1.0	)		—
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		69.9			(11.6	)
Financing activities:
(Decrease) increase in revolving lines of credit		(173.3	)		(34.6	)
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings, net		(9.5	)		7.6
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings		215.0			—
Payments on long-term borrowings		(99.5	)		(13.2	)
Payments of debt financing fees		(6.9	)		(2.3	)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders		—			(3.7	)
Other, net		2.4			1.3
Net cash (used for) provided by continuing financing activities		(71.8	)		(44.9	)
Net cash used for discontinued financing activities		(0.9	)		(0.6	)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(72.7	)		(45.5	)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash		(0.2	)		0.7
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		20.2			(52.6	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		9.5			62.1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	29.7		$	9.5

EX-99.2

Federal Signal Q4 2012 Earnings Call

Dennis Martin, President & CEO

Braden Waverley, Interim Chief Financial Officer

Jennifer Sherman, SVP, CAO & General Counsel

March 15, 2013

Exhibit 99.2

2

Q4 Headlines

Results from Continuing Operations during Q4

Revenue = $218MM; +12% vs. Last Year

Operating Income = $13MM; +12% vs. Last Year

Cash Provided by Continuing Operations = $30MM, vs. $1.7MM Last Year

EPS = $0.08 vs. $0.11 Last Year; EPS includes $0.02 higher interest expense, $0.02

higher income tax expense, and $0.01 for restructuring charges vs. Last Year

Second half EPS = $0.19 excluding restructuring and debt settlement charges,

compared to $0.16 for the same period Last Year

Orders = $208MM; -13% vs. Last Year, consistent with guidance and peak order

levels experienced in our ESG business in Q4 2011

Q4 Backlog = $318MM; +$23MM vs. Last Year

2012 Headlines

Continued Progress on Operating Margin Targets

Complemented by Declining Leverage

Business

Segment

FY 2011

Operating

Margin

FY 2012

Operating

Margin

Margin

Targets

ESG

6.8%

9.8%

10% -

12%

Bronto

6.0%

6.6%

10% -

12%

SSG

9.7%

12.0%

14% -

16%

Operating

Margin

excludes

the

impact

of

restructuring

charges

in

both

2011

and

2012

3

11.0

4.8

2.4

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

2010

2011

2012

2.0%

4.8%

6.4%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

2010

2011

2012

Debt Refinancing

Completed bank refinancing of our debt on March 13

th

with Wells-Fargo

Bank and GE Capital Corporation leading a bank group of seven

participants

Initial interest rate of LIBOR + 2.75%

Strong market response to our credit across all explored alternatives

Expect annualized interest savings of approximately $10 million compared

to prior arrangements

Increase in liquidity at closing

Incurred debt settlement charges of $8.7 million at closing, approximately

half of which were cash charges

4

Q4 Income Comparison –

Continuing Operations 

Q4

Q4

Growth/

$ Millions

2012

Margin

2011

Margin

Orders

208.0

239.4

(13%)

Sales

217.7

195.0

12%

Gross Profit

49.7

22.8%

45.7

23.4%

Restructuring charges

0.6

-

-

SG&A

36.1

16.5%

34.1

17.5%

Op Income

13.0

6.0%

11.6

5.9%

Interest Expense

5.7

4.5

Debt Settlement Charge

-

-

Other Expense/(Income)

0.4

(0.1)

Pretax Income

6.9

7.2

Tax Expense

2.0

0.7

Income from Cont. Ops

4.9

6.5

EPS, Cont Ops, as reported

$0.08

$0.11

5

2012 Pro Forma EPS

Continuing Operations

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2H

FY

Reported EPS

$0.05

$0.15

$0.07

$0.08

$0.15

$0.35

Debt Settlement Charge

$0.03

-

$0.03

-

$0.03

$0.06

EPS ex Debt Settlement Charge

$0.08

$0.15

$0.10

$0.08

$0.18

$0.41

Restructuring

$0.01

-

-

$0.01

$0.01

$0.02

Pro Forma EPS

$0.09

$0.15

$0.10

$0.09

$0.19

$0.43

6

Q4 Results vs. Last Year

Q4

Q4

2012

Margin

2011

Margin

B/(W)

ESG

Orders

124.0

146.2

(15%)

Sales

106.2

93.2

14%

Op Income

8.2

7.7%

6.7

7.2%

Bronto

Orders

24.2

28.8

(16%)

Sales

44.4

41.4

7%

Op Income

4.5

10.1%

4.9

11.8%

SSG

Orders

59.8

64.4

(7%)

Sales

67.1

60.4

11%

Op Income

9.2

13.7%

5.6

9.3%

Corp. Exp

8.9

5.6

Continuing

Orders

208.0

239.4

(13%)

Ops.

Sales

217.7

195.0

12%

Op Income

13.0

6.0%

11.6

5.9%

7

Free Cash Flow –

Continuing Operations 

8

Q4

FY

Q4

FY

Operating Cash Flow:

Income from Continuing Ops

4.9

22.0

6.5

13.1

Depreciation & Amortization

3.6

13.2

3.4

13.0

Debt Settlement Charges

(1.0)

2.5

-

-

Stock-based Comp. Expense

0.5

2.6

0.2

1.8

Pension Expense, Net of Funding

0.5

(5.7)

-

1.5

Restructuring Charge

0.1

0.9

-

-

Deferred Income Taxes

(7.4)

(4.8)

(0.3)

1.8

Changes in Other Operating Assets & Liabilities

29.3

18.5

(8.1)

(17.1)

Operating Cash Flow

30.5

49.2

1.7

14.1

Capital Expenditures, net

(3.3)

(11.2)

(2.2)

(11.6)

Free cash flow, continuing operations

27.2

38.0

(0.5)

2.5

2012

2011

Balance Sheet

9

December

December

$ Millions

2012

2011

Cash

30.7

9.5

Other Current Assets

235.7

229.5

PP&E, Net

59.3

60.0

Goodwill & Other

285.5

274.4

Mfg Assets Subtotal

611.2

573.4

Net Assets of Disc Ops

2.0

133.3

Total Assets

613.2

706.7

Current Liabilities

138.2

118.8

Total Debt

157.8

222.2

Deferred Taxes & Other

155.3

151.0

Mfg Liabilities Subtotal

451.3

492.0

Net Liabilities of Disc Ops

15.0

40.0

Equity

146.9

174.7

Liabilities & Equity

613.2

706.7

Net Debt

127.1

212.7

Total Debt / TTM EBITDA

2.4

4.8

Total Debt/Capital

52%

56%

Net Debt/Capital

46%

55%

Refinancing Terms and Conditions

$225 Million Total “Pro-Rata”

Credit Facility

$75 Million Term Loan A with $150 million cash flow revolver

Fixed LIBOR component of term loan at closing

Five Year Term

Quarterly required amortization on the Term Loan

No prepayment penalties at any time

Interest Rate

Pricing based on leverage ratio

Opening at LIBOR + 2.75%

Customary Financial Covenants

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

Total Debt-to-EBITDA Ratio

Negotiated

EBITDA

“add-back”

provisions

Dividends and Other Restricted Payments Permitted

Based on leverage

Debt Settlement Charges of $8.7 Million

$4.6 million non-cash write-off of deferred financing costs ($0.07 per share impact)

$4.1 million cash prepayment premium ($0.07 per share impact)

10

2013 Corporate Goals

Initiatives & Success Factors

1.

Refinance balance sheet

a)

Redirects high interest costs into debt reduction and growth

b)

Increases total liquidity

2. Diversify customer base

a)

Develop customer mix in industrial and commercial markets

b)

Continue profitably building presence in global markets

3. Stabilize and improve profitability in our municipal based businesses

a)

Elgin

b)

US Public Safety

c)

Vama (Europe)

4.

Profitably grow the business organically

a)

Develop new applications and vertical markets for proven FSC products

b)

Develop and implement innovation program

5.

Improve manufacturing efficiencies

a)

Continued focus on 80/20 processes

b)

Further reductions in unit production break-even levels

c)

Continued reductions in production lead-times and associated increases in throughput

d)

Generate improved working capital efficiency

11

12

First Half 2013 Guidance

First Half Guidance Range

EPS = $0.20 to $0.25

EPS performance estimates exclude debt settlement charges incurred as part of the

refinancing completed in the first quarter

Factors Impacting Guidance Range

Interest savings

Timing and financial impact of defense costs associated with hearing loss cases

Large order shipments at Bronto and ESG

Product mix

Uncertainty of economic conditions in key markets

Federal Signal Q4 2012 Earnings Call

Dennis Martin, President & CEO

Braden Waverley, Interim Chief Financial Officer

Jennifer Sherman, SVP, CAO & General Counsel

March 15, 2013

XML

Earnings (Loss) Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Computation of Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to basic and diluted EPS at December 31 ($ in millions, except per share amounts):

	2012			2011			2010
Income (loss) income from continuing operations	$	22.0		$	13.1		$	(74.1	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax		(49.5	)		(27.3	)		(101.6	)
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		62.3			62.2			57.6
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents		0.4			-			-
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		62.7			62.2			57.6
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.35		$	0.21		$	(1.29	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax	$	(0.79	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(1.76	)
Loss per share	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.23	)	$	(3.05	)

XML

Summary of Carrying Amount and Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Short-term Debt
Carrying Amounts and Fair Values of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Notional Amount	$ 0.3		$ 9.0
Fair Value	0.3		9.0
Long-term Debt
Carrying Amounts and Fair Values of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Notional Amount	157.5	[1]	214.1	[1]
Fair Value	$ 208.2	[1]	$ 212.4	[1]

[1] Long-term debt includes current portions of long-term debt and current portions of capital lease obligations of $4.7 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $0.9 million of financial service borrowings at December 31, 2011, which is included in discontinued operations.

XML

Properties and Equipment - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 31, 2008	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Sale Leaseback Transaction [Line Items]
Net proceeds received from sale-leaseback transactions	$ 35.8
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transactions	29.0	19.4	21.4
Lease period for sale-leaseback transactions	15 years
Rental expense		8.9	8.8	9.1
Minimum future rental commitments		51.9
Minimum future rental commitments, year one		7.8
Minimum future rental commitments, year two		6.0
Minimum future rental commitments, year three		5.4
Minimum future rental commitments, year four		5.4
Minimum future rental commitments, year five		4.9
Minimum future rental commitments, thereafter		$ 22.4

XML

Summary of Pension Assets in Three-Tier Fair Value Hierarchy for Benefit Plan (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
U.S. Benefit Plans
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	$ 112.2	$ 97.0	$ 104.8
U.S. Benefit Plans | Cash and Cash Equivalents
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	3.7	3.9
U.S. Benefit Plans | US Large Cap Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	32.7	27.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | US Small / Mid Cap Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	11.9	9.9
U.S. Benefit Plans | Developed International
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	6.6	3.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Equity Securities Emerging Markets
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	4.5	3.3
U.S. Benefit Plans | US Government Debt Securities | Fixed Income Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.7	4.5
U.S. Benefit Plans | Asset-backed Securities | Fixed Income Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.9	6.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Common Stock
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	7.1	3.9
U.S. Benefit Plans | Collective/Common Trust and Other Mutual Funds
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	34.1	33.4
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	106.3	86.3
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | Cash and Cash Equivalents
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	3.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | US Large Cap Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	32.7	27.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | US Small / Mid Cap Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	11.9	9.9
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | Developed International
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	6.6	3.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | Equity Securities Emerging Markets
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	4.5	3.3
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | US Government Debt Securities | Fixed Income Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.7	4.5
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | Common Stock
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	7.1	3.9
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 1 | Collective/Common Trust and Other Mutual Funds
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	34.1	33.3
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 2
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.9	10.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 2 | Cash and Cash Equivalents
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value		3.9
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 2 | Asset-backed Securities | Fixed Income Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.9	6.7
U.S. Benefit Plans | Level 2 | Collective/Common Trust and Other Mutual Funds
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value		0.1
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	54.8	47.9	50.6
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Cash and Cash Equivalents
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	10.6	8.6
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	34.5	29.1
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | US Treasury and Government
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	4.1	4.9
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Corporate Debt Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.6	5.3
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 1
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	25.1	22.8
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 1 | Cash and Cash Equivalents
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	10.6	8.6
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 1 | Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	4.8	4.0
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 1 | US Treasury and Government
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	4.1	4.9
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 1 | Corporate Debt Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5.6	5.3
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 2
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	29.7	25.1
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Level 2 | Equity Securities
Fair Value Hierarchy Of Plan Assets By Category [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	$ 29.7	$ 25.1

XML

Summary of Carrying Amount and Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Carrying Amounts and Fair Values of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Long term debt and capital lease obligations	$ 4.7	$ 0.1
Financial service borrowings		$ 0.9

XML

Summary of Information Concerning Stock Options Outstanding (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Schedule Of Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Options Outstanding By Exercise Price [Line Items]
Shares	2.3	2.0	1.9	2.1
Weighted Average Remaining life	6 years 7 months 6 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 8.93	$ 10.16	$ 12.61	$ 13.60
Shares	1.3	1.0	1.2
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 11.22	$ 13.12	$ 14.84
Exercise Prices Range One
Schedule Of Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Options Outstanding By Exercise Price [Line Items]
Range lower	$ 5.01
Range upper	$ 10.00
Shares	1.5
Weighted Average Remaining life	8 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 6.12
Shares	0.5
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 6.51
Exercise Prices Range Two
Schedule Of Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Options Outstanding By Exercise Price [Line Items]
Range lower	$ 10.01
Range upper	$ 15.00
Shares	0.4
Weighted Average Remaining life	5 years 6 months
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 10.74
Shares	0.4
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 10.81
Exercise Prices Range Three
Schedule Of Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Options Outstanding By Exercise Price [Line Items]
Range lower	$ 15.01
Range upper	$ 20.00
Shares	0.4
Weighted Average Remaining life	2 years 3 months 18 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 16.87
Shares	0.4
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 16.87

XML

Inventories (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Raw materials	$ 56.8	$ 47.1
Work in process	26.8	27.6
Finished goods	36.3	29.6
Total inventories	$ 119.9	$ 104.3

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill and Trade Names

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, by operating segment, were as follows ($ in millions):

	Environmental Solutions		Fire Rescue			Safety & Security			Total
December 31, 2010	$	120.4	$	33.9		$	118.2		$	272.5
Translation adjustments		-		(0.7	)		(1.2	)		(1.9	)
December 31, 2011		120.4		33.2			117.0			270.6
Translation adjustments		-		0.6			1.1			1.7
December 31, 2012	$	120.4	$	33.8		$	118.1		$	272.3

Gross Carrying Value and Accumulated Amortization for Each Major Class of Intangible Assets

The following table provides the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for each major class of intangible assets ($ in millions):

	Weighted Average Useful Life (Years)
			December 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
			Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value		Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Developed software		5	$	6.0	$	(5.4	)	$	0.6	$	6.0	$	(4.4	)	$	1.6
Patents		10		0.6		(0.5	)		0.1		0.6		(0.4	)		0.2
Total		5.5	$	6.6	$	(5.9	)	$	0.7	$	6.6	$	(4.8	)	$	1.8

XML

Summary of Restricted Stock Grants (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
Number of Restricted Shares
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2011	0.4
Granted	0.1
Vested	(0.2)
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2012	0.3
Weighted Average Price per Share
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2011	$ 7.99
Granted	$ 5.72
Vested	$ 7.14
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2012	$ 7.38

XML

Components of Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
U.S. Benefit Plans
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income consist of
Net actuarial loss	$ 91.5	$ 79.3
Prior service cost
Net amount recognized, pre-tax	91.5	79.3
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income consist of
Net actuarial loss	26.8	23.2
Prior service cost
Net amount recognized, pre-tax	$ 26.8	$ 23.2

XML

Restructuring - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Plan	Mar. 31, 2012 2012 Plan	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Plan	Dec. 31, 2012 2010 Plan	Jun. 30, 2012 2010 Plan	Dec. 31, 2010 2010 Plan	Dec. 31, 2011 2010 Plan	Dec. 31, 2010 2010 Plan Workforce Reduction
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring accrual	$ 1.0		$ 0.1	$ 1.0		$ 1.0			$ 2.3	$ 0.1
Severance costs				0.6	0.9
Restructuring charges related to a global reduction in force	1.4	4.4				(1.5)	0.1		(4.0)		4.0
Released remaining restructuring cost								0.1
Restructuring charges									$ 0.4

XML

Components of Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current:
Federal	$ (1.8)	$ (3.8)	$ (3.0)
Foreign	3.2	2.1	5.3
State and local	0.1	0.3	0.3
Current, Total	1.5	(1.4)	2.6
Deferred:
Federal	2.1	4.7	70.8
Foreign	0.3	0.2	(0.9)
State and local			2.6
Deferred, Total	2.4	4.9	72.5
Total income tax provision	$ 3.9	$ 3.5	$ 75.1

XML

Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value (Detail) (Stock Options)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Dividend yield	0.70%	0.60%	2.90%
Expected volatility	59.00%	52.00%	48.00%
Risk free interest rate	0.90%	2.20%	2.00%
Weighted average expected option life in years	5 years 7 months 6 days	5 years 10 months 24 days	5 years 10 months 24 days

XML

Operating Results of Discontinued Operations (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended								1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2011 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2010 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2011 China Wofe	Dec. 31, 2010 China Wofe	Sep. 01, 2010 Riverchase	Dec. 31, 2010 Riverchase
Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Net sales				$ 87.0	$ 106.9	$ 93.4	$ 0.2	$ 1.5
Interest allocated to discontinued operations				4.8
Costs and expenses							0.5	3.2		1.3
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment				0.6	20.6	78.9
Restructuring charges	1.4		4.4			0.6
Other costs and expenses				100.0	116.2	103.2
Loss before income taxes				(18.4)	(29.9)	(89.3)	(0.3)	(1.7)		(1.3)
Income tax benefit	(3.6)	(2.0)	(2.9)	3.6	2.0	2.9
Loss from discontinued operations				$ (14.8)	$ (27.9)	$ (86.4)	$ (0.3)	$ (1.7)	$ 2.1	$ (1.3)

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 30, 2010	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stockholders Equity Note Disclosure [Line Items]
Common stock, shares authorized			90.0	90.0
Common stock, par value			$ 1	$ 1
Common stock, shares issued			63.4	63.1
Common stock, shares outstanding			62.4	62.2
Preference stock, shares authorized			0.8
Preference stock, par value			$ 1
Common stock shares issued	12.1
Common stock shares issued, price per share	$ 6.25
Gross proceeds from common stock shares issued	$ 75.6
Net proceeds from common stock shares issued	71.2	71.2
Cumulative translation adjustment income (loss)			10.8	(0.3)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives			0.1	(0.6)
Unrecognized pension benefit plan			$ (91.0)	$ (75.5)

XML

Discontinued Operations - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jun. 21, 2012	May 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011	Jun. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2010 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2012 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2011 Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2010 Federal Signal Technologies	Sep. 01, 2010 Riverchase	Dec. 31, 2010 Riverchase	Dec. 31, 2011 Trade Names Federal Signal Technologies	Dec. 31, 2010 Trade Names Federal Signal Technologies	Jun. 21, 2012 Working Capital Adjustment	Jun. 21, 2012 Cash	Jun. 21, 2012 Escrow	Dec. 31, 2012 Neology
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Proceeds from sale agreement	$ 110.0																	$ 5.9	$ 82.1	$ 22.0
Assets held for sale carrying value	121.1
Fair value less cost to sell	97.6
Asset held for sale fair value	101.0
Cost to sell assets held for sale	3.4
Impairment charges					23.5	0.6
Escrow receivable	5.0					8.0
Increase in carrying value of asset held for sale	0.8
Transaction cost	0.5
Total loss on disposal			12.2			34.7
Escrow identified for general representations and warranties period						18 months
Remaining general escrow fund to be held						36 months
Escrow associated with lawsuits																					48 months
Sale proceeds to repay obligations						75.0
Goodwill impairment charges									14.8	67.1
Impairment charges of intangible assets																7.4	11.8
Goodwill adjustment				1.6
Gain on discontinued operations related to the liquidation of the assets of the China WOFE business						0.4
Loss from discontinued operations, costs associated with wind down of business							0.5
Loss from discontinued operations, write-down of assets and other costs								2.1
Proceed from sale of discontinued operations														0.2
Loss from discontinued operations											(14.8)	(27.9)	(86.4)	2.1	(1.3)
Loss from discontinued operations, write-off of intangible assets															1.9
Proceed from sale of Pearland		0.9
Pre tax gain		0.4
Environmental remediation at the Pearland, Texas facility						1.8	2.2
Estimated product liability obligations						$ 4.6	$ 5.1

XML

Stock Option Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Option Shares
Outstanding at beginning of year	2.0	1.9	2.1
Granted	0.6	0.7	0.4
Canceled or expired	(0.3)	(0.6)	(0.6)
Outstanding at end of year	2.3	2.0	1.9
Exercisable at end of year	1.3	1.0	1.2
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year	$ 10.16	$ 12.61	$ 13.60
Granted	$ 5.52	$ 6.50	$ 8.93
Canceled or expired	$ 9.88	$ 14.02	$ 13.47
Outstanding at end of year	$ 8.93	$ 10.16	$ 12.61
Exercisable at end of year	$ 11.22	$ 13.12	$ 14.84

XML

Funded Status (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
U.S. Benefit Plans
Funded status, end of year
Fair value of plan assets	$ 112.2	$ 97.0	$ 104.8
Benefit obligations	179.7	156.6	138.4
Funded status	(67.5)	(59.6)
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Funded status, end of year
Fair value of plan assets	54.8	47.9	50.6
Benefit obligations	65.6	57.1	52.6
Funded status	$ (10.8)	$ (9.2)

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Commitments and Contingencies

NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit aggregating $29.2 million and $34.2 million, respectively, principally to act as security for retention levels related to casualty insurance policies and to guarantee the performance of subsidiaries that engage in export transactions to non-U.S. governments and municipalities.

The Company issues product performance warranties to customers with the sale of its products. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending upon the product sold and country in which the Company does business, with warranty periods generally ranging from one to ten years. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the sale of the related product is recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units under warranty from time to time, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

Changes in the Company’s warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Balance at January 1	$	6.7		$	5.5
Provisions to expense		5.8			9.7
Actual costs incurred		(5.7	)		(8.5	)
Balance at December 31	$	6.8		$	6.7

The Company retained an environmental consultant to conduct an environmental risk assessment at the Pearland, Texas facility. The facility, which was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, manufactured marine, offshore and industrial lighting products. The Company sold the facility in May 2012. While the Company has not finalized its plans, it is probable that the site will require remediation. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of reserves related to the environmental remediation of the Pearland facility are included in liabilities of discontinued operations on the consolidated balance sheet. The recorded reserves are based on an undiscounted estimate of the range of costs to remediate the site, depending upon the remediation approach and other factors. The Company’s estimate may change in the near term as more information becomes available; however, the costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

XML

Gross Carrying Value and Accumulated Amortization for Each Major Class of Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted Average Useful Life (Years)	5 years 6 months
Gross Carrying Value	$ 6.6	$ 6.6
Accumulated Amortization	(5.9)	(4.8)
Net Carrying Value	0.7	1.8
Developed Software
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted Average Useful Life (Years)	5 years
Gross Carrying Value	6.0	6.0
Accumulated Amortization	(5.4)	(4.4)
Net Carrying Value	0.6	1.6
Patents
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted Average Useful Life (Years)	10 years
Gross Carrying Value	0.6	0.6
Accumulated Amortization	(0.5)	(0.4)
Net Carrying Value	$ 0.1	$ 0.2

XML

Segment And Related Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Summary of Continuing Operations by Segment

A summary of the Company’s continuing operations by segment for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 is as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales
Safety and Security Systems	$	240.3		$	221.4		$	214.5
Fire Rescue		135.1			109.5			108.8
Environmental Solutions		427.8			357.8			309.8
Total net sales	$	803.2		$	688.7		$	633.1
Operating income
Safety and Security Systems	$	27.9		$	21.5		$	23.7
Fire Rescue		8.9			6.6			9.4
Environmental Solutions		42.0			24.5			17.9
Corporate expense		(27.3	)		(19.4	)		(38.6	)
Total operating income		51.5			33.2			12.4
Interest expense		21.4			16.4			10.2
Debt settlement charges		3.5			-			-
Other expenses		0.7			0.2			1.2
Income before income taxes	$	25.9		$	16.6		$	1.0
Depreciation and amortization
Safety and Security Systems	$	4.3		$	4.4		$	3.7
Fire Rescue		2.6			2.5			2.2
Environmental Solutions		5.4			5.2			4.7
Corporate		0.9			0.9			0.8
Total depreciation and amortization	$	13.2		$	13.0		$	11.4

	2012		2011
Identifiable assets
Safety and Security Systems	$	209.5	$	200.3
Fire Rescue		122.5		117.3
Environmental Solutions		237.5		231.7
Corporate		41.7		24.1
Total assets of continuing operations		611.2		573.4
Assets of discontinued operations		2.0		133.8
Total identifiable assets	$	613.2	$	706.7

	2012		2011		2010
Capital expenditures
Safety and Security Systems	$	2.7	$	3.6	$	3.0
Fire Rescue		3.1		2.9		1.1
Environmental Solutions		6.4		6.7		6.5
Corporate		0.8		0.3		0.7
Total capital expenditures	$	13.0	$	13.5	$	11.3

Segment Information Classified Based on Geographic Location

The segment information provided below is classified based on geographic location of the Company’s subsidiaries ($ in millions):

	2012		2011		2010
Net sales
United States	$	492.7	$	420.5	$	374.6
Europe/Other		259.0		229.0		220.0
Canada		51.5		39.2		38.5
	$	803.2	$	688.7	$	633.1
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)
United States	$	54.5	$	45.4
Europe		16.8		16.0
Other		0.5		0.6
	$	71.8	$	62.0

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) Share data in Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares authorized under stock compensation plans	7.8
Shares authorized under stock compensation plans	2020-04
Stock options vesting period	3 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$ 2.73	$ 3.12	$ 3.27
Aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding	$ 0.5
Aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercisable	0.5
Compensation expense related to share-based compensation plans	2,000,000	1,800,000	2,100,000
Unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options	1,600,000
Performance share units performance period	1 year
Service requirement	2 years
Percentage of target shares earned	200.00%
Stock Awards
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation cost	500,000
Weighted-average recognition period for unrecognized compensation cost	2 years 1 month 6 days
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted-average recognition period for unrecognized compensation cost	1 year 10 months 24 days
Performance Shares | 2012 Performance Share Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Compensation expense related to share-based compensation plans	$ 600,000

XML

Changes in Company's Warranty Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Commitments Disclosure [Line Items]
Beginning Balance	$ 6.7	$ 5.5
Provisions to expense	5.8	9.7
Actual costs incurred	(5.7)	(8.5)
Ending Balance	$ 6.8	$ 6.7

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Stock Option Activity

Stock option activity for the three years ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

	Option Shares									Weighted Average Exercise Price
	2012			2011			2010			2012		2011		2010
	(in millions)
Outstanding at beginning of year		2.0			1.9			2.1		$	10.16	$	12.61	$	13.60
Granted		0.6			0.7			0.4			5.52		6.50		8.93
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		(0.6	)		(0.6	)		9.88		14.02		13.47
Outstanding at end of year		2.3			2.0			1.9		$	8.93	$	10.16	$	12.61
Exercisable at end of year		1.3			1.0			1.2		$	11.22	$	13.12	$	14.84

Summary of Information Concerning Stock Options Outstanding

The following table summarizes information for stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 under all plans:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Weighted Average Remaining Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
	(in millions)		(in years)				(in millions)
5.01 — 10.00		1.5		8.1	$	6.12		0.5	$	6.51
10.01 — 15.00		0.4		5.5		10.74		0.4		10.81
15.01 — 20.00		0.4		2.3		16.87		0.4		16.87
		2.3		6.6	$	8.93		1.3	$	11.22

Summary of Restricted Stock Grants

The following table summarizes restricted stock grants for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2012:

	Number of Restricted Shares			Weighted Average Price per Share
	(in millions)
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2011		0.4		$	7.99
Granted		0.1			5.72
Vested		(0.2	)		7.14
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2012		0.3		$	7.38

Performance Share

Assumptions Used to Calculate Fair Value

The fair value is calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model with the following assumptions:

	2010
Dividend yield		2.4	%
Expected volatility		64	%
Risk free interest rate		1.5	%
Weighted average expected life in years		2.7

Stock Option

Assumptions Used to Calculate Fair Value

The fair value of each option grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

	2012			2011			2010
Dividend yield		0.7	%		0.6	%		2.9	%
Expected volatility		59	%		52	%		48	%
Risk free interest rate		0.9	%		2.2	%		2.0	%
Weighted average expected option life in years		5.6			5.9			5.9

XML

Short-Term Borrowings (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Non-U.S. lines of credit	$ 0.3	$ 9.0
Total short-term borrowings	$ 0.3	$ 9.0

XML

Summary of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
U.S. Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	$ 156.6	$ 138.4
Interest cost	7.7	7.8
Actuarial loss	22.4	17.4
Benefits paid	(7.0)	(7.0)
Benefit obligation, end of year	179.7	156.6
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year	177.2	154.5
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	57.1	52.6
Service cost	0.2	0.1
Interest cost	2.6	2.9
Actuarial loss	5.9	4.9
Benefits paid	(2.9)	(2.5)
Translation and other	2.7	(0.9)
Benefit obligation, end of year	65.6	57.1
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year	$ 65.6	$ 57.1

XML

Classification of Net Deferred Tax Assets in Balance Sheet (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities [Line Items]
Current net deferred tax assets	$ 4.0	$ 4.8
Current valuation allowance	(14.6)	(7.5)
Total current deferred tax liability	(10.6)	(2.7)
Long-term net deferred tax asset	81.4	75.3
Long-term valuation allowance	(117.2)	(116.3)
Long-term net deferred tax liability	$ (35.8)	$ (41.0)

XML

Summary of Properties and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Land	$ 0.3	$ 0.3
Buildings and improvements	23.7	23.1
Machinery and equipment	148.4	138.4
Accumulated depreciation	(113.1)	(101.8)
Total properties and equipment	$ 59.3	$ 60.0

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Shareholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2010
Cash dividends declared per common share	$ 0.24

XML

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Schedule Of Income Loss From Continuing Operations [Line Items]
United States	$ 10.0	$ 2.5	$ (13.6)
Non-U.S.	15.9	14.1	14.6
Income before income taxes	$ 25.9	$ 16.6	$ 1.0

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Changes in Company's Warranty Liabilities

Changes in the Company’s warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Balance at January 1	$	6.7		$	5.5
Provisions to expense		5.8			9.7
Actual costs incurred		(5.7	)		(8.5	)
Balance at December 31	$	6.8		$	6.7

XML

SCHEDULE II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

SCHEDULE II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

SCHEDULE II

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Description	Balance at Beginning of Year		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses		Deductions Accounts Written off Net of Recoveries			Balance at End of Year
	($ in millions)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year ended December 31, 2012:	$	2.4	$	0.6	$	(0.6	)	$	2.4
Year ended December 31, 2011:	$	2.4	$	0.4	$	(0.4	)	$	2.4
Year ended December 31, 2010:	$	1.9	$	1.1	$	(0.6	)	$	2.4
Inventory obsolescence:
Year ended December 31, 2012:	$	7.7	$	3.9	$	(2.8	)	$	8.8
Year ended December 31, 2011:	$	7.4	$	2.3	$	(2.0	)	$	7.7
Year ended December 31, 2010:	$	7.1	$	2.2	$	(1.9	)	$	7.4
Income tax valuation allowances:
Year ended December 31, 2012:	$	123.9	$	17.3	$	(9.4	)	$	131.8
Year ended December 31, 2011:	$	112.8	$	11.2	$	(0.1	)	$	123.9
Year ended December 31, 2010:	$	25.2	$	89.4	$	(1.8	)	$	112.8

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Subsequent Events

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On March 13, 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing lender, General Electric Capital Corporation as syndication agent, and five additional lenders. The 2013 Credit Agreement provides the Company with a new $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a five-year fully funded term loan in the amount of $75.0 million maturing March 13, 2018, and a five-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility under which borrowings may be made from time to time during the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The revolving credit facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit.

XML

SCHEDULE II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 2.4	$ 2.4	$ 1.9
Additions	0.6	0.4	1.1
Deductions	(0.6)	(0.4)	(0.6)
Ending balance	2.4	2.4	2.4
Inventory Valuation Reserve
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Beginning balance	7.7	7.4	7.1
Additions	3.9	2.3	2.2
Deductions	(2.8)	(2.0)	(1.9)
Ending balance	8.8	7.7	7.4
Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Beginning balance	123.9	112.8	25.2
Additions	17.3	11.2	89.4
Deductions	(9.4)	(0.1)	(1.8)
Ending balance	$ 131.8	$ 123.9	$ 112.8

XML

Debt - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended							12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012 Non-US lines of credit	Sep. 30, 2012 Term Loan	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan	Feb. 22, 2012 Term Loan	Dec. 31, 2011 Term Loan	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan Base Rate Borrowings Minimum	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan Base Rate Borrowings Maximum	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan Libor Borrowings Minimum	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan Libor Borrowings Maximum	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan 13-24	Dec. 31, 2012 Term Loan 25-36	Sep. 30, 2012 ABL Facility	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility	Feb. 22, 2012 ABL Facility	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Letter of Credit	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Base Rate Borrowings Minimum	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Base Rate Borrowings Maximum	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Libor Borrowings Minimum	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Libor Borrowings Maximum	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Term Loan	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Term Loan Non-US lines of credit	Dec. 31, 2012 ABL Facility Term Loan Capital Lease Obligations
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured credit facility					$ 14.5													$ 100.0	$ 50.0
Line of credit facility, term		5 years					5 years
Additional borrowing capacity																	25
Base rate borrowings margin ranges										9.00%	10.00%	10.00%	11.00%							1.00%	2.75%	1.75%	3.50%
Commitment fee																	0.50%
Line of credit facility, amount outstanding		6.7			0.3		4.2	215.0
Maturing date of Term loan							Feb. 22, 2017
Date of commencement of installation							Mar. 31, 2013
Prepayment premium, description							First 12 months
Prepayment premium, interest rate														2.75%	2.00%
Prepayment of long term debt						65.0										10.0
Prepayment penalty and accrued interest on prepayment of long term debt	0.1
Current borrowing capacity		61.6
Remaining borrowing capacity		29.2															25.7
Maturities payment, 2013																								5.0
Maturities payment, 2014																								7.4
Maturities payment, 2015																								7.9
Maturities payment, 2016																								9.3
Maturities payment, 2017																								128.2
Maturities payment, thereafter																								128.2
Maturities payment, 2012																									0.3	0.5
Fair value of aggregate borrowings							208.5		221.4
Interest paid		$ 20.6	$ 16.1	$ 9.7
Weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings		5.15%

XML

Selected Quarterly Data (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Summary of Quarterly Results of Operations

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations, including income per share, for the Company for the quarterly periods of fiscal 2012 and 2011 ($ in millions, except per share amount):

	2012
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	196.1		$	204.4		$	185.0		$	217.7
Gross profit		45.3			49.2			45.6			49.7
Income from continuing operations		3.1			9.6			4.4			4.9
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal		(4.2	)		(26.1	)		(19.1	)		(0.1	)
Net (loss) income		(1.1	)		(16.5	)		(14.7	)		4.8
Per share data — diluted:
Earnings from continuing operations	$	0.05		$	0.15		$	0.07		$	0.08
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations		(0.07	)		(0.41	)		(0.31	)		0.00
Net (loss) income		(0.02	)		(0.26	)		(0.24	)		0.08

	2011
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31,
Net sales	$	150.3		$	175.6		$	167.8		$	195.0
Gross profit		33.3			39.9			36.5			45.7
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(2.4	)		5.7			3.3			6.5
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal		(3.4	)		(1.3	)		(0.9	)		(21.7	)
Net (loss) income		(5.8	)		4.4			2.4			(15.2	)
Per share data — diluted:
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.09		$	0.05		$	0.11
Loss from discontinued operations		(0.05	)		(0.02	)		(0.01	)		(0.36	)
Net (loss) income		(0.09	)		0.07			0.04			(0.25	)

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Basis of Presentation

Basis of presentation:    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Federal Signal Corporation and all of its subsidiaries (“Federal Signal” or the “Company”) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These consolidated financial statements include estimates and assumptions by management that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The operating results of businesses divested during 2012 and 2010 have been excluded since the date of sale, and have been reported as discontinued operations prior to sale (see Note 11). Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Products manufactured and services rendered by the Company are divided into three major operating segments: Safety and Security Systems, Fire Rescue and Environmental Solutions. The individual operating businesses are organized as such because they share certain characteristics, including technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies.

Non-U.S. Operations

Non-U.S. operations:    Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, other than those whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated at current exchange rates with the related translation adjustments reported in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Statements of operations accounts are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates. The Company incurs foreign currency transaction gains/losses relating to assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency. For 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred foreign currency translation losses, included in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations, of $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The cumulative translation adjustment, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, was cumulative income of $10.8 million and a cumulative loss of $0.3 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value of financial instruments:    The Company applies the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to its non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. ASC Topic 820 established a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents:    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity and highly liquid nature of these instruments (Level 1 input).

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash:    Restricted cash of $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 consisted of cash deposited with various financial institutions that was pledged as collateral for the Company’s cash-collateralized letters of credit related to equipment and service performance guarantees.

Allowance For Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for doubtful accounts:    The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses as a result of a customer’s inability to make required payments. Management evaluates the aging of the accounts receivable balances, the financial condition of its customers, historical trends and the time outstanding of specific balances to estimate the amount of accounts receivables that may not be collected in the future and records the appropriate provision.

Inventories

Inventories:    The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Included in the cost of inventories are raw materials, direct wages and associated production costs.

Properties and Equipment and Related Depreciation

Properties and equipment and related depreciation:    Properties and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from eight to 40 years for buildings and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvement. Property and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment.

Goodwill and Definite Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and definite lived intangible assets:   Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31.

Goodwill is tested for impairment based on a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”

Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by looking at current risk-free rates of capital, current market interest rates, and the evaluation of risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change or were incorrect, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.

Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, including Federal Signal, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities. For these companies, the Company calculated the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of Federal Signal and other guideline companies are additional key assumptions. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. If the market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.

The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches. In the current-year evaluation, management determined that the income approach provided a more relevant measure of each reporting unit’s fair value and used it to determine reporting unit fair value. Management used the market approach to corroborate the results of the income approach. Management used the income approach to determine fair value of the reporting units because it considers anticipated future financial performance. The market approach is based upon historical and current economic conditions which might not reflect the long-term prospects or opportunities for the business segment being evaluated.

Definite lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment if indicators exist.

The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2012, 2011 or 2010. Adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flows could cause us to record impairment charges in future periods, which could be material. See Note 4 for a summary of the Company’s goodwill and definite lived intangible assets and Note 11 for a discussion of impairment charges recorded for the discontinued Federal Signal Technologies (“FSTech”) Group.

Pensions

Pensions:    The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Major assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in employee compensation levels. A change in any of these assumptions would have an effect on net periodic pension costs.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock-based compensation plans:    The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, described more fully in Note 8. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Use of Estimates

Use of estimates:    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Warranty

Warranty:    Sales of many of the Company’s products carry express warranties based on terms that are generally accepted in the Company’s marketplaces. The Company records provisions for estimated warranty at the time of sale based on historical experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience. Infrequently, a material warranty issue can arise which is beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. The Company records costs related to these issues as they become probable and estimable.

Product Liability and Workers' Compensation Liability

Product liability and workers’ compensation liability:    Due to the nature of the Company’s products, the Company is subject to claims for product liability and workers’ compensation in the normal course of business. The Company is self-funded for a portion of these claims. The Company establishes a reserve using a third-party actuary for any known outstanding matters, including a reserve for claims incurred but not yet reported.

The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from the firefighter hearing loss litigation (see Note 13). If the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it will record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, at the appropriate time.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition:    Net sales consist primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment, environmental vehicles, vehicle-mounted aerial platforms, parts, service, and maintenance contracts.

The Company recognizes revenue for products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. A product is considered delivered to the customer once it has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s product sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped; however, occasionally title passes later or earlier than shipment due to customer contracts or letter of credit terms. If at the outset of an arrangement the Company determines the arrangement fee is not, or is presumed not to be, fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized as amounts become due and payable and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

Net Sales

Net sales:    Net sales are net of returns and allowances. Returns and allowances are calculated and recorded as a percentage of revenue based upon historical returns. Gross sales include sales of products and billed freight related to product sales. Freight has not historically comprised a material component of gross sales.

Product Shipping Costs

Product shipping costs:    Product shipping costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of sales.

Research and Development

Research and development:    The Company invests in research to support development of new products and the enhancement of existing products and services. The Company believes this investment is important to maintain and/or enhance its leadership position in key markets. Expenditures for research and development by the Company were $10.0 million in 2012, $12.1 million in 2011 and $10.4 million in 2010, and were reported within selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.

Income Taxes

Income taxes:    We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return for Federal Signal Corporation and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established or maintained when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Accounting standards on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes address the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

Litigation Contingencies

Litigation contingencies:    The Company is subject to various claims, other pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising out of the conduct of the Company’s business. The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. Professional legal fees are expensed when incurred. We accrue for contingent losses when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. In the event that estimates or assumptions of contingent losses are different from actual, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information.

XML

Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Summary of Inventories

Inventories at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Raw materials	$	56.8	$	47.1
Work in process		26.8		27.6
Finished goods		36.3		29.6
Total inventories	$	119.9	$	104.3

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock Par Value	Capital in Excess of Par Value	Retained Earnings	Treasury Stock	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	$ 328.7	$ 49.6	$ 93.8	$ 240.4	$ (15.8)	$ (39.3)
Net loss	(175.7)			(175.7)
Total other comprehensive loss	(2.3)					(2.3)
Shares issued for acquisition	10.2	1.2	9.0
Equity offering, net of fees	71.2	12.1	59.1
Cash dividends declared ($0.24 per common share)	(14.1)			(14.1)
Share based payments:
Non-vested stock and options	2.3		2.3
Stock awards	0.4	0.1	0.3
Common stock canceled	0.2		0.2
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	220.9	63.0	164.7	50.6	(15.8)	(41.6)
Net loss	(14.2)			(14.2)
Total other comprehensive loss	(34.8)					(34.8)
Share based payments:
Non-vested stock and options	2.0		2.0
Stock awards	1.0	0.1	0.9
Shares received in connection with vesting of awards	(0.3)				(0.3)
Common stock canceled	0.1		0.1
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	174.7	63.1	167.7	36.4	(16.1)	(76.4)
Net loss	(27.5)			(27.5)
Total other comprehensive loss	(3.7)					(3.7)
Share based payments:
Non-vested stock and options	3.1		3.1
Stock awards	0.3	0.3	0.3		(0.3)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	$ 146.9	$ 63.4	$ 171.1	$ 8.9	$ (16.4)	$ (80.1)

XML

Properties And Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Summarized Properties and Equipment

Properties and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Land	$	0.3		$	0.3
Buildings and improvements		23.7			23.1
Machinery and equipment		148.4			138.4
Accumulated depreciation		(113.1	)		(101.8	)
Total properties and equipment	$	59.3		$	60.0

XML

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Tax expense on unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives	$ 0.2	$ 0.1	$ 0
Tax expense on change in unrecognized losses related to pension benefit plan	$ 0.3	$ 1.6	$ 0

XML

Discontinued Operations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Operating Results of Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the operating results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the three-year period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

Federal Signal Technologies	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	87.0		$	106.9		$	93.4
Interest allocated to discontinued operations		4.8			-			-
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment		0.6			20.6			78.9
Restructuring charges		-			-			0.6
Other costs and expenses		100.0			116.2			103.2
Loss before income taxes		(18.4	)		(29.9	)		(89.3	)
Income tax benefit		3.6			2.0			2.9
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(14.8	)	$	(27.9	)	$	(86.4	)
China WOFE				2011			2010
Net sales				$	0.2		$	1.5
Costs and expenses					0.5			3.2
Loss before income taxes					(0.3	)		(1.7	)
Income tax benefit					-			-
Loss from discontinued operations				$	(0.3	)	$	(1.7	)
Riverchase (SSG Segment)							2010
Net sales								$ -
Costs and expenses								1.3
Loss before income taxes								(1.3	)
Income tax benefit								-
Loss from discontinued operations							$	(1.3	)

Assets and Liabilities of Discontinued Operations

The following table shows an analysis of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Current assets	$	0.8	$	35.9
Properties and equipment		-		2.7
Long-term assets		0.7		93.7
Financial service assets, net		0.5		1.0
Total assets of discontinued operations	$	2.0	$	133.3
Current liabilities	$	6.4	$	24.1
Long-term liabilities		8.6		15.0
Financial service liabilities		-		0.9
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$	15.0	$	40.0

XML

Long-Term Borrowings (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations	$ 157.5	$ 214.0
Unamortized balance of terminated fair value interest rate swaps		0.1
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, unamortized balance	157.5	214.1
Less current maturities, excluding financial services activities	(4.2)
Less current capital lease obligations	(0.5)	(0.1)
Less financial services activities - borrowings (included in discontinued operations)		(0.9)
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, net	152.8	213.1
Revolving Credit Facility
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations		180.0
ABL Facility
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations	6.7
Term Loan
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations	149.1
12.98% private placement note due 2012
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations		27.3
Private placement note, floating rate (8.85% at December 31, 2011)
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations		6.2
Capital Lease Obligations
Borrowings [Line Items]
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations	$ 1.7	$ 0.5

XML

Components of Amounts Recognized in Balance Sheet (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
U.S. Benefit Plans
Amounts recognized in the Balance Sheet consist of
Long term pension liabilities	$ (67.5)	$ (59.6)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax	91.5	79.3
Net amount recognized	24.0	19.7
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Amounts recognized in the Balance Sheet consist of
Long term pension liabilities	(10.8)	(9.2)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax	26.8	23.2
Net amount recognized	$ 16.0	$ 14.0

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 29.7	$ 9.5
Restricted cash	1.0
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $2.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively	96.9	105.0
Inventories - Note 2	119.9	104.3
Prepaid expenses	13.8	14.6
Other current assets	5.1	5.6
Current assets of discontinued operations - Note 11	0.8	35.9
Total current assets	267.2	274.9
Properties and equipment - Note 3	59.3	60.0
Other assets:
Goodwill - Note 4	272.3	270.6
Intangible assets, net - Note 4	0.7	1.8
Deferred charges and other assets	12.5	2.0
Long-term assets of discontinued operations - Note 11	1.2	97.4
Total assets	613.2	706.7
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings - Note 5	0.3	9.0
Current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations - Note 5	4.7	0.1
Accounts payable	52.5	49.5
Customer deposits	13.1	14.4
Deferred revenue	3.1	2.9
Deferred tax liability - Note 6	10.6	2.7
Accrued liabilities:
Compensation and withholding taxes	25.8	18.7
Other	33.1	30.6
Current liabilities of discontinued operations - Note 11	6.4	24.1
Total current liabilities	149.6	152.0
Long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations - Note 5	152.8	213.1
Long-term pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities - Note 7	84.1	74.1
Deferred gain - Note 3	19.4	21.4
Deferred tax liabilities - Note 6	35.8	41.0
Other long-term liabilities	16.0	14.5
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations - Note 11	8.6	15.9
Total liabilities	466.3	532.0
Shareholders' equity - Notes 8 and 9:
Common stock, $1 par value per share, 90.0 million shares authorized, 63.4 million and 63.1 million shares issued, respectively	63.4	63.1
Capital in excess of par value	171.1	167.7
Retained earnings	8.9	36.4
Treasury stock, 0.9 million and 0.9 million shares, respectively, at cost	(16.4)	(16.1)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(80.1)	(76.4)
Total shareholders' equity	146.9	174.7
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 613.2	$ 706.7

XML

Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Foreign currency translation losses	$ 0.6	$ 0.3	$ 1.4
Cumulative translation adjustment	10.8	(0.3)
Restricted cash	1.0
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Research and development expenses	$ 10.0	$ 12.1	$ 10.4
UNITED STATES | Labor Force Concentration Risk
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage	41.00%
UNITED STATES | Unionized Employees Concentration Risk
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage	28.00%
Number of employees	300
Building | Minimum
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	8 years
Building | Maximum
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	40 years
Machinery and Equipment | Minimum
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 years
Machinery and Equipment | Maximum
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	15 years
Leasehold Improvements
Significant Of Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Estimated Useful Lives	over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvement

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified			12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012 Minimum	Dec. 31, 2012 Maximum
Commitments Disclosure [Line Items]
Amount outstanding standby letters of credit	$ 29.2	$ 34.2
Warranty Maturity Periods			1 year	10 years
Reserves related to environmental remediation	$ 1.8	$ 2.2

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net loss	$ (27.5)	$ (14.2)	$ (175.7)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment	11.1	(4.3)	(4.5)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax expense of $0.2, $0.1 and $0.0, respectively	0.7	(0.7)	0.8
Change in unrecognized gains (losses) related to pension benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $0.3, $1.6 and ($0.0), respectively	(15.5)	(29.8)	1.4
Total other comprehensive loss	(3.7)	(34.8)	(2.3)
Comprehensive loss	$ (31.2)	$ (49.0)	$ (178.0)

XML

Summary of Continuing Operations by Segment (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	$ 803.2	$ 688.7	$ 633.1
Total operating income	51.5	33.2	12.4
Interest expense	21.4	16.4	10.2
Total depreciation and amortization	13.2	13.0	11.4
Debt settlement charges	3.5
Total capital expenditures	13.0	13.5	11.3
Total identifiable assets	613.2	706.7
Other expenses	0.7	0.2	1.2
Income before income taxes	25.9	16.6	1.0
Safety And Security Systems
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	240.3	221.4	214.5
Total operating income	27.9	21.5	23.7
Total depreciation and amortization	4.3	4.4	3.7
Total capital expenditures	2.7	3.6	3.0
Total identifiable assets	209.5	200.3
Fire Rescue
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	135.1	109.5	108.8
Total operating income	8.9	6.6	9.4
Total depreciation and amortization	2.6	2.5	2.2
Total capital expenditures	3.1	2.9	1.1
Total identifiable assets	122.5	117.3
Environmental Solutions
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	427.8	357.8	309.8
Total operating income	42.0	24.5	17.9
Total depreciation and amortization	5.4	5.2	4.7
Total capital expenditures	6.4	6.7	6.5
Total identifiable assets	237.5	231.7
Corporate
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating income	(27.3)	(19.4)	(38.6)
Total depreciation and amortization	0.9	0.9	0.8
Total capital expenditures	0.8	0.3	0.7
Total identifiable assets	41.7	24.1
Segment, Continuing Operations
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total identifiable assets	611.2	573.4
Segment, Discontinued Operations
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total identifiable assets	$ 2.0	$ 133.8

XML

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Deferred tax assets:
Depreciation and amortization	$ 12.5	$ 12.5
Accrued expenses	27.9	28.0
Net operating loss, capital loss, alternative minimum tax, research and development, and foreign tax credit carryforwards	75.0	73.1
Pension benefits	31.1	27.4
Other	0.3	0.2
Deferred revenue	0.1	0.1
Gross deferred tax assets	148.7	143.1
Valuation allowance	(131.8)	(123.9)	(76.0)
Total deferred tax assets	16.9	19.2
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	(5.0)	(5.9)
Expenses capitalized for book	(2.1)	(2.5)
Gross deferred tax liabilities	(63.3)	(62.9)
Net deferred tax liability	(46.4)	(43.7)
Definite lived intangibles
Deferred tax assets:
Intangibles assets	1.8	1.8
Indefinite lived intangibles
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangibles liabilities	$ (56.2)	$ (54.5)

XML

Subsequent Events - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 13, 2013 Subsequent Event 2013 Credit Agreement	Mar. 13, 2013 Subsequent Event 2013 Credit Agreement Term Loan	Mar. 13, 2013 Subsequent Event 2013 Credit Agreement Revolving Credit Facility	Mar. 13, 2013 Subsequent Event 2013 Credit Agreement Letter of Credit
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Senior secured credit facility		$ 225.0	$ 75.0	$ 150.0	$ 50.0
Line of credit facility, term	5 years		5 years	5 years
Senior secured credit facility, maturity date			Mar. 13, 2018

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Components of Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	(1.8	)	$	(3.8	)	$	(3.0	)
Foreign		3.2			2.1			5.3
State and local		0.1			0.3			0.3
		1.5			(1.4	)		2.6
Deferred:
Federal	$	2.1		$	4.7		$	70.8
Foreign		0.3			0.2			(0.9	)
State and local		-			-			2.6
		2.4			4.9			72.5
Total income tax provision	$	3.9		$	3.5		$	75.1

Differences between Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and Effective Income Tax Rate

Differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 are summarized below:

	2012			2011			2010
Statutory federal income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1.0			0.9			16.4
Valuation allowance		41.3			8.8			7,646.4
Bad debt deduction		(24.9	)		-
Asset dispositions and write-offs		(29.5	)
Non-deductible acquisition costs		-			-			41.6
Tax reserves		(1.0	)		4.1			(100.9	)
R&D tax credits		-			(4.1	)		(54.8	)
Foreign tax rate effects		(7.2	)		(22.5	)		(138.0	)
Other, net		0.4			(1.1	)		64.3
Effective income tax rate		15.1	%		21.1	%		7,510.0	%

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Depreciation and amortization	$	12.5		$	12.5
Accrued expenses		27.9			28.0
Net operating loss, capital loss, alternative minimum tax, research and development, and foreign tax credit carryforwards		75.0			73.1
Definite lived intangibles		1.8			1.8
Pension benefits		31.1			27.4
Other		0.3			0.2
Deferred revenue		0.1			0.1
Gross deferred tax assets		148.7			143.1
Valuation allowance		(131.8	)		(123.9	)
Total deferred tax assets		16.9			19.2
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(5.0	)		(5.9	)
Expenses capitalized for book		(2.1	)		(2.5	)
Indefinite lived intangibles		(56.2	)		(54.5	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(63.3	)		(62.9	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(46.4	)	$	(43.7	)

Classification of Net Deferred Tax Assets in Balance Sheet

The net deferred tax asset at December 31 is classified in the balance sheet as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Current net deferred tax assets	$	4.0		$	4.8
Current valuation allowance		(14.6	)		(7.5	)
Total current deferred tax liability	$	(10.6	)	$	(2.7	)
Long-term net deferred tax asset	$	81.4		$	75.3
Long-term valuation allowance		(117.2	)		(116.3	)
Long-term net deferred tax liability	$	(35.8	)	$	(41.0	)

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes for each of the three years ended December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012		2011		2010
U.S.	$	10.0	$	2.5	$	(13.6	)
Non-U.S.		15.9		14.1		14.6
	$	25.9	$	16.6	$	1.0

Summary of Activities Related to Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits ($ in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	3.8
Increases related to current year tax		1.3
Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities		(0.2	)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations		(0.6	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	4.3
Increases related to current year tax		0.2
Increases from prior period positions		0.1
Decreases from prior period positions		(0.2	)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations		(0.4	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	4.0

XML

Pensions - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Contributions to certain multiemployer pension plans	$ 0.3	$ 0.3	$ 0.2
Amortization of actuarial loss	8.1
Cost of defined contribution pension plans	6.3	5.8	5.5
Defined Benefit Postretirement Health Coverage
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Eligible age for pension plan benefits	60
Minimum service period to be eligible for pension plan benefits	15 years
Accumulated postretirement benefit liabilities	1.0	1.0
Common Stock
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Equity securities, common stock (shares)	0.9	0.9
Equity securities, common stock	7.1	3.9
Dividends paid	0.1	0.1
U.S. Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected contribution to defined benefit plan	6.8
Accumulated postretirement benefit liabilities	177.2	154.5
U.S. Benefit Plans | Maximum
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted-average target return of pension plans	8.10%
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected contribution to defined benefit plan	2.3
Accumulated postretirement benefit liabilities	$ 65.6	$ 57.1

XML

Restructuring

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Restructuring

NOTE 12 — RESTRUCTURING

During 2012 and 2010, the Company announced restructuring initiatives. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s total restructuring accrual was $1.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and was included in accrued liabilities other on the consolidated balance sheets. There were no new restructuring activities initiated in 2011. The Company continues to review its business for opportunities to reduce operating expenses and focus on executing its strategy based on core competencies and cost efficiencies.

2012 Plan

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company recorded expenses of $0.9 million related to severance costs in the Safety and Security Systems Group. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company recorded an additional $0.6 million related to severance costs within corporate expense. These actions are expected to be completed within the next 12 months.

2010 Plan

During 2010, the Company announced restructuring initiatives and other functional reorganizations focused on aligning its cost base with revenues and recorded $4.0 million in restructuring charges related to a global reduction in force across all functions. The Company completed the 2010 plan initiatives in 2012 and released the remaining $0.1 million reserve to income during the second quarter of 2012.

In 2010, the Company also recorded an additional $0.4 million in restructuring charges related to an initiative started in 2009. The Company completed these actions as of December 31, 2010.

The following table summarizes the 2010 restructuring charges by segment and the total charges estimated to be incurred ($ in millions):

Group	Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges at December 31, 2010
Environmental Solutions	$	0.8
Safety and Security Systems		1.8
Fire Rescue		0.6
Corporate		1.2
Total restructuring	$	4.4

The following presents an analysis of the restructuring reserves included in other accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively ($ in millions):

	Severance			Other	Total
2012 Plan
Balance as of December 31, 2011		$-		$ -		$-
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		1.5		-		1.5
Cash payments		(0.5	)	-		(0.5	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	1.0		$-	$	1.0

	Severance			Other			Total
2010 Plan
Balance as of December 31, 2009		$-			$-			$-
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		3.5			0.5			4.0
Cash payments		(1.6	)		(0.1	)		(1.7	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	1.9		$	0.4		$	2.3
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		0.1			(0.1	)		-
Cash payments		(2.0	)		(0.2	)		(2.2	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011		-			0.1			0.1
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses		-			(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012		$-			$-			$-

XML

Postretirement Benefits (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Postretirement Benefits

The components of net periodic pension expense for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans									Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2010			2012			2011			2010
Company-sponsored plans
Service cost	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	0.2
Interest cost		7.4			7.4			7.4			2.6			2.9			2.7
Expected return on plan assets		(8.1	)		(7.2	)		(8.2	)		(2.6	)		(3.3	)		(3.1	)
Amortization of actuarial loss		5.5			4.5			3.5			0.8			0.9			0.8
		4.8			4.7			2.7			1.0			0.6			0.6
Multi-employer plans		0.3			0.3			0.2			-			-			-
Net periodic pension expense	$	5.1		$	5.0		$	2.9		$	1.0		$	0.6		$	0.6

Summary of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation

The following summarizes the changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, the funded status of the Company-sponsored plans, and the major assumptions used to determine these amounts at December 31 ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	$	156.6		$	138.4		$	57.1		$	52.6
Service cost		-			-			0.2			0.1
Interest cost		7.7			7.8			2.6			2.9
Actuarial loss		22.4			17.4			5.9			4.9
Benefits paid		(7.0	)		(7.0	)		(2.9	)		(2.5	)
Translation and other		-			-			2.7			(0.9	)
Benefit obligation, end of year	$	179.7		$	156.6		$	65.6		$	57.1
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year	$	177.2		$	154.5		$	65.6		$	57.1

Summary of Change in Plan Assets

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Change in Plan Assets ($ in millions)
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$	97.0		$	104.8		$	47.9		$	50.6
Actual return on plan assets		13.0			(3.5	)		5.3			(0.8	)
Company contribution		9.2			2.7			2.3			1.1
Benefits and expenses paid		(7.0	)		(7.0	)		(2.9	)		(2.5	)
Translation and other		-			-			2.2			(0.5	)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$	112.2		$	97.0		$	54.8		$	47.9

Summary of Pension Assets in Three-Tier Fair Value Hierarchy for Benefit Plan

The following table summarizes the Company’s pension assets in a three-tier fair value hierarchy for its benefit plan as of December 31 ($ in millions):

	U. S. Benefit Plans
	2012								2011
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	3.7		$-		$ -	$	3.7		$ -	$	3.9	$	-	$	3.9
Equities
U.S. Large Cap		32.7		-		-		32.7		27.7		-		-		27.7
U.S. Small and Mid Cap		11.9		-		-		11.9		9.9		-		-		9.9
Federal Signal Common Stock		7.1		-		-		7.1		3.9		-		-		3.9
Developed International		6.6		-		-		6.6		3.7		-		-		3.7
Emerging Markets		4.5		-		-		4.5		3.3		-		-		3.3
Fixed Income
Government Bonds		5.7		-		-		5.7		4.5		-		-		4.5
Asset  -backed Securities		-		5.9		-		5.9		-		6.7		-		6.7
Collective/Common Trust and Other
Mutual Funds		34.1		-		-		34.1		33.3		0.1		-		33.4
Total assets at fair value	$	106.3	$	5.9	$	-	$	112.2	$	86.3	$	10.7	$	-	$	97.0

	Non-U. S. Benefit Plan
	2012								2011
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10.6		$ -	$	-	$	10.6	$	8.6		$ -	$	-	$	8.6
Equity Securities		4.8		29.7		-		34.5		4.0		25.1		-		29.1
Government Securities		4.1		-		-		4.1		4.9		-		-		4.9
Company Bonds and Debt Securities		5.6		-		-		5.6		5.3		-		-		5.3
Total	$	25.1	$	29.7	$	-	$	54.8	$	22.8	$	25.1	$	-	$	47.9

Funded Status

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Funded status, end of year ($ in millions):
Fair value of plan assets	$	112.2		$	97.0		$	54.8		$	47.9
Benefit obligations		179.7			156.6			65.6			57.1
Funded status	$	(67.5	)	$	(59.6	)	$	(10.8	)	$	(9.2	)

Components of Amounts Recognized in Balance Sheet

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of ($ in millions):
Long term pension liabilities	$	(67.5	)	$	(59.6	)	$	(10.8	)	$	(9.2	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax		91.5			79.3			26.8			23.2
Net amount recognized	$	24.0		$	19.7		$	16.0		$	14.0

Components of Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of ($ in millions):
Net actuarial loss	$	91.5	$	79.3	$	26.8	$	23.2
Prior service cost		-		-		-		-
Net amount recognized, pre-tax	$	91.5	$	79.3	$	26.8	$	23.2

Benefits Expected to be Paid under Defined Benefit Plans

The following table presents the benefits expected to be paid under the Company’s defined benefit plans in each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans		Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
2013	$	7.9	$	2.7
2014		8.1		2.8
2015		8.8		2.9
2016		8.7		3.0
2017		9.5		3.1
2018-2022		51.8		16.8

Pension Plans, Defined Benefit

Summary of Weighted-Average Assumptions Used

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining pension costs in each of the three years for the period ended December 31:

	U.S. Benefit Plans									Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2010			2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		5.0	%		5.8	%		6.0	%		4.6	%		5.4	%		5.7	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels *		3.5	%		3.5	%		3.5	%		N/A			N/A			N/A
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets		8.1	%		8.2	%		8.5	%		5.3	%		6.5	%		6.5	%

* Non-U.S. plan benefits are not adjusted for compensation level changes.

Defined Benefit Obligations

Summary of Weighted-Average Assumptions Used

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations as of December 31:

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Discount rate		4.2	%		5.0	%		4.1	%		4.6	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels		3.5	%		3.5	%		N/A			N/A

XML

Summary of Quarterly Results of Operations (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Quarterly Financial Data [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 217.7	$ 185.0	$ 204.4	$ 196.1	$ 195.0	$ 167.8	$ 175.6	$ 150.3	$ 803.2	$ 688.7	$ 633.1
Gross profit	49.7	45.6	49.2	45.3	45.7	36.5	39.9	33.3	189.8	155.4	150.9
(Loss) income from continuing operations	4.9	4.4	9.6	3.1	6.5	3.3	5.7	(2.4)	22.0	13.1	(74.1)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal	(0.1)	(19.1)	(26.1)	(4.2)	(21.7)	(0.9)	(1.3)	(3.4)	(49.5)	(27.3)	(101.6)
Net (loss) income	$ 4.8	$ (14.7)	$ (16.5)	$ (1.1)	$ (15.2)	$ 2.4	$ 4.4	$ (5.8)	$ (27.5)	$ (14.2)	$ (175.7)
Per share data - diluted: (Loss) earnings from continuing operations	$ 0.08	$ 0.07	$ 0.15	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ 0.05	$ 0.09	$ (0.04)	$ 0.35	$ 0.21	$ (1.29)
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations	$ 0.00	$ (0.31)	$ (0.41)	$ (0.07)	$ (0.36)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.79)	$ (0.44)	$ (1.76)
Net (loss) income	$ 0.08	$ (0.24)	$ (0.26)	$ (0.02)	$ (0.25)	$ 0.04	$ 0.07	$ (0.09)	$ (0.44)	$ (0.23)	$ (3.05)

XML

Segment And Related Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Segment And Related Information

NOTE 14 — SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

The Company has three continuing operating segments as defined under ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting. Business units are organized under each segment because they share certain characteristics, such as technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies. The principal activities of the Company’s operating segments are as follows:

Information regarding the Company’s discontinued operations is included in Note 11.

Safety and Security Systems — Our Safety and Security Systems Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of comprehensive systems and products that law enforcement, fire rescue, emergency medical services, campuses, military facilities and industrial sites use to protect people and property. Offerings include systems for campus and community alerting, emergency vehicles, first responder interoperable communications, industrial communications and command and municipal networked security. Specific products include vehicle lightbars and sirens, public warning sirens and public safety software. Products are primarily sold under the Federal Signal^TM , Federal Signal VAMA^TM, Target Tech^®, and Victor^TM brand names. The Group operates manufacturing facilities in North America, Europe, and South Africa.

Fire Rescue — The Fire Rescue Group manufactures articulated and telescopic aerial platforms for rescue and fire fighting and for maintenance purposes. This Group sells to municipal and industrial fire services, civil defense authorities, rental companies, electric utilities and industrial customers. The Group manufactures in Finland and sells globally under the Bronto Skylift^® brand name.

Environmental Solutions — The Environmental Solutions Group manufactures a variety of self-propelled street cleaning vehicles, vacuum loader vehicles, municipal catch basin/sewer cleaning vacuum trucks, and waterblasting equipment. This Group sells primarily to municipal and government customers and industrial contractors. Products are sold under the Elgin^®, Vactor^®, Guzzler^® and Jetstream^® brand names. The Group primarily manufactures its vehicles and equipment in the United States.

Corporate contains those items that are not included in our operating segments.

Net sales by operating segment reflect sales of products and services to external customers, as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Intersegment sales are insignificant. The Company evaluates performance based on operating income of the respective segment. Operating income includes all revenues, costs and expenses directly related to the segment involved. In determining operating segment income, neither corporate nor interest expenses are included. Operating segment depreciation expense, identifiable assets and capital expenditures relate to those assets that are utilized by the respective operating segment. Corporate assets consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, notes and other receivables and fixed assets. The accounting policies of each operating segment are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

Revenues attributed to customers located outside of the U.S. aggregated $310.5 million in 2012, $268.2 million in 2011 and $258.5 million in 2010, of which sales exported from the U.S. aggregated $127.9 million, $126.1 million and $112.4 million, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s continuing operations by segment for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 is as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales
Safety and Security Systems	$	240.3		$	221.4		$	214.5
Fire Rescue		135.1			109.5			108.8
Environmental Solutions		427.8			357.8			309.8
Total net sales	$	803.2		$	688.7		$	633.1
Operating income
Safety and Security Systems	$	27.9		$	21.5		$	23.7
Fire Rescue		8.9			6.6			9.4
Environmental Solutions		42.0			24.5			17.9
Corporate expense		(27.3	)		(19.4	)		(38.6	)
Total operating income		51.5			33.2			12.4
Interest expense		21.4			16.4			10.2
Debt settlement charges		3.5			-			-
Other expenses		0.7			0.2			1.2
Income before income taxes	$	25.9		$	16.6		$	1.0
Depreciation and amortization
Safety and Security Systems	$	4.3		$	4.4		$	3.7
Fire Rescue		2.6			2.5			2.2
Environmental Solutions		5.4			5.2			4.7
Corporate		0.9			0.9			0.8
Total depreciation and amortization	$	13.2		$	13.0		$	11.4

	2012		2011
Identifiable assets
Safety and Security Systems	$	209.5	$	200.3
Fire Rescue		122.5		117.3
Environmental Solutions		237.5		231.7
Corporate		41.7		24.1
Total assets of continuing operations		611.2		573.4
Assets of discontinued operations		2.0		133.8
Total identifiable assets	$	613.2	$	706.7

	2012		2011		2010
Capital expenditures
Safety and Security Systems	$	2.7	$	3.6	$	3.0
Fire Rescue		3.1		2.9		1.1
Environmental Solutions		6.4		6.7		6.5
Corporate		0.8		0.3		0.7
Total capital expenditures	$	13.0	$	13.5	$	11.3

The segment information provided below is classified based on geographic location of the Company’s subsidiaries ($ in millions):

	2012		2011		2010
Net sales
United States	$	492.7	$	420.5	$	374.6
Europe/Other		259.0		229.0		220.0
Canada		51.5		39.2		38.5
	$	803.2	$	688.7	$	633.1
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)
United States	$	54.5	$	45.4
Europe		16.8		16.0
Other		0.5		0.6
	$	71.8	$	62.0

XML

Summary of Weighted-Average Assumptions Used in Determining Benefit Obligations (Detail)	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
U.S. Benefit Plans
Schedule of Net Periodic Benefit Costs Weighted Average Assumptions [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.20%	5.00%
Rate of increase in compensation levels	3.50%	3.50%
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Schedule of Net Periodic Benefit Costs Weighted Average Assumptions [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.10%	4.60%

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Tax expense on unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives	$ 0.2	$ 0.1	$ 0
Tax expense on change in unrecognized losses related to pension benefit plan	$ 0.3	$ 1.6	$ 0

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 2.4	$ 2.4
Common stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Common stock, shares authorized	90.0	90.0
Common stock, shares issued	63.4	63.1
Treasury stock, shares	0.9	0.9

XML

Postretirement Benefits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Postretirement Benefits

NOTE 7 — PENSIONS

The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor a number of defined benefit pension plans covering certain salaried and hourly employees. Benefits under these plans are primarily based on final average compensation and years of service as defined within the provisions of the individual plans. The Company also participates in a retirement plan that provides defined benefits to employees under certain collective bargaining agreements.

The components of net periodic pension expense for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans									Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2010			2012			2011			2010
Company-sponsored plans
Service cost	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	0.2
Interest cost		7.4			7.4			7.4			2.6			2.9			2.7
Expected return on plan assets		(8.1	)		(7.2	)		(8.2	)		(2.6	)		(3.3	)		(3.1	)
Amortization of actuarial loss		5.5			4.5			3.5			0.8			0.9			0.8
		4.8			4.7			2.7			1.0			0.6			0.6
Multi-employer plans		0.3			0.3			0.2			-			-			-
Net periodic pension expense	$	5.1		$	5.0		$	2.9		$	1.0		$	0.6		$	0.6

The Company, through its subsidiaries, participates in certain multiemployer pension plans under U.S. collective bargaining agreements. None of these plans are considered individually significant to the Company. Contributions to these plans totaled $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining pension costs in each of the three years for the period ended December 31:

	U.S. Benefit Plans									Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2010			2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		5.0	%		5.8	%		6.0	%		4.6	%		5.4	%		5.7	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels *		3.5	%		3.5	%		3.5	%		N/A			N/A			N/A
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets		8.1	%		8.2	%		8.5	%		5.3	%		6.5	%		6.5	%

* Non-U.S. plan benefits are not adjusted for compensation level changes.

The following summarizes the changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, the funded status of the Company-sponsored plans, and the major assumptions used to determine these amounts at December 31 ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of year	$	156.6		$	138.4		$	57.1		$	52.6
Service cost		-			-			0.2			0.1
Interest cost		7.7			7.8			2.6			2.9
Actuarial loss		22.4			17.4			5.9			4.9
Benefits paid		(7.0	)		(7.0	)		(2.9	)		(2.5	)
Translation and other		-			-			2.7			(0.9	)
Benefit obligation, end of year	$	179.7		$	156.6		$	65.6		$	57.1
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year	$	177.2		$	154.5		$	65.6		$	57.1

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations as of December 31:

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Discount rate		4.2	%		5.0	%		4.1	%		4.6	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels		3.5	%		3.5	%		N/A			N/A

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Change in Plan Assets ($ in millions)
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$	97.0		$	104.8		$	47.9		$	50.6
Actual return on plan assets		13.0			(3.5	)		5.3			(0.8	)
Company contribution		9.2			2.7			2.3			1.1
Benefits and expenses paid		(7.0	)		(7.0	)		(2.9	)		(2.5	)
Translation and other		-			-			2.2			(0.5	)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$	112.2		$	97.0		$	54.8		$	47.9

The amounts included in translation and other in the preceding tables reflect the impact of the foreign exchange translation for the non-U.S. benefit plan.

The plan asset’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value for the U.S. benefit plan:

• Cash and Cash Equivalents — Valued at net asset value as provided by the administrator of the fund.

• U.S. Government and agency securities — Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the security is traded or valued by the trustee at year-end using various pricing services of financial institutions.

• Common stock — Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the security is traded.

• Collective/Common trust — Valued at the net asset value, based on quoted market value of the underlying assets, of shares held by the plan at year end.

• Mutual funds — Valued at the net asset value, based on quoted market prices in active markets, of shares held by the plan at year end.

Plan assets for the non-U.S. benefit plans are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

The following table summarizes the Company’s pension assets in a three-tier fair value hierarchy for its benefit plan as of December 31 ($ in millions):

	U. S. Benefit Plans
	2012								2011
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	3.7		$-		$ -	$	3.7		$ -	$	3.9	$	-	$	3.9
Equities
U.S. Large Cap		32.7		-		-		32.7		27.7		-		-		27.7
U.S. Small and Mid Cap		11.9		-		-		11.9		9.9		-		-		9.9
Federal Signal Common Stock		7.1		-		-		7.1		3.9		-		-		3.9
Developed International		6.6		-		-		6.6		3.7		-		-		3.7
Emerging Markets		4.5		-		-		4.5		3.3		-		-		3.3
Fixed Income
Government Bonds		5.7		-		-		5.7		4.5		-		-		4.5
Asset  -backed Securities		-		5.9		-		5.9		-		6.7		-		6.7
Collective/Common Trust and Other
Mutual Funds		34.1		-		-		34.1		33.3		0.1		-		33.4
Total assets at fair value	$	106.3	$	5.9	$	-	$	112.2	$	86.3	$	10.7	$	-	$	97.0

	Non-U. S. Benefit Plan
	2012								2011
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10.6		$ -	$	-	$	10.6	$	8.6		$ -	$	-	$	8.6
Equity Securities		4.8		29.7		-		34.5		4.0		25.1		-		29.1
Government Securities		4.1		-		-		4.1		4.9		-		-		4.9
Company Bonds and Debt Securities		5.6		-		-		5.6		5.3		-		-		5.3
Total	$	25.1	$	29.7	$	-	$	54.8	$	22.8	$	25.1	$	-	$	47.9

During 2010, the Company adopted a structured derisking investment strategy for the U.S. pension plans to improve alignment of assets and liabilities that includes: (1) maintaining a diversified portfolio that can provide a near-term weighted-average target return of 8.1% or more; (2) maintaining liquidity to meet obligations; and (3) prudently managing administrative and management costs. The plan invests in equity, mutual funds, and fixed income instruments.

Plan assets for the non-U.S. benefit plan consist principally of a diversified portfolio of equity securities, U.K. government securities, company bonds and debt securities. During 2012, the Company determined the inputs used to value certain non-U.S. investments in equity securities both in the U.K. and overseas markets were based on observable market information consistent with Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, rather than Level 1 as reported in the 2011 financial statements. Accordingly, the amounts shown in the 2011 table above have been revised to reflect the correct presentation.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, equity securities included 0.9 million and 0.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $7.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Dividends paid on the Company’s common stock to the pension trusts aggregated $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 and none in the year ended December 31, 2012.

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Funded status, end of year ($ in millions):
Fair value of plan assets	$	112.2		$	97.0		$	54.8		$	47.9
Benefit obligations		179.7			156.6			65.6			57.1
Funded status	$	(67.5	)	$	(59.6	)	$	(10.8	)	$	(9.2	)

	U.S. Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of ($ in millions):
Long term pension liabilities	$	(67.5	)	$	(59.6	)	$	(10.8	)	$	(9.2	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax		91.5			79.3			26.8			23.2
Net amount recognized	$	24.0		$	19.7		$	16.0		$	14.0
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of ($ in millions):
Net actuarial loss	$	91.5		$	79.3		$	26.8		$	23.2
Prior service cost		-			-			-			-
Net amount recognized, pre-tax	$	91.5		$	79.3		$	26.8		$	23.2

The Company expects $8.1 million relating to amortization of the actuarial loss to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2013.

The Company expects to contribute up to $6.8 million to the U.S. benefit plans and up to $2.3 million to the non-U.S. benefit plan in 2013. Future contributions to the plans will be based on such factors as annual service cost as well as return on plan asset values, interest rate movements, and benefit payments.

The following table presents the benefits expected to be paid under the Company’s defined benefit plans in each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter ($ in millions):

	U.S. Benefit Plans		Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
2013	$	7.9	$	2.7
2014		8.1		2.8
2015		8.8		2.9
2016		8.7		3.0
2017		9.5		3.1
2018-2022		51.8		16.8

The Company also sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan covering a majority of its employees. Participation is via automatic enrollment; employees may elect to opt out of the plan. Company contributions to the plan are based on employees’ age and service as well as a percentage of employee contributions. The cost of these plans during each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, was $6.3 million in 2012, $5.8 million in 2011 and $5.5 million in 2010.

Prior to September 30, 2003, the Company also provided medical benefits to certain eligible retired employees. These benefits are funded when the claims are incurred. Participants generally became eligible for these benefits at age 60 after completing at least 15 years of service. The plan provided for the payment of specified percentages of medical expenses reduced by any deductible and payments made by other primary group coverage and government programs. Effective September 30, 2003, the Company amended the retiree medical plan and effectively canceled coverage for all eligible active employees except for retirees and a limited group that qualified under a formula based on age and years of service. Accumulated postretirement benefit liabilities of $1.0 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were fully accrued. The net periodic postretirement benefit costs have not been significant during the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Segment and Related Information - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012 Segment	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of operating segments									3
Net sales	$ 217.7	$ 185.0	$ 204.4	$ 196.1	$ 195.0	$ 167.8	$ 175.6	$ 150.3	$ 803.2	$ 688.7	$ 633.1
Outside United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales									310.5	268.2	258.5
Exports From U S To Other Regions
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales									$ 127.9	$ 126.1	$ 112.4

XML

Analysis of Restructuring Reserves Included in Other Accrued Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$ 0.1
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses	(1.4)		(4.4)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	1.0
2012 Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses	1.5
Cash payments	(0.5)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	1.0
2012 Plan | Employee Severance
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses	1.5
Cash payments	(0.5)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	1.0
2010 Plan
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Balance as of December 31, 2009	0.1	2.3
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses	(0.1)		4.0
Cash payments		(2.2)	(1.7)
Balance as of December 31, 2010		0.1	2.3
2010 Plan | Employee Severance
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Balance as of December 31, 2009		1.9
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses		0.1	3.5
Cash payments		(2.0)	(1.6)
Balance as of December 31, 2010			1.9
2010 Plan | Other Restructuring
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Balance as of December 31, 2009	0.1	0.4
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses	(0.1)	(0.1)	0.5
Cash payments		(0.2)	(0.1)
Balance as of December 31, 2010		$ 0.1	$ 0.4

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Feb. 28, 2013	Jun. 29, 2012
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2012
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2012
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	FSS
Entity Registrant Name	FEDERAL SIGNAL CORP /DE/
Entity Central Index Key	0000277509
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		62,398,530
Entity Public Float			$ 351,678,008

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Stock-Based Compensation

NOTE 8 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s stock compensation plans, approved by the Company’s shareholders and administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, provide for the grant of incentive and non-incentive stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards or units to key employees and directors. The plans, as amended, authorize the grant of up to 7.8 million shares or units through April 2020. These share or unit amounts exclude amounts that were issued under predecessor plans.

Stock options vest equally over the three years from the date of the grant. The cost of stock options, based on the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, is charged to expense over the respective vesting periods. Stock options normally become exercisable at a rate of one-third annually and in full on the third anniversary date. All options and rights must be exercised within ten years from date of grant. At the Company’s discretion, vested stock option holders are permitted to elect an alternative settlement method in lieu of purchasing common stock at the option price. The alternative settlement method permits the employee to receive, without payment to the Company, cash, shares of common stock, or a combination thereof equal to the excess of market value of common stock over the option purchase price. The Company has historically settled all such options in common stock and intends to continue to do so.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $2.73, $3.12 and $3.27, respectively. The fair value of each option grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

	2012			2011			2010
Dividend yield		0.7	%		0.6	%		2.9	%
Expected volatility		59	%		52	%		48	%
Risk free interest rate		0.9	%		2.2	%		2.0	%
Weighted average expected option life in years		5.6			5.9			5.9

The expected life of options represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. Dividend yields are based on historical dividend payments.

Stock option activity for the three years ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

	Option Shares									Weighted Average Exercise Price
	2012			2011			2010			2012		2011		2010
	(in millions)
Outstanding at beginning of year		2.0			1.9			2.1		$	10.16	$	12.61	$	13.60
Granted		0.6			0.7			0.4			5.52		6.50		8.93
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		(0.6	)		(0.6	)		9.88		14.02		13.47
Outstanding at end of year		2.3			2.0			1.9		$	8.93	$	10.16	$	12.61
Exercisable at end of year		1.3			1.0			1.2		$	11.22	$	13.12	$	14.84

The following table summarizes information for stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 under all plans:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Weighted Average Remaining Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
	(in millions)		(in years)				(in millions)
5.01 — 10.00		1.5		8.1	$	6.12		0.5	$	6.51
10.01 — 15.00		0.4		5.5		10.74		0.4		10.81
15.01 — 20.00		0.4		2.3		16.87		0.4		16.87
		2.3		6.6	$	8.93		1.3	$	11.22

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012 was $0.5 million.

Restricted stock awards are granted to employees at no cost. Awards primarily cliff vest at the third anniversary from the date of award, provided the recipient is still employed by the Company on the vesting date. The cost of restricted stock awards, based on the fair market value at the date of grant, is being charged to expense over the respective vesting periods. The following table summarizes restricted stock grants for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2012:

	Number of Restricted Shares			Weighted Average Price per Share
	(in millions)
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2011		0.4		$	7.99
Granted		0.1			5.72
Vested		(0.2	)		7.14
Outstanding and non-vested at December 31, 2012		0.3		$	7.38

The total compensation expense related to all stock option and stock award compensation plans was $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Also, as of December 31, 2012, there were $1.6 million and $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options and stock awards, respectively, that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 and 2.1 years, respectively.

2010 Performance Share Units

In 2008, the Company established a long term incentive plan for executive officers under which awards were classified as equity in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Performance share units granted in 2010 were tied to the achievement of a pre-determined three-year relative performance metric based upon Total Stockholder Return (“TSR”) relative to a comparator group of companies, which is a market condition per ASC 718. Performance share units would have vested if (1) the Company had achieved certain specified stock performance targets compared to a comparator group of companies measured at December 31, 2012, and (2) the employee remained continuously employed by the Company until the last day of the three-year performance period, December 31, 2012. The TSR performance metric for the 2010 award was not met. Accordingly, the 2010 performance share units were not earned. Compensation expense is based on the fair value of the performance share unit on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012, compensation expense relating to the unearned 2010 performance share units has been fully amortized.

The fair value is calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model with the following assumptions:

	2010
Dividend yield		2.4	%
Expected volatility		64	%
Risk free interest rate		1.5	%
Weighted average expected life in years		2.7

2011 and 2012 Performance Share Units

The performance share units granted in 2011 and 2012 were extended to certain other non-executive officers. The performance share units granted in 2011 and 2012 both have a one-year performance period ending December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, in which the Company must achieve certain earnings per share (“EPS”) from continuing operations, which is a performance condition per ASC 718, followed by a two-year service requirement (i.e., if earned, these shares would vest in full on December 31, 2013 or 2014, respectively). The EPS threshold for the 2011 award was not met. Accordingly, the 2011 performance share units were not earned, and no compensation expense was recorded relating to the 2011 award. The EPS threshold for 2012 was achieved at the maximum level, and 200% of the target shares were earned. Compensation expense included in the consolidated statement of operations for the 2012 performance unit shares for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $ 0.6 million. The total compensation expense for these performance share units is being amortized through the end of the vesting period, December 31, 2014.

XML

Assumptions Used to Calculate Fair Value (Detail) (Performance Shares)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2010
Performance Shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Dividend yield	2.40%
Expected volatility	64.00%
Risk free interest rate	1.50%
Weighted average expected life in years	2 years 8 months 12 days

XML

Summary of Restructuring Charges by Segment and Total Charges Estimated to be Incurred (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2010
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges	$ 1.4	$ 4.4
Environmental Solutions
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges		0.8
Safety And Security Systems
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges		1.8
Fire Rescue
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges		0.6
Corporate
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges		$ 1.2

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Operations (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net sales	$ 803.2	$ 688.7	$ 633.1
Cost of sales	613.4	533.3	482.2
Gross profit	189.8	155.4	150.9
Selling, engineering, general and administrative	136.9	122.2	130.2
Acquisition and integration related costs			3.9
Restructuring charges - Note 12	1.4		4.4
Operating income	51.5	33.2	12.4
Interest expense	21.4	16.4	10.2
Debt settlement charges	3.5
Other expense	0.7	0.2	1.2
Income before income taxes	25.9	16.6	1.0
Income tax provision - Note 6	(3.9)	(3.5)	(75.1)
Income (loss) from continuing operations	22.0	13.1	(74.1)
Discontinued operations - Note 11
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax benefit of $3.6 million, $2.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively	(49.5)	(27.3)	(101.6)
Net loss	$ (27.5)	$ (14.2)	$ (175.7)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations	$ 0.35	$ 0.21	$ (1.29)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of taxes	$ (0.79)	$ (0.44)	$ (1.76)
Net loss per share	$ (0.44)	$ (0.23)	$ (3.05)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	62.3	62.2	57.6
Diluted	62.7	62.2	57.6

XML

Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Inventories

NOTE 2 — INVENTORIES

Inventories at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Raw materials	$	56.8	$	47.1
Work in process		26.8		27.6
Finished goods		36.3		29.6
Total inventories	$	119.9	$	104.3

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Significant Accounting Policies

NOTE 1 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation:    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Federal Signal Corporation and all of its subsidiaries (“Federal Signal” or the “Company”) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These consolidated financial statements include estimates and assumptions by management that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The operating results of businesses divested during 2012 and 2010 have been excluded since the date of sale, and have been reported as discontinued operations prior to sale (see Note 11). Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Products manufactured and services rendered by the Company are divided into three major operating segments: Safety and Security Systems, Fire Rescue and Environmental Solutions. The individual operating businesses are organized as such because they share certain characteristics, including technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies.

Non-U.S. operations:    Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, other than those whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated at current exchange rates with the related translation adjustments reported in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Statements of operations accounts are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates. The Company incurs foreign currency transaction gains/losses relating to assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency. For 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred foreign currency translation losses, included in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations, of $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The cumulative translation adjustment, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, was cumulative income of $10.8 million and a cumulative loss of $0.3 million, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments:    The Company applies the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to its non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. ASC Topic 820 established a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Cash equivalents:    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity and highly liquid nature of these instruments (Level 1 input).

Restricted cash:    Restricted cash of $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 consisted of cash deposited with various financial institutions that was pledged as collateral for the Company’s cash-collateralized letters of credit related to equipment and service performance guarantees.

Allowance for doubtful accounts:    The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses as a result of a customer’s inability to make required payments. Management evaluates the aging of the accounts receivable balances, the financial condition of its customers, historical trends and the time outstanding of specific balances to estimate the amount of accounts receivables that may not be collected in the future and records the appropriate provision.

Inventories:    The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Included in the cost of inventories are raw materials, direct wages and associated production costs.

Properties and equipment and related depreciation:    Properties and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from eight to 40 years for buildings and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvement. Property and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment.

Goodwill and definite lived intangible assets:    Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31.

Goodwill is tested for impairment based on a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”

Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by looking at current risk-free rates of capital, current market interest rates, and the evaluation of risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change or were incorrect, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.

Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, including Federal Signal, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities. For these companies, the Company calculated the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of Federal Signal and other guideline companies are additional key assumptions. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. If the market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.

The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches. In the current-year evaluation, management determined that the income approach provided a more relevant measure of each reporting unit’s fair value and used it to determine reporting unit fair value. Management used the market approach to corroborate the results of the income approach. Management used the income approach to determine fair value of the reporting units because it considers anticipated future financial performance. The market approach is based upon historical and current economic conditions which might not reflect the long-term prospects or opportunities for the business segment being evaluated.

Definite lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment if indicators exist.

The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2012, 2011 or 2010. Adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flows could cause us to record impairment charges in future periods, which could be material. See Note 4 for a summary of the Company’s goodwill and definite lived intangible assets and Note 11 for a discussion of impairment charges recorded for the discontinued Federal Signal Technologies (“FSTech”) Group.

Pensions:    The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Major assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in employee compensation levels. A change in any of these assumptions would have an effect on net periodic pension costs.

Stock-based compensation plans:    The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, described more fully in Note 8. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Use of estimates:    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Warranty:    Sales of many of the Company’s products carry express warranties based on terms that are generally accepted in the Company’s marketplaces. The Company records provisions for estimated warranty at the time of sale based on historical experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience. Infrequently, a material warranty issue can arise which is beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. The Company records costs related to these issues as they become probable and estimable.

Product liability and workers’ compensation liability:    Due to the nature of the Company’s products, the Company is subject to claims for product liability and workers’ compensation in the normal course of business. The Company is self-funded for a portion of these claims. The Company establishes a reserve using a third-party actuary for any known outstanding matters, including a reserve for claims incurred but not yet reported.

The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from the firefighter hearing loss litigation (see Note 13). If the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it will record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, at the appropriate time.

Revenue recognition:    Net sales consist primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment, environmental vehicles, vehicle-mounted aerial platforms, parts, service, and maintenance contracts.

The Company recognizes revenue for products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. A product is considered delivered to the customer once it has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s product sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped; however, occasionally title passes later or earlier than shipment due to customer contracts or letter of credit terms. If at the outset of an arrangement the Company determines the arrangement fee is not, or is presumed not to be, fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized as amounts become due and payable and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

Net sales:    Net sales are net of returns and allowances. Returns and allowances are calculated and recorded as a percentage of revenue based upon historical returns. Gross sales include sales of products and billed freight related to product sales. Freight has not historically comprised a material component of gross sales.

Product shipping costs:    Product shipping costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of sales.

Research and development:    The Company invests in research to support development of new products and the enhancement of existing products and services. The Company believes this investment is important to maintain and/or enhance its leadership position in key markets. Expenditures for research and development by the Company were $10.0 million in 2012, $12.1 million in 2011 and $10.4 million in 2010, and were reported within selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.

Income taxes:    We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return for Federal Signal Corporation and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established or maintained when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Accounting standards on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes address the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

Litigation contingencies:    The Company is subject to various claims, other pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising out of the conduct of the Company’s business. The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. Professional legal fees are expensed when incurred. We accrue for contingent losses when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. In the event that estimates or assumptions of contingent losses are different from actual, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information.

XML

Legal Proceedings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Legal Proceedings

NOTE 13 — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is subject to various claims, other pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising out of the conduct of the Company’s business. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the uninsured material legal claims against the Company. The Company accrues for the costs of such claims as appropriate and in the exercise of its best judgment and experience. However, due to a lack of factual information available to the Company about a claim, or the procedural stage of a claim, it may not be possible for the Company to reasonably assess either the probability of a favorable or unfavorable outcome of the claim or to reasonably estimate the amount of loss should there be an unfavorable outcome. Therefore, for many of the claims, the Company cannot estimate a range of loss.

The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company has been sued by firefighters seeking damages claiming that exposure to the Company’s sirens has impaired their hearing and that the sirens are therefore defective. There were 33 cases filed during the period of 1999 through 2004, involving a total of 2,443 plaintiffs, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. These cases involved more than 1,800 firefighter plaintiffs from locations outside of Chicago. Beginning in 2009, six additional cases were filed in Cook County, involving 299 Pennsylvania firefighter plaintiffs. The trial of the first 27 of these plaintiffs’ claims occurred in 2008, when a Cook County jury returned a unanimous verdict in favor of the Company. An additional 40 Chicago firefighter plaintiffs were selected for trial in 2009. Plaintiffs’ counsel later moved to reduce the number of plaintiffs from 40 to nine. The trial for these nine plaintiffs concluded with a verdict returned against the Company and for the plaintiffs in varying amounts totaling $0.4 million. The Company appealed this verdict. On September 13, 2012, the Illinois Appellate Court rejected this appeal. Two justices voted to uphold the verdict and one justice filed a lengthy and vigorous dissent. The Company thereafter filed a petition for rehearing with the Appellate Court. The Appellate Court denied this petition on February 7, 2013. The Company intends to seek further review of this verdict by filing a petition for leave to appeal with the Illinois Supreme Court. A third consolidated trial involving eight Chicago firefighter plaintiffs occurred during November 2011. The jury returned a unanimous verdict in favor of the Company at the conclusion of this trial. Following this trial, the trial court on March 12, 2012 entered an order certifying a class of the remaining Chicago Fire Department firefighter plaintiffs for trial on the sole issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. The Company petitioned the Illinois appellate court for interlocutory appeal of this ruling. On May 17, 2012, the Illinois Appellate Court accepted the Company’s petition. On June 8, 2012, plaintiffs moved to dismiss the appeal, agreeing with the Company that the trial court had erred in certifying a class action trial in this matter. Pursuant to plaintiffs’ motion, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s certification order. Thereafter, the trial court scheduled another consolidated trial, involving three firefighter plaintiffs, which was scheduled to begin on December 6, 2012.

Prior to the start of this fourth trial, the claims of two of the three firefighter plaintiffs involved in the case were dismissed. On December 17, 2012, the jury entered a complete defense verdict for the Company in this trial. Following this defense verdict, plaintiffs again moved to certify a class of Chicago Fire Department plaintiffs for trial on the sole issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. Over the Company’s objection, the trial court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification on March 11, 2013. A class action trial is scheduled to begin on June 10, 2013. The Company currently plans to seek appellate court review of the Order granting plaintiffs’ motion for class certification.

The Company has also been sued on this issue outside of the Cook County, Illinois venue. Most of these cases have involved lawsuits filed by a single attorney in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. During 2007 and through 2009, this attorney filed a total of 71 lawsuits, involving 71 plaintiffs in this jurisdiction. Three of these cases were dismissed pursuant to pretrial motions filed by the Company. Another case was voluntarily dismissed. Prior to trial in four cases, the Company paid nominal sums, which included reimbursements of expenses, to obtain dismissals. Three trials occurred in Philadelphia involving these cases. The first trial involving one of these plaintiffs occurred in 2010, when the jury returned a verdict for the plaintiff. In particular, the jury found that the Company’s siren was not defectively designed, but that the Company negligently constructed the siren. The jury awarded damages in the amount of $0.1 million, which was subsequently reduced to $0.08 million. The Company appealed this verdict. Another trial, involving nine Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs, also occurred in 2010 when the jury returned a defense verdict for the Company as to all claims and all plaintiffs involved in that trial. The third trial, involving nine Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs, was completed during 2010 when the jury returned a defense verdict for the Company as to all claims and all plaintiffs involved in that trial.

Following defense verdicts in the last two Philadelphia trials, the Company negotiated settlements with respect to all remaining filed cases in Philadelphia at that time, as well as other firefighter claimants represented by the attorney who filed the Philadelphia cases. On January 4, 2011, the Company entered into a Global Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the law firm of the attorney representing the Philadelphia claimants, on behalf of 1,125 claimants the firm represents (the “Claimants”) and who had asserted product claims against the Company (the “Claims”). Three hundred and eight of the Claimants had lawsuits pending against the Company in Cook County, Illinois.

The Settlement Agreement, as amended, provided that the Company pay (the “Settlement Payment”) a total amount of $3.8 million to settle the Claims (including the costs, fees and other expenses of the law firm in connection with its representation of the claimants), subject to certain terms, conditions and procedures set forth in the Settlement Agreement. In order for the Company to be required to make the Settlement Payment: (i) each claimant who agreed to settle his or her claims had to sign a release acceptable to the Company (a “Release”); (ii) each Claimant who agreed to the settlement and who was a plaintiff in a lawsuit, had to dismiss his or her lawsuit, with prejudice; (iii) by April 29, 2011, at least 93% of the claimants identified in the Settlement Agreement must have agreed to settle their claims and provide a signed Release to the Company; and (iv) the law firm had to withdraw from representing any claimants who did not agree to the settlement, including those who filed lawsuits. If the conditions to the settlement were met, but less than 100% of the Claimants agreed to settle their Claims and sign a Release, the Settlement Payment would be reduced by the percentage of Claimants who did not agree to the settlement.

On April 22, 2011, the Company confirmed that the terms and conditions of the Settlement Agreement had been met and made a payment of $3.6 million to conclude the settlement. The amount was based upon the Company’s receipt of 1,069 signed releases provided by claimants, which was 95.02% of all claimants identified in the Settlement Agreement.

The Company generally denies the allegations made in the claims and lawsuits by the Claimants and denies that its products caused any injuries to the Claimants. Nonetheless, the Company entered into the Settlement Agreement for the purpose of minimizing its expenses, including legal fees, and avoiding the inconvenience, uncertainty, and distraction of the claims and lawsuits.

During April and May 2012, 15 new cases were filed in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. These cases were filed on behalf of 15 Philadelphia firefighters and involve various defendants in addition to the Company.

Firefighters have brought hearing loss claims against the Company in jurisdictions other than Philadelphia and Cook County. In particular, cases have been filed in New Jersey, Missouri, Maryland and New York. All of those cases, however, were dismissed prior to trial, including four cases in the Supreme Court of Kings County, New York which were dismissed upon the Company’s motion in 2008. The trial court subsequently denied reconsideration of its ruling. On appeal, the appellate court affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of these cases. Plaintiffs’ attorneys have threatened to file additional lawsuits. The Company intends to vigorously defend all of these lawsuits, if filed.

The Company’s ongoing negotiations with its insurer, CNA, over insurance coverage on these claims have resulted in reimbursements of a portion of the Company’s defense costs. In the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $0.7 million of reimbursements from CNA related to legal costs incurred in the prior year, as a reduction of corporate operating expenses, of which $0.6 million had been received as of December 31, 2012. In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of CNA reimbursements.

On July 29, 2011, Neology, Inc. (“Neology”) filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. District Court of Delaware for alleged patent infringements. The lawsuit demands that the Company cease manufacturing, marketing, importing or selling Radio Frequency Identification (“RFID”) systems and products that allegedly infringe certain specified patents owned by Neology, and also demands compensation for past alleged infringement. The Company has denied the allegations in the complaint. On December 2, 2011, Neology filed a motion for preliminary injunction, requesting that the court enter an order preliminarily enjoining the Company from further alleged infringement of certain Neology patents. On June 18, 2012, a U.S. District Court Magistrate issued a Report and Recommendation that the motion for a preliminary injunction be denied. On August 12, 2012, a U.S. District Court Judge adopted that Report and Recommendation. On August 20, 2012, Neology filed a motion for leave to file for partial summary judgment against the Company regarding two of the patents in issue in this litigation. On September 21, 2012, a U.S. District Court Magistrate denied the motion.

On May 21, 2012, Neology filed another complaint against the Company, also for alleged patent infringement, in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. On July 19, 2012, Neology filed certain amendments to that complaint. The amended complaint similarly demands that the Company cease manufacturing, marketing, importing or selling certain RFID transponders and readers that allegedly infringe certain other specified patents owned by Neology, and also demands compensation for past alleged infringement. The Company has denied the allegations in the compliant. On September 10, 2012, the Company filed a motion requesting that the court transfer this litigation to the U.S. District Court of Delaware, where Neology filed its earlier patent infringement suit against the Company. On October 15, 2012, the court granted this motion and ordered the transfer of this litigation to the U.S. District Court of Delaware.

In connection with the closing of the sale of the FSTech Group to 3M Company on September 4, 2012, 3M Company agreed to assume the defense of the Neology lawsuits. A portion of the purchase price proceeds was placed into escrow to be held for a period of 48 months as security for our indemnification obligations as well as defense and other costs associated with the lawsuits, subject to early release under certain conditions. Information regarding the Company’s discontinued operations is included in Note 11.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Shareholders' Equity

NOTE 9 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue 90.0 million shares of common stock at a par value of $1 per share. The holders of common stock (i) may receive dividends subject to all of the rights of the holders of preference stock; (ii) shall be entitled to share ratably upon any liquidation of the Company in the assets of the Company, if any, remaining after payment in full to the holders of preference stock; and (iii) receive one vote for each common share held and shall vote together share for share with the holders of voting shares of preference stock as one class for the election of directors and for all other purposes. The Company has 63.4 million and 63.1 million common shares issued as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Of those amounts, 62.4 million and 62.2 million common shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company’s Board of Directors is also authorized to provide for the issuance of 0.8 million shares of preference stock at a par value of $1 per share. The authority of the Board of Directors includes, but is not limited to, the determination of the dividend rate, voting rights, conversion and redemption features, and liquidation preferences. The Company has not designated or issued any preference stock as of December 31, 2012.

In May 2010, the Company issued 12.1 million shares of common stock at a price of $6.25 per share for total gross proceeds of $75.6 million. After deducting direct fees, net proceeds to the Company totaled $71.2 million. Proceeds from the equity offering were used to pay down debt.

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss for each of the three years ended December 31 was as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Beginning balance	$	(76.4	)	$	(41.6	)	$	(39.3	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		11.1			(4.3	)		(4.5	)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax expense of $0.2, $0.1 and $0.0, respectively		0.7			(0.7	)		0.8
Change in unrecognized gains (losses) related to pension benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $0.3, $1.6 and $0.0, respectively		(15.5	)		(29.8	)		1.4
Ending balance	$	(80.1	)	$	(76.4	)	$	(41.6	)

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of cumulative translation adjustment income (loss) of $10.8 million and ($0.3) million, unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives of $0.1 million and ($0.6) million, and unrecognized pension benefit plan costs of ($91.0) million and ($75.5) million, respectively.

XML

Earnings (Loss) Per Share - Additional Information (Detail) (Stock Options) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Stock Options
Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Number of common stock purchased through options	2.3	2.0	1.9

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Debt

NOTE 5 — DEBT

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Non-U.S. lines of credit	$	0.3	$	9.0
Total short-term borrowings	$	0.3	$	9.0

Long-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Revolving Credit Facility		$ -		$	180.0
ABL Facility		6.7			-
Term Loan		149.1			-
12.98% private placement note due 2012		-			27.3
Private placement note, floating rate (8.85% at December 31, 2011)		-			6.2
Capital lease obligations		1.7			0.5
		157.5			214.0
Unamortized balance of terminated fair value interest rate swaps		-			0.1
		157.5			214.1
Less current maturities, excluding financial services activities		(4.2	)		-
Less current capital lease obligations		(0.5	)		(0.1	)
Less financial services activities — borrowings (included in discontinued operations)		-			(0.9	)
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, net	$	152.8		$	213.1

The carrying value of short-term debt approximates fair value due to its short maturity (Level 2 input). The fair value of long-term debt is based on interest rates that we believe are currently available to us for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities (Level 2 input).

The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012				2011
	Notional Amount		Fair Value		Notional Amount		Fair Value
Short-term debt	$	0.3	$	0.3	$	9.0	$	9.0
Long-term debt (1)		157.5		208.2		214.1		212.4

(1) Long-term debt includes current portions of long-term debt and current portions of capital lease obligations of $4.7 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $0.9 million of financial service borrowings at December 31, 2011, which is included in discontinued operations.

On February 22, 2012, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, as borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a co-collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and co-collateral agent, providing the Company with a $100 million secured credit facility (the “ABL Facility”).

The ABL Facility is a five-year asset-based revolving credit facility pursuant to which up to $100 million initially will be available, with the right, subject to certain conditions, to increase the availability under the facility by up to an additional $25 million. The ABL Facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to the aggregate availability under the facility subject to meeting certain borrowing base conditions, with a sub-limit of $50 million for letters of credits. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 2.75% for base rate borrowings and 1.75% to 3.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the facility lenders equal to 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the ABL Facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.

The Company is allowed to prepay in whole or in part advances under the ABL Facility without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The ABL Facility requires that the Company, on a consolidated basis, maintain a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio, along with other customary restrictive covenants, certain of which are subject to materiality thresholds.

On February 22, 2012, the Company also entered into a Financing Agreement by and among the Company, as borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto (the “Term Lenders”) and TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as administrative agent, collateral agent and sole lead arranger, pursuant to which the Term Lenders agreed to provide the Company with a $215 million term loan (the “Term Loan”).

The Term Loan is a five-year secured term loan maturing on February 22, 2017. Installment payments under the Term Loan did not commence until March 2013. The Term Loan allows for mandatory prepayments in certain specified situations. Except in these certain specified situations, the Term Loan is not repayable in the first 12 months of the term and thereafter is subject to the following prepayment premium: (i) 2.75% in months 13-24, (ii) 2.00% in months 25-36 and (iii) nothing thereafter. These provisions are subject to change upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

The Term Loan bears interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or adjusted LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 9.00% to 10.00% for base rate borrowings and 10.00% to 11.00% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company is required to pay certain customary fees in connection with the Term Loan.

On September 4, 2012, the Company prepaid $65.0 million of its outstanding principal balance of its Term Loan debt at par with no prepayment penalty and related accrued interest of $0.1 million with net proceeds from the sale of the FSTech Group. This prepayment was executed in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement. The Company also prepaid $10.0 million of debt drawn under the ABL Facility on the same date with net proceeds from the sale of the FSTech Group.

The Company was in compliance with all its debt covenants as of December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the available borrowing base under the ABL Facility was $61.6 million. As of December 31, 2012, there was $6.7 million in cash drawn and $29.2 million of undrawn letters of credit under the ABL Facility, reducing net availability for borrowings to $25.7 million.

As of December 31, 2012, $0.3 million was drawn against the Company’s non-U.S. lines of credit which provide for borrowings up to $14.5 million.

Aggregate maturities of total borrowings amount to approximately $5.0 million in 2013, $7.4 million in 2014, $7.9 million in 2015, $9.3 million in 2016, and $128.2 million in 2017 and thereafter. Since the Company has refinanced a portion of its short-term debt subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Company has reclassified $3.3 million of its short-term debt to long-term debt. See Note 18 for further information. Included in current maturities are $0.3 million of other non-U.S. lines of credit, $4.2 million of term loan debt and $0.5 million of capital lease obligations. The fair values of borrowings aggregated $208.5 million and $221.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company paid interest of $20.6 million in 2012, $16.1 million in 2011 and $9.7 million in 2010. The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings was 5.15% at December 31, 2012.

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Income Tax [Line Items]
Accumulated undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries	$ 87.8	$ 86.1
Previously undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries to be repatriated in the future			15
Deferred tax liabilities related to previously undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries to be repatriated in the future			0.2
Deferred tax asset, federal net operating loss carryforwards	20.9	18.0
Deferred tax asset, state net operating loss carryforwards	2.2	1.6
Deferred tax asset, foreign net operating loss carryforwards	8.2	0.5
Deferred tax asset, capital loss carryforwards	12.8	22.2
Deferred tax asset, U.S. research tax credit carryforwards	6.3	6.3
Deferred tax asset, U.S. foreign tax credits carryforwards	21.1	20.3
Deferred tax asset, U.S. alternative minimum tax credits carryforwards	3.3	4.0
Deferred tax asset, valuation allowance	131.8	123.9	76.0
Total deferred tax assets	16.9	19.2
Income taxes paid	2.9	4.2	6.8
Unrecognized tax benefits	4.0	4.3	3.8
Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact our annual effective tax rate	3.9
Unrecognized tax benefits that, interests	0.2
Unrecognized tax benefits that, penalties	0.1
Unrecognized tax benefits decrease due to potential expiration of statute of limitations and settlements with tax authorities	1.6
Domestic Valuation allowance	0.5
Research Tax Credit Carryforward
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, tax credit carryforwards expiration year	2022	2022
Capital Loss Carryforward
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, valuation allowance	12.8	22.2
Capital Loss Carryforward | Minimum
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, tax credit carryforwards expiration year	2013	2012
Capital Loss Carryforward | Maximum
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, tax credit carryforwards expiration year		2013
Deferred Tax Asset Operating Loss Carryforwards State and Local
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, valuation allowance	2.2	1.6
Deferred Tax Asset Operating Loss Carryforwards Foreign
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, valuation allowance	8.3	0.5
Deferred Tax Asset Operating Loss Carryforwards Domestic
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, valuation allowance	108.5	99.6
Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, net operating loss carryforwards expiration year	2018	2018
State and Local Jurisdiction
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, net operating loss carryforwards expiration year	2019	2019
Foreign Tax Authority
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax asset, net operating loss carryforwards expiration year	2030
Deferred tax asset, net operating loss carryforwards that has an indefinite life	0.5	0.5
Deferred tax asset, net operating loss carryforwards subject to expiration	$ 7.7
Deferred tax asset, tax credit carryforwards expiration year	2015	2015

XML

Properties And Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Properties And Equipment

NOTE 3 — PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

Properties and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Land	$	0.3		$	0.3
Buildings and improvements		23.7			23.1
Machinery and equipment		148.4			138.4
Accumulated depreciation		(113.1	)		(101.8	)
Total properties and equipment	$	59.3		$	60.0

In July 2008, the Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions for its Elgin and University Park, Illinois plant locations. Net proceeds received were $35.8 million, resulting in a deferred gain of $29.0 million. The deferred gain is being amortized over the 15-year life of the respective leases. The balance was $19.4 million and $21.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under operating leases, some of which contain options to renew. Total rental expense on all operating leases was $8.9 million in 2012, $8.8 million in 2011 and $9.1 million in 2010. Sublease income and contingent rentals relating to operating leases were insignificant. At December 31, 2012, minimum future rental commitments under operating leases having non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year aggregated $51.9 million payable as follows: $7.8 million in 2013, $6.0 million in 2014, $5.4 million in 2015, $5.4 million in 2016, $4.9 million in 2017 and $22.4 million thereafter.

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

NOTE 4 — GOODWILL AND DEFINITE LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, by operating segment, were as follows ($ in millions):

	Environmental Solutions		Fire Rescue			Safety & Security			Total
December 31, 2010	$	120.4	$	33.9		$	118.2		$	272.5
Translation adjustments		-		(0.7	)		(1.2	)		(1.9	)
December 31, 2011		120.4		33.2			117.0			270.6
Translation adjustments		-		0.6			1.1			1.7
December 31, 2012	$	120.4	$	33.8		$	118.1		$	272.3

The following table provides the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for each major class of intangible assets ($ in millions):

	Weighted Average Useful Life (Years)
			December 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
			Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value		Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Developed software		5	$	6.0	$	(5.4	)	$	0.6	$	6.0	$	(4.4	)	$	1.6
Patents		10		0.6		(0.5	)		0.1		0.6		(0.4	)		0.2
Total		5.5	$	6.6	$	(5.9	)	$	0.7	$	6.6	$	(4.8	)	$	1.8

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company estimates that the aggregate amortization expenses will be $0.2 million in 2013, $0.2 million in 2014, $0.2 million in 2015, $0.1 million in 2016, and $0.0 million thereafter. Actual amounts of amortization may differ from estimated amounts due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, changes in foreign currency rates, impairment of intangible assets and other events.

The Company determined that the trade name assets associated with the FSTech Group with a carrying value of $7.9 million were impaired, and recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million in the second quarter of 2012. The Company’s calculation of fair value of trade name assets was based on an income approach using discounted cash flow projections. The trade name assets were sold to 3M Company as part of the sale of the FSTech Group.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Income Taxes

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	(1.8	)	$	(3.8	)	$	(3.0	)
Foreign		3.2			2.1			5.3
State and local		0.1			0.3			0.3
		1.5			(1.4	)		2.6
Deferred:
Federal	$	2.1		$	4.7		$	70.8
Foreign		0.3			0.2			(0.9	)
State and local		-			-			2.6
		2.4			4.9			72.5
Total income tax provision	$	3.9		$	3.5		$	75.1

Differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 are summarized below:

	2012			2011			2010
Statutory federal income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1.0			0.9			16.4
Valuation allowance		41.3			8.8			7,646.4
Bad debt deduction		(24.9	)		-
Asset dispositions and write-offs		(29.5	)
Non-deductible acquisition costs		-			-			41.6
Tax reserves		(1.0	)		4.1			(100.9	)
R&D tax credits		-			(4.1	)		(54.8	)
Foreign tax rate effects		(7.2	)		(22.5	)		(138.0	)
Other, net		0.4			(1.1	)		64.3
Effective income tax rate		15.1	%		21.1	%		7,510.0	%

Due to the Company’s recent cumulative domestic losses for book purposes and the uncertainty of the realization of certain deferred tax assets, the Company continues to adjust its valuation allowance as the deferred tax assets increase or decrease, resulting in effectively no recorded tax benefit for domestic operating losses or tax provision for domestic income. However, the Company has recorded tax expense for the increase in the deferred tax liabilities of its domestic indefinite lived intangibles. An income tax provision is still required for foreign operations that are not in a cumulative loss position.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Depreciation and amortization	$	12.5		$	12.5
Accrued expenses		27.9			28.0
Net operating loss, capital loss, alternative minimum tax, research and development, and foreign tax credit carryforwards		75.0			73.1
Definite lived intangibles		1.8			1.8
Pension benefits		31.1			27.4
Other		0.3			0.2
Deferred revenue		0.1			0.1
Gross deferred tax assets		148.7			143.1
Valuation allowance		(131.8	)		(123.9	)
Total deferred tax assets		16.9			19.2
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(5.0	)		(5.9	)
Expenses capitalized for book		(2.1	)		(2.5	)
Indefinite lived intangibles		(56.2	)		(54.5	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(63.3	)		(62.9	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(46.4	)	$	(43.7	)

Federal and state income taxes have not been provided on accumulated undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $87.8 million and $86.1 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as such earnings have been reinvested in the business. The determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings is not practicable.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company determined that $15 million of previously undistributed earnings at one of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries would be repatriated in the future. As a result of this change, the Company increased its deferred tax liabilities related to the $15 million by $0.2 million. The remainder of the foreign subsidiaries undistributed earnings is indefinitely reinvested.

The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2012, includes federal net operating loss carryforwards of $20.9 million, which begin to expire in 2018, state net operating loss carryforwards of $2.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2019; foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $8.2 million of which $0.5 million has an indefinite life and $7.7 million which will expire in 2030; and $12.8 million for capital loss carryforwards which will expire in 2013. The deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards includes U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $6.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2022, U.S. foreign tax credits of $21.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2015 and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $3.3 million with no expiration.

The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2011, includes federal net operating loss carryforwards of $18.0 million, which begin to expire in 2018, state net operating loss carryforwards of $1.6 million, which will begin to expire in 2019, foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $0.5 million of which $0.5 million has an indefinite life, and $22.2 million for capital loss carryforwards that will expire in 2012 and 2013. The deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards includes U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $6.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2022, U.S. foreign tax credits of $20.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2015 and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $4.0 million with no expiration.

Valuation allowances totaling $131.8 million have been established at December 31, 2012 and include $2.2 million related to state net operating loss carryforwards, $8.3 million related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards, $12.8 million related to capital loss carryforwards and $108.5 million related to domestic deferred tax assets.

Valuation allowances totaling $123.9 million have been established at December 31, 2011 and include $1.6 million related to state net operating loss carryforwards, $0.5 million related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards, $22.2 million related to capital loss carryforwards and $99.6 million related to domestic deferred tax assets.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31 is classified in the balance sheet as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Current net deferred tax assets	$	4.0		$	4.8
Current valuation allowance		(14.6	)		(7.5	)
Total current deferred tax liability	$	(10.6	)	$	(2.7	)
Long-term net deferred tax asset	$	81.4		$	75.3
Long-term valuation allowance		(117.2	)		(116.3	)
Long-term net deferred tax liability	$	(35.8	)	$	(41.0	)

ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, requires that the future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods. Possible sources of taxable income include taxable income in carryback periods, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as a deferred tax liability, tax-planning strategies that generate future income or gains in excess of anticipated losses in the carryforward period and projected future taxable income. If, based upon all available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not such deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable. A company’s three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable and the accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance the Company can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a $76.0 million valuation allowance against its United States federal deferred tax assets as a non-cash charge to income tax expense after the Company fell into a cumulative three-year domestic loss position after excluding the results of discontinued operations and disposals. In reaching this conclusion, the Company considered the weak municipal markets in the United States and significant impairment charges, which have led to a three-year cumulative U.S. loss position from continuing operations in the fourth quarter of 2010. Recording the valuation allowance does not restrict the Company’s ability to utilize the future deductions and net operating losses associated with the deferred tax assets assuming taxable income is recognized in future periods.

The $16.9 million of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012, for which no valuation allowance is recorded, is anticipated to be realized through the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2012. Should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize its remaining deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be recorded in the period such determination is made. The need to maintain a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets may cause greater volatility in our effective tax rate.

The Company paid income taxes of $2.9 million in 2012, $4.2 million in 2011 and $6.8 million in 2010.

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes for each of the three years ended December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012		2011		2010
U.S.	$	10.0	$	2.5	$	(13.6	)
Non-U.S.		15.9		14.1		14.6
	$	25.9	$	16.6	$	1.0

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits ($ in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	3.8
Increases related to current year tax		1.3
Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities		(0.2	)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations		(0.6	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	4.3
Increases related to current year tax		0.2
Increases from prior period positions		0.1
Decreases from prior period positions		(0.2	)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations		(0.4	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	4.0

Included in the unrecognized tax benefits of $4.0 million at December 31, 2012 was $3.9 million of tax benefits that if recognized, would impact our annual effective tax rate. However, to the extent we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, the effect may be in the form of an increase in the deferred tax asset related to our net operating loss carryforward, which would be offset by a full valuation allowance. The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. Interest and penalties amounting to $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, are included in the consolidated balance sheet but are not included in the table above. We expect our unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by $1.6 million over the next 12 months due to potential expiration of statute of limitations and settlements with tax authorities.

We file U.S., state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2009 through 2012 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2008 through 2012 tax years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.

On January 2, 2013 the American Taxpayer Relief Act (the “ATRA”) of 2012 was signed into law. Some of the provisions were retroactive to January 1, 2012 including the exclusion from U.S. federal taxable income of certain interest, dividends, rents, and royalty income of foreign affiliates, as well as the tax benefits of the credits with respect to that income. In addition the Research and Experimental tax credit was made retroactive to January 1, 2012. The tax rate above reflects the tax law that was in place as of December 31, 2012. Had the ATRA had been enacted prior to January 1, 2013, our overall tax expense and effective tax rate would have been the same. Our domestic valuation allowance would have been $0.5 million higher than reported. This difference will be reflected in the first quarter of 2013.

XML

Postretirement Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
U.S. Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Interest cost	$ 7.7	$ 7.8
Amortization of actuarial loss	(22.4)	(17.4)
U.S. Benefit Plans | Pension Plans, Defined Benefit
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Interest cost	7.4	7.4	7.4
Expected return on plan assets	(8.1)	(7.2)	(8.2)
Amortization of actuarial loss	5.5	4.5	3.5
Gross periodic pension expense	4.8	4.7	2.7
Multi-employer plans	0.3	0.3	0.2
Net periodic pension expense	5.1	5.0	2.9
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	0.2	0.1
Interest cost	2.6	2.9
Amortization of actuarial loss	(5.9)	(4.9)
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Pension Plans, Defined Benefit
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	0.2	0.1	0.2
Interest cost	2.6	2.9	2.7
Expected return on plan assets	(2.6)	(3.3)	(3.1)
Amortization of actuarial loss	0.8	0.9	0.8
Gross periodic pension expense	1.0	0.6	0.6
Net periodic pension expense	$ 1.0	$ 0.6	$ 0.6

XML

Computation of Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Schedule Of Computation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Common Share [Line Items]
Income (loss) income from continuing operations	$ 4.9	$ 4.4	$ 9.6	$ 3.1	$ 6.5	$ 3.3	$ 5.7	$ (2.4)	$ 22.0	$ 13.1	$ (74.1)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax									(49.5)	(27.3)	(101.6)
Net loss	$ 4.8	$ (14.7)	$ (16.5)	$ (1.1)	$ (15.2)	$ 2.4	$ 4.4	$ (5.8)	$ (27.5)	$ (14.2)	$ (175.7)
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic									62.3	62.2	57.6
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents									0.4
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted									62.7	62.2	57.6
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income from continuing operations									$ 0.35	$ 0.21	$ (1.29)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax									$ (0.79)	$ (0.44)	$ (1.76)
Loss per share									$ (0.44)	$ (0.23)	$ (3.05)

XML

Summary of Weighted Average Assumptions Used in Determining Pension Costs (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
U.S. Benefit Plans
Schedule of Net Periodic Benefit Costs Weighted Average Assumptions [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.20%		5.00%
Rate of increase in compensation levels	3.50%		3.50%
U.S. Benefit Plans | Pension Plans, Defined Benefit
Schedule of Net Periodic Benefit Costs Weighted Average Assumptions [Line Items]
Discount rate	5.00%		5.80%		6.00%
Rate of increase in compensation levels	3.50%	[1]	3.50%	[1]	3.50%	[1]
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets	8.10%		8.20%		8.50%
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Schedule of Net Periodic Benefit Costs Weighted Average Assumptions [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.10%		4.60%
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan | Pension Plans, Defined Benefit
Schedule of Net Periodic Benefit Costs Weighted Average Assumptions [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.60%		5.40%		5.70%
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets	5.30%		6.50%		6.50%

[1] Non-U.S. plan benefits are not adjusted for compensation level changes.

XML

Summary of Activities Related to Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Line Items]
Beginning Balance	$ 4.3	$ 3.8
Increases related to current year tax	0.2	1.3
Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities		(0.2)
Increases from prior period positions	0.1
Decreases from prior period positions	(0.2)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations	(0.4)	(0.6)
Ending Balance	$ 4.0	$ 4.3

XML

Legal Proceedings - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012 Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 04, 2012	Jan. 04, 2011 Circuit Court Of Cook County Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County	Jan. 04, 2011 Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Settlement Agreement	Apr. 22, 2011 Settlement Agreement Plaintiff	Apr. 29, 2011 Settlement Agreement	Dec. 31, 2012 1999-2004 Circuit Court Of Cook County Plaintiff Case	Dec. 31, 2012 2009 Circuit Court Of Cook County Case	Dec. 31, 2012 2008 Circuit Court Of Cook County Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 2007-2009 Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County Plaintiff Case	Dec. 31, 2012 Outside Chicago Firefighter Plaintiffs 1999-2004 Circuit Court Of Cook County Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Pennsylvania Firefighter Plaintiffs 2009 Circuit Court Of Cook County Plaintiff	Jun. 08, 2012 Chicago Firefighter Plaintiffs Plaintiff	Nov. 30, 2011 Chicago Firefighter Plaintiffs Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Chicago Firefighter Plaintiffs 2009 Circuit Court Of Cook County Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Philadelphia Firefighter Plaintiffs Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County Plaintiff Case	Dec. 31, 2012 Philadelphia Firefighter Plaintiffs 2010 Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Maximum Chicago Firefighter Plaintiffs Plaintiff	Dec. 31, 2012 Minimum Chicago Firefighter Plaintiffs Plaintiff
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Number of additional cases filed by firefighters											33	6		71					40	15
Number of plaintiffs									1,069		2,443			71	1,800	299	3	8		15	9	40	9
Number of cases of plaintiff's claims													27	3
Plaintiff's counsel later moved to reduce the number of plaintiff																			9
Claims settled amount								$ 3.8											$ 0.4
Number of plaintiffs cases dismissed	2
Damages maximum amount						0.1
Damages subsequently reduced, minimum amount						0.08
Number of claimants settled					308		1,125
Percentage of claimants agreed for settlement									95.02%	93.00%
Percentage of claimants agreed for settlement as per settlement agreement										100.00%
Settlement Agreement payment made									3.6
Reimbursement	0.7	0.8	0.6
Reimbursement received	$ 0.6
Holding period purchase proceed held as security				48 months

XML

Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Non-U.S. lines of credit	$	0.3	$	9.0
Total short-term borrowings	$	0.3	$	9.0

Long-Term Borrowings

Long-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following ($ in millions):

	2012			2011
Revolving Credit Facility		$ -		$	180.0
ABL Facility		6.7			-
Term Loan		149.1			-
12.98% private placement note due 2012		-			27.3
Private placement note, floating rate (8.85% at December 31, 2011)		-			6.2
Capital lease obligations		1.7			0.5
		157.5			214.0
Unamortized balance of terminated fair value interest rate swaps		-			0.1
		157.5			214.1
Less current maturities, excluding financial services activities		(4.2	)		-
Less current capital lease obligations		(0.5	)		(0.1	)
Less financial services activities — borrowings (included in discontinued operations)		-			(0.9	)
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, net	$	152.8		$	213.1

Summary of Carrying Amount and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012				2011
	Notional Amount		Fair Value		Notional Amount		Fair Value
Short-term debt	$	0.3	$	0.3	$	9.0	$	9.0
Long-term debt (1)		157.5		208.2		214.1		212.4

(1) Long-term debt includes current portions of long-term debt and current portions of capital lease obligations of $4.7 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $0.9 million of financial service borrowings at December 31, 2011, which is included in discontinued operations.

XML

Goodwill and Definite Lived Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Jun. 30, 2012 Trade Names
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangible assets	$ 1.0	$ 1.3	$ 1.3
Finite-lived intangible assets, amortization expense, next twelve months	0.2
Finite-lived intangible assets, amortization expense, year two	0.2
Finite-lived intangible assets, amortization expense, year three	0.2
Finite-lived intangible assets, amortization expense, year four	0.1
Finite-lived intangible assets, amortization expense, thereafter	0
Carrying value	0.7	1.8		7.9
Impairment charges of intangible assets				$ 0.6

XML

Discontinued Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Discontinued Operations

NOTE 11 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The following table presents the operating results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the three-year period ended December 31 ($ in millions):

Federal Signal Technologies	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	87.0		$	106.9		$	93.4
Interest allocated to discontinued operations		4.8			-			-
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment		0.6			20.6			78.9
Restructuring charges		-			-			0.6
Other costs and expenses		100.0			116.2			103.2
Loss before income taxes		(18.4	)		(29.9	)		(89.3	)
Income tax benefit		3.6			2.0			2.9
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(14.8	)	$	(27.9	)	$	(86.4	)
China WOFE				2011			2010
Net sales				$	0.2		$	1.5
Costs and expenses					0.5			3.2
Loss before income taxes					(0.3	)		(1.7	)
Income tax benefit					-			-
Loss from discontinued operations				$	(0.3	)	$	(1.7	)
Riverchase (SSG Segment)							2010
Net sales								$ -
Costs and expenses								1.3
Loss before income taxes								(1.3	)
Income tax benefit								-
Loss from discontinued operations							$	(1.3	)

On June 21, 2012, the Company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement to sell the FSTech Group for $110.0 million, subject to working capital adjustments. In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“ASC 360”), the Company met held for sale criteria during the second quarter of 2012 and the FSTech Group was reported as a discontinued operation in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In accordance with ASC 360-10, net assets held for sale with a carrying value of $121.1 million were written down to fair value less cost to sell or $97.6 million (fair value of $101.0 million and costs to sell of $3.4 million). This write-down resulted in a $23.5 million loss for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The valuation methodology for the net assets held for sale was based upon a contract price which is an observable input (Level 2).

On September 4, 2012, the Company completed the disposition of the assets of the FSTech Group for $110.0 million in cash, subject to working capital adjustments in favor of the buyer of $5.9 million. The Company received $82.1 million in cash at closing and the remaining $22.0 million was placed into escrow as security for indemnification obligations provided by the Company pursuant to the sale agreement, including defense and other costs associated with the Neology lawsuits discussed in Note 13. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2012, the Company recognized an additional loss related to a change in its estimate of total proceeds to be received from escrowed amounts of $5.0 million, an increase in the carrying value of the FSTech Group through the date of divestiture of $0.8 million and additional costs to sell of approximately $0.5 million. The working capital adjustment, the additional loss related to the change in estimated proceeds to be received from escrowed amounts, the increase in the carrying value of the FSTech Group and the additional costs to sell resulted in an additional loss of $12.2 million for the third quarter of 2012. The Company recorded a total loss of $34.7 million on disposal for the year ended December 31, 2012.

A significant portion of the escrow identified for general indemnification obligations will be held for a period of 18 months with the remaining general escrow funds to be held for 36 months. The portion of escrow associated with the Neology lawsuits and certain other indemnifications are to be held for a period of up to 48 months, but may be released earlier under certain conditions. If and when the relevant conditions associated with the Neology lawsuits and certain other contingencies are resolved and any remaining escrowed proceeds are released, the Company may recognize an adjustment to the loss from discontinued operations in its financial statements. The net carrying amount of the escrow receivable at December 31, 2012 is $8.0 million and is classified in deferred charges and other assets. As discussed in Note 5, the Company used $75.0 million of the sale proceeds to repay obligations under its existing credit facilities pursuant to mandatory prepayment provisions under those facilities.

As required by ASC 350-20, goodwill of a reporting unit is to be tested for impairment between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An interim test for goodwill and indefinite-lived asset impairment was completed for the FSTech Group during the second quarter of 2012. The Company determined that the trade names associated with the FSTech Group reporting unit were impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million. Goodwill was reviewed for impairment based on a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, compared the fair value of the FSTech Group with its carrying amount. The carrying amount of the FSTech Group exceeded its fair value; therefore, the second step of the goodwill impairment test was required to be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compared the implied fair value of the FSTech Group goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The Company determined that the carrying amount of the goodwill was less than the implied fair value of that goodwill, and consequently was not required to recognize an impairment loss.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company performed the annual assessment, determined that the goodwill and certain trade names within the FSTech Group were lower than the carrying value, and recorded impairment charges of $14.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company performed the annual assessment, determined that the goodwill and certain trade names within the FSTech Group reporting unit were lower than carrying value, and recorded impairment charges of $67.1 million and $11.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the goodwill impairment charge was an estimate. Upon completion of the detailed second step impairment analysis in the first quarter of 2011, the Company recorded an adjustment of $1.6 million which reduced a portion of the original goodwill impairment recognized during the fourth quarter of 2010.

In accordance with ASC 205-20-45-6, Allocation of Interest to Discontinued Operations, the Company has allocated interest on debt that is required to be repaid as a result of a disposal transaction to discontinued operations. The consolidated financial statements for all periods presented have been recast to present the operating results of the FSTech Group and previously divested or exited businesses as discontinued operations.

In December 2010, the Company determined that its China WOFE business was no longer strategic. The results of the China WOFE operations previously were included within the Environmental Solutions and Safety and Security Systems Groups. In 2012, the Company recorded a gain of $0.4 million on discontinued operations associated with the liquidation of the assets of the China WOFE business. The 2011 loss includes $0.5 million of costs associated with the winddown of the business. The 2010 loss includes a write-down of $2.1 million to reflect the estimated fair value of the net assets and certain other costs associated with the dissolution of the business.

On September 1, 2010, the Company sold its Riverchase business for $0.2 million, which had previously been reported as part of the Safety and Security Systems operating segment. The Company’s Riverchase business developed a suite of products that enables emergency response agencies to manage and communicate remotely with their fleets. The Company wrote down assets of the Riverchase business to net realizable value, resulting in a net loss of $2.1 million. The 2010 net loss included the write-off of $1.9 million of intangible assets.

In May 2012, the Company sold its Pearland Texas facility, which was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, for proceeds of $0.9 million and recorded a pre-tax gain of $0.4 million. The Company retains certain liabilities for discontinued operations prior to January 1, 2010, primarily for environmental remediation and product liability.

Included in liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, related to environmental remediation at the Pearland, Texas facility, and $4.6 million and $5.1 million, respectively, relating to estimated product liability obligations of the discontinued North American refuse truck body business.

The following table shows an analysis of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31 ($ in millions):

	2012		2011
Current assets	$	0.8	$	35.9
Properties and equipment		-		2.7
Long-term assets		0.7		93.7
Financial service assets, net		0.5		1.0
Total assets of discontinued operations	$	2.0	$	133.3
Current liabilities	$	6.4	$	24.1
Long-term liabilities		8.6		15.0
Financial service liabilities		-		0.9
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$	15.0	$	40.0

XML

New Accounting Pronouncements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

New Accounting Pronouncements

NOTE 16 — NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement Topic 820, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which amends the definition of fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements to eliminate differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). ASU 2011-04 requires new quantitative and qualitative disclosures about the sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurement disclosures, as well as transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. As this update impacts disclosures only, the Company’s adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Topic 220, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires companies to include a statement of comprehensive income as part of its interim and annual financial statements. The guidance gives companies the option to present net income and comprehensive income either in one continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. This approach represents a change from prior U.S. GAAP, which allowed companies to report other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity. The current guidance allows companies to present OCI either net of tax with details in the notes or shown gross of tax (with tax effects shown parenthetically). The Company’s disclosure of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Under this guidance, certain information included in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity is shown in the statement of comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning January 1, 2012 and should be applied retrospectively. The guidance impacts disclosures only and the Company’s adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have an impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Topic 350, Testing of Goodwill for Impairment, which allows companies to assess qualitative factors to determine whether they need to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the option, an entity no longer would be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless it determines, based on that qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The ASU may change how a company tests goodwill for impairment but should not change the timing or measurement of goodwill impairments. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 2012. The Company’s adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have an impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Topic 210, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. This update is intended to improve the comparability of statements of financial position prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and IFRS, requiring both gross and net presentation of offsetting assets and liabilities. The new requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. As this guidance only affects disclosures, the adoption of this standard will not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

No other new accounting pronouncements issued or effective during 2012 have had or are expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

XML

Segment Information Classified Based on Geographic Location (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 217.7	$ 185.0	$ 204.4	$ 196.1	$ 195.0	$ 167.8	$ 175.6	$ 150.3	$ 803.2	$ 688.7	$ 633.1
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)	71.8				62.0				71.8	62.0
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales									492.7	420.5	374.6
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)	54.5				45.4				54.5	45.4
Europe
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales									259.0	229.0	220.0
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)	16.8				16.0				16.8	16.0
Canada
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales									51.5	39.2	38.5
Long-lived assets (excluding intangibles)	$ 0.5				$ 0.6				$ 0.5	$ 0.6

XML

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill and Trade Names (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012 Environmental Solutions	Dec. 31, 2011 Environmental Solutions	Dec. 31, 2010 Environmental Solutions	Dec. 31, 2012 Fire Rescue	Dec. 31, 2011 Fire Rescue	Dec. 31, 2012 Safety And Security Systems	Dec. 31, 2011 Safety And Security Systems
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning balance	$ 270.6	$ 272.5	$ 120.4	$ 120.4	$ 120.4	$ 33.2	$ 33.9	$ 117.0	$ 118.2
Translation adjustments	1.7	(1.9)				0.6	(0.7)	1.1	(1.2)
Goodwill Ending balance	$ 272.3	$ 270.6	$ 120.4	$ 120.4	$ 120.4	$ 33.8	$ 33.2	$ 118.1	$ 117.0

XML

Restructuring (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Summary of Restructuring Charges by Segment and Total Charges Estimated to be Incurred

The following table summarizes the 2010 restructuring charges by segment and the total charges estimated to be incurred ($ in millions):

Group	Pre-Tax Restructuring Charges at December 31, 2010
Environmental Solutions	$	0.8
Safety and Security Systems		1.8
Fire Rescue		0.6
Corporate		1.2
Total restructuring	$	4.4

Analysis of Restructuring Reserves Included in Other Accrued Liabilities

The following presents an analysis of the restructuring reserves included in other accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively ($ in millions):

	Severance			Other	Total
2012 Plan
Balance as of December 31, 2011		$-		$ -		$-
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		1.5		-		1.5
Cash payments		(0.5	)	-		(0.5	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	1.0		$-	$	1.0

	Severance			Other			Total
2010 Plan
Balance as of December 31, 2009		$-			$-			$-
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		3.5			0.5			4.0
Cash payments		(1.6	)		(0.1	)		(1.7	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	1.9		$	0.4		$	2.3
Charges to selling, general and administrative expenses		0.1			(0.1	)		-
Cash payments		(2.0	)		(0.2	)		(2.2	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011		-			0.1			0.1
Charges and adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses		-			(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012		$-			$-			$-

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Operations (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Income tax expense of discontinued operations	$ 3.6	$ 2.0	$ 2.9

XML

Assets and Liabilities of Discontinued Operations (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations
Current assets	$ 0.8	$ 35.9
Properties and equipment		2.7
Long-term assets	0.7	93.7
Financial service assets, net	0.5	1.0
Total assets of discontinued operations	2.0	133.3
Current liabilities	6.4	24.1
Long-term liabilities	8.6	15.0
Financial service liabilities		0.9
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$ 15.0	$ 40.0

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Operating activities
Net loss	$ (27.5)	$ (14.2)	$ (175.7)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Loss on discontinued operations and disposal	49.5	27.3	101.6
Gain on joint venture			(0.1)
Restructuring charges, net of cash payments	0.9		2.3
Depreciation and amortization	13.2	13.0	11.4
Debt settlement charges	2.5
Stock-based compensation expense	2.6	1.8	2.1
Pension expense, net of funding	(5.7)	1.5	2.2
Provision for doubtful accounts	0.6	0.4	1.1
Deferred income taxes, including change in valuation allowance	(4.8)	1.8	75.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions of companies
Accounts receivable	8.7	(27.3)	23.9
Inventories	(14.5)	3.4	(4.2)
Other current assets	0.5	(2.3)	4.9
Accounts payable	2.6	3.7	2.0
Customer deposits	(1.5)	4.6	(0.1)
Accrued liabilities	16.4	(1.5)	(4.8)
Income taxes	8.6	2.7	(12.3)
Other	(2.9)	(0.8)	(1.3)
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities	49.2	14.1	28.7
Net cash (used for) provided by discontinued operating activities	(26.0)	(10.3)	1.6
Net cash provided by operating activities	23.2	3.8	30.3
Investing activities
Purchases of properties and equipment	(13.0)	(13.5)	(11.3)
Proceeds from sales of properties and equipment	1.8	1.9	1.8
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired			(97.3)
Proceeds from sale of FSTech Group	82.1
Increase in restricted cash	(1.0)
Net cash used for continuing investing activities	69.9	(11.6)	(106.8)
Net cash used for discontinued investing activities			(0.9)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities	69.9	(11.6)	(107.7)
Financing activities
(Decrease) increase in revolving lines of credit	(173.3)	(34.6)	129.6
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings, net	(9.5)	7.6	1.7
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings	215.0
Payments on long-term borrowings	(99.5)	(13.2)	(70.8)
Payments of debt financing fees	(6.9)	(2.3)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders		(3.7)	(13.3)
Proceeds from equity offering, net of fees			71.2
Other, net	2.4	1.3	0.8
Net cash (used for) provided by continuing financing activities	(71.8)	(44.9)	119.2
Net cash used for discontinued financing activities	(0.9)	(0.6)	(1.0)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities	(72.7)	(45.5)	118.2
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash	(0.2)	0.7	0.2
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	20.2	(52.6)	41.0
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	9.5	62.1	21.1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$ 29.7	$ 9.5	$ 62.1

XML

Differences between Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and Effective Income Tax Rate (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Reconciliation of Statutory Federal Tax Rate [Line Items]
Statutory federal income tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1.00%	0.90%	16.40%
Valuation allowance	41.30%	8.80%	7646.40%
Bad debt deduction	(24.90%)
Asset dispositions and write-offs	(29.50%)
Non-deductible acquisition costs			41.60%
Tax reserves	(1.00%)	4.10%	(100.90%)
R&D tax credits		(4.10%)	(54.80%)
Foreign tax rate effects	(7.20%)	(22.50%)	(138.00%)
Other, net	0.40%	(1.10%)	64.30%
Effective income tax rate	15.10%	21.10%	7510.00%

XML

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ (76.4)	$ (41.6)	$ (39.3)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	11.1	(4.3)	(4.5)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax expense of $0.2, $0.1 and $0.0, respectively	0.7	(0.7)	0.8
Change in unrecognized gains (losses) related to pension benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $0.3, $1.6 and $0.0, respectively	(15.5)	(29.8)	1.4
Ending balance	$ (80.1)	$ (76.4)	$ (41.6)

XML

Summary of Change in Plan Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
U.S. Benefit Plans
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$ 97.0	$ 104.8
Actual return on plan assets	13.0	(3.5)
Company contribution	9.2	2.7
Benefits and expenses paid	(7.0)	(7.0)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	112.2	97.0
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	47.9	50.6
Actual return on plan assets	5.3	(0.8)
Company contribution	2.3	1.1
Benefits and expenses paid	(2.9)	(2.5)
Translation and other	2.2	(0.5)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$ 54.8	$ 47.9

XML

Selected Quarterly Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Selected Quarterly Data

NOTE 17 — SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The Company reports its interim quarterly periods on a 13-week basis ending on a Saturday with the fiscal year ending on December 31. For convenience purposes, the Company uses “March 31”, “June 30”, “September 30” and “December 31” to refer to its results of operations for the quarterly periods then ended. In 2012, the Company’s interim quarterly periods ended March 31, June 30, September 29 and December 31; and in 2011, the Company’s interim quarterly periods ended April 2, July 2, October 1 and December 31, respectively.

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations, including income per share, for the Company for the quarterly periods of fiscal 2012 and 2011 ($ in millions, except per share amount):

	2012
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	196.1		$	204.4		$	185.0		$	217.7
Gross profit		45.3			49.2			45.6			49.7
Income from continuing operations		3.1			9.6			4.4			4.9
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal		(4.2	)		(26.1	)		(19.1	)		(0.1	)
Net (loss) income		(1.1	)		(16.5	)		(14.7	)		4.8
Per share data — diluted:
Earnings from continuing operations	$	0.05		$	0.15		$	0.07		$	0.08
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations		(0.07	)		(0.41	)		(0.31	)		0.00
Net (loss) income		(0.02	)		(0.26	)		(0.24	)		0.08

	2011
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31,
Net sales	$	150.3		$	175.6		$	167.8		$	195.0
Gross profit		33.3			39.9			36.5			45.7
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(2.4	)		5.7			3.3			6.5
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal		(3.4	)		(1.3	)		(0.9	)		(21.7	)
Net (loss) income		(5.8	)		4.4			2.4			(15.2	)
Per share data — diluted:
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.09		$	0.05		$	0.11
Loss from discontinued operations		(0.05	)		(0.02	)		(0.01	)		(0.36	)
Net (loss) income		(0.09	)		0.07			0.04			(0.25	)

XML

Benefits Expected to be Paid under Defined Benefit Plans (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012
U.S. Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
2013	$ 7.9
2014	8.1
2015	8.8
2016	8.7
2017	9.5
2018-2022	51.8
Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
2013	2.7
2014	2.8
2015	2.9
2016	3.0
2017	3.1
2018-2022	$ 16.8

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss for each of the three years ended December 31 was as follows ($ in millions):

	2012			2011			2010
Beginning balance	$	(76.4	)	$	(41.6	)	$	(39.3	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		11.1			(4.3	)		(4.5	)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax expense of $0.2, $0.1 and $0.0, respectively		0.7			(0.7	)		0.8
Change in unrecognized gains (losses) related to pension benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $0.3, $1.6 and $0.0, respectively		(15.5	)		(29.8	)		1.4
Ending balance	$	(80.1	)	$	(76.4	)	$	(41.6	)

XML

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

NOTE 10 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and performance share units and reflect the potential dilution that could occur if options issued under stock-based compensation awards were converted into common stock. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, options to purchase 2.3 million, 2.0 million and 1.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, had an antidilutive effect on EPS, and accordingly, are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to basic and diluted EPS at December 31 ($ in millions, except per share amounts):

	2012			2011			2010
Income (loss) income from continuing operations	$	22.0		$	13.1		$	(74.1	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax		(49.5	)		(27.3	)		(101.6	)
Net loss	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.2	)	$	(175.7	)
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		62.3			62.2			57.6
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents		0.4			-			-
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		62.7			62.2			57.6
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.35		$	0.21		$	(1.29	)
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax	$	(0.79	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(1.76	)
Loss per share	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.23	)	$	(3.05	)